FORM N-1A
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 |_|
Pre-Effective Amendment No. ___ |_| Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 |X| and/or REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 |_| Amendment No. 67 |X| (Check appropriate box or boxes.) ------------------------------------- |
With Copy To:
Frank L. Newbauer, Esquire
Assistant Secretary
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202
John M. Ford
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
1701 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Jay S. Fitton, Esquire
Secretary
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
|X| immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
|_| on ______________ pursuant to paragraph (b)
|_| 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (1)
|_| on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (1)
|_| 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (2)
|_| on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485.
If appropriate, check the following box:
|_| this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
AUGUST 1, 2007
PROSPECTUS
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENTS
Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Value Fund
Touchstone Micro Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved the Funds' shares as an investment or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.
Multiple Classes of Shares are offered in this Prospectus.
Prospectus August 1, 2007
Touchstone Investments
Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Value Fund
Touchstone Micro Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund
Each Fund is a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust (the "Trust"), a group of equity mutual funds. The Trust is part of the Touchstone(R) Funds that also includes Touchstone Funds Group Trust (formerly Constellation Funds), a group of equity and bond mutual funds, Touchstone Investment Trust, a group of taxable bond and money market mutual funds, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, a group of tax-free bond and money market mutual funds, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, a group of variable series funds and Constellation Institutional Portfolios, a group of institutional equity mutual funds. Each Touchstone Fund has a different investment goal and risk level. For further information about the Touchstone Funds, contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
The Funds are managed by Touchstone Advisors, Inc. ("Touchstone Advisors"). Touchstone Advisors selects a sub-advisor(s) (each a "Sub-Advisor," collectively the "Sub-Advisors") to manage each Fund's investments on a daily basis.
Table of Contents
Growth Opportunities Fund
Large Cap Core Equity Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Cap Value Fund
Micro Cap Growth Fund
Mid Cap Growth Fund
Small Cap Growth Fund
Investment Strategies and Risks
The Funds' Management
Choosing a Class of Shares
Distribution Arrangements
Investing With Touchstone
Distributions and Taxes Financial Highlights
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in the common stocks of small cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A small cap company has a market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion. The Fund may invest in securities in the technology sector.
The Fund will generally hold approximately 80 - 120 stocks.
The Fund will invest in securities that the Sub-Advisor believes will capitalize on inefficiencies that exist in the small cap growth market by focusing on:
o Companies that are experiencing improving long-term or cyclical fundamental trends;
o High quality, well-managed companies; and
o Companies with competitive business models
The Sub-Advisor employs a four-step investment process:
1. Proprietary Quantitative Selection Criteria - The small cap growth stock universe is analyzed through a quantitative model and stocks are given rankings along four dimensions: fundamental, risk, valuation and technical. This reduces the universe to a bullpen of approximately 300 stocks.
2. Fundamental Research - Bottom-up fundamental research is conducted on the resulting bullpen of stocks along several dimensions, such as earnings drivers (those factors that ultimately determine a company's ability to grow its earnings), business model (the strategy used in managing the business), and operating margins (the earnings a company produces before allocating interest expenses, taxes, depreciation, etc.).
3. Team Review - A portfolio manager recommends stocks after performing the fundamental research. Each portfolio manager specializes in one or more economic sectors, and is responsible for making recommendations within that sector. The entire investment team reviews this recommendation, determining whether to add it to the Fund along with the corresponding position weight, if applicable.
4. Portfolio Construction - The portfolio is constructed subject to guidelines and constraints. A risk overlay is added to ensure optimal positioning with respect to macroeconomic trends. Positions are consistently monitored and an annual intensive review is conducted to determine if drivers of growth are still present in each security.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the Sub-Advisor's investment approach does not accurately identify attractive investments
o If the companies the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because securities of small cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of large cap companies
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
Performance Note
The Fund's performance information is only shown when the Fund has had a full calendar year of operations. Since the Fund began operations in September 2006, there is no performance information included in this Prospectus.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ----------------------------------------- Class A Class C --------- --------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75%(1) None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 1.00%(3) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) --------------------------------------------- Management Fees 1.05% 1.05% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% Other Expenses(4) 1.30% 1.30% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% Other Fees 1.10% 1.10% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2.60% 3.35% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(5) 1.20% 1.20% Net Expenses 1.40% 2.15% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) "Other Expenses" for Class C shares are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(5) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.40% for Class A shares and 2.15% for Class C shares. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008 and August 1, 2008 for the Class A shares and Class C shares, respectively.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming No Redemption Class A Class C Class C ------- ------- ---------------------- 1 Year $ 709 $ 318 $ 218 3 Years $1,229 $ 919 $ 919 5 Years $1,775 $1,642 $1,642 10 Years $3,256 $3,559 $3,559 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Growth Opportunities Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund invests primarily in stocks of domestic growth companies that the Sub-Advisor believes have a demonstrated record of achievement with excellent prospects for earnings growth over a 1 to 3 year period. In choosing securities, the Sub-Advisor looks for companies that it believes are reasonably priced with high foreseen earnings potential, which may include companies in the technology sector. The Fund may invest in companies of various sizes.
The Fund will invest in companies that the Sub-Advisor believes have shown above-average and consistent long-term growth in earnings and have excellent prospects for future growth.
The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a single company. The Fund may invest more than 25% of its assets in a particular market sector or industry.
The Sub-Advisor expects to hold investments in the Fund for an average of 12 to 24 months. However, changes in the Sub-Advisor's outlook and market conditions may significantly affect the amount of time the Fund holds a security. The Fund's portfolio turnover may vary greatly from year to year and during a particular year. The Sub-Advisor generally will sell a security if one or more of the following occurs:
(1) the predetermined price target objective is exceeded;
(2) there is an alteration to the original investment case;
(3) valuation relative to the stock's peer group is no longer attractive; or
(4) better risk/reward opportunities may be found in other stocks.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the market continually values the stocks in the Fund's portfolio lower than the Sub-Advisor believes they should be valued
o If the companies that the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o If the Sub-Advisor's investment approach does not accurately identify attractive investments
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because a non-diversified fund may hold a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of one company, it may be more sensitive to market changes than a diversified fund
o Because a fund that concentrates its investments in a particular market sector or industry may be more sensitive to adverse changes within that sector or industry than a fund that does not concentrate its investments
o Because large cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion
o Because securities of small and mid cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of large cap companies
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Growth Opportunities Fund. This bar chart shows changes in performance (before taxes) of the Fund's Class A shares for each of the last 10 calendar years. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will be lower than the Class A returns shown in the bar chart since the other classes have higher 12b-1 distribution fees. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
In July 2006 the Fund replaced its previous sub-advisor with Westfield Capital Management Company, LLC. The performance shown below prior to July 2006 represents the performance of the previous sub-advisor.
Growth Opportunities Fund - Class A Total Returns
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ ----- ----- ----- 23.78% 39.06% 68.25% -2.56% -28.47% -35.76% 39.74% 8.52% 9.07% 0.10% Best Quarter: 4th Quarter 1999 +47.98% Worst Quarter: 3rd Quarter 2001 -26.71% |
The year-to-date return for the Fund's Class A shares as of June 30, 2007 is 12.68%.
This table compares the Fund's average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006, to those of the Russell 1000 Growth Index and the Russell 3000 Growth Index. In July 2006, the Fund changed its benchmark from the Russell 1000 Growth Index to the Russell 3000 Growth Index because the Russell 3000 Growth Index more accurately reflects the Fund's portfolio composition. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The after-tax returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will differ from the Class A after-tax returns.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
1 Year 5 Years 10 Years ------ ------- -------- Growth Opportunities Fund Class A Return Before Taxes -5.64% 0.05% 7.31% Return After Taxes on Distributions -5.64% 0.05% 6.65% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(1) -3.67% 0.04% 6.14% Russell 3000 Growth Index(2) 9.46% 3.02% 5.34% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) 9.07% 2.69% 5.44% |
Since Class 1 Year 5 Years Started(4) ------ ------- ----------- Growth Opportunities Fund Class B Return Before Taxes -4.99% 0.05% -3.08% Russell 3000 Growth Index(2) 9.46% 3.02% 0.72% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) 9.07% 2.69% 0.35% Growth Opportunities Fund Class C Return Before Taxes -0.71% 0.52% 0.85% Russell 3000 Growth Index(2) 9.46% 3.02% 0.73% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) 9.07% 2.69% 0.35% |
(2) The Russell 3000 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 3000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
(3) The Russell 1000 Growth Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 1000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
(4) Class B shares began operations on May 1, 2001 and Class C shares began operations on August 2, 1999.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ----------------------------------------- Class A Class B Class C --------- --------- --------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75%(1) None None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 5.00%(3) 1.00%(4) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 Up to $15 |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) --------------------------------------------- Management Fees 0.97% 0.97% 0.97% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% 1.00% Other Expenses 0.61% 1.16% 0.79% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% Other Expenses 0.41% 0.96% 0.59% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.83% 3.13% 2.76% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(5) 0.28% 0.83% 0.46% Net Expenses(6) 1.55% 2.30% 2.30% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) You will pay a 5.00% CDSC if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase. The CDSC will be incrementally reduced over time. After the 6th year, there is no CDSC. The CDSC may be waived under certain circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(5) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.55% for Class A shares and 2.30% for Class B and Class C shares. These expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
(6) Net Expenses shown above reflect a change in the Fund's operating expenses that took effect on January 1, 2007 and will differ from the Net Expenses reflected in the Fund's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. The actual Net Expenses for the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 were 1.79%, 2.97% and 2.71% for Class A, Class B and Class C, respectively.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Growth Opportunities Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). The example also reflects changes in the 10 year operating expenses of Class B shares since Class B shares convert to Class A shares after 8 years. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming Redemption Assuming No at End of Period Redemption --------------------------- ----------------- Class A Class B Class C Class B Class C ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 1 Year $ 724 $ 633 $ 333 $ 233 $ 233 3 Years $1,092 $1,088 $ 813 $ 888 $ 813 5 Years $1,484 $1,668 $1,419 $1,568 $1,419 10 Years $2,578 $3,077 $3,056 $3,077 $3,056 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goals
The Large Cap Core Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation as its primary goal and income as its secondary goal.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund invests primarily (at least 80% of its total assets) in common stocks of large cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A large cap company has a market capitalization of more than $10 billion. The Fund's portfolio will at all times consist of 30 stocks. The Fund's investments may include companies in the technology sector.
The Sub-Advisor selects stocks that it believes are attractively valued with active catalysts in place. The Sub-Advisor uses a database of 4,000 stocks from which to choose the companies that will be selected for the Fund's portfolio. A specific process is followed to assist the Sub-Advisor in its selections:
o The 4,000 stocks are reduced to 1,000 by screening for the stocks in the Russell 1000 Index.
o The 1,000 stocks are reduced to 200 by screening for the largest market capitalizations.
o A model is applied to select stocks that the Sub-Advisor believes are priced at a discount to their true value.
o The Sub-Advisor then searches for those companies that have unrecognized earnings potential versus their competitors. Restructuring announcements, changes in regulations and spot news can be indicators of improved earnings potential.
Stocks are considered for sale if the Sub-Advisor believes they are overpriced, or if a significant industry or company development forces a re-evaluation of expected earnings. Stocks will be sold if the relative price to intrinsic value reaches 50% or more above the Russell 1000 Index, if a structural event permanently lowers the company's expected earnings, or if the integrity of accounting is in doubt. The portfolio is rebalanced periodically, or as needed, due to changes in the Russell 1000 Index or the Fund's other portfolio securities.
The Sub-Advisor's selection process is expected to cause the Fund's portfolio to have some of the following characteristics:
o Attractive relative value
o Unrecognized earnings potential
o Above-average market capitalization
o Seasoned management
o Dominant industry position
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o Because large cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion
o If the stock selection model does not accurately identify stocks that are priced at a discount to their true value
o If the market continually values the stocks in the Fund's portfolio lower than the Sub-Advisor believes they should be valued
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goals.
You can find out more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Large Cap Core Equity Fund. This bar chart shows changes in performance (before taxes) of the Fund's Class A shares during each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The returns for Class C shares offered by the Fund will be lower than the Class A returns shown in the bar chart since Class C shares have higher 12b-1 distribution fees. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
Large Cap Core Equity Fund - Class A Total Returns
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 ------ ------- ------ ----- ----- ------ -8.95% -21.66% 30.86% 8.36% 3.27% 17.12% Best Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2003 +18.81% Worst Quarter: 3rd Quarter 2002 -20.19% |
The year-to-date return for the Fund's Class A shares as of June 30, 2007 is 4.50%.
This table compares the Fund's average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006, to those of the Russell 1000 Index. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The after-tax returns for Class C shares offered by the Fund will differ from the Class A after-tax returns.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
Since Class 1 Year 5 Years Started(1) ------ ------- ----------- Large Cap Core Equity Fund Class A Return Before Taxes 10.39% 4.83% 1.90% Return After Taxes on Distributions 10.16% 4.65% 1.71% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares 7.02% 4.09% 1.53% Russell 1000 Index(2) 15.46% 6.82% 1.62% Large Cap Core Equity Fund Class C Return Before Taxes 16.25% 5.41% 2.14% Russell 1000 Index(2) 15.46% 6.82% 1.71% |
(2) The Russell 1000 Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ----------------------------------------- Class A Class C --------- --------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75%(1) None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 1.00%(3) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) ------------------------------ Class A Class C ------- ------- Management Fees 0.64% 0.64% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% Other Expenses 0.45% 1.08% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% Other Expenses 0.25% 0.88% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.34% 2.72% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(4) 0.19% 0.82% Net Expenses 1.15% 1.90% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.15% for Class A shares and 1.90% for Class C shares. These expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Large Cap Core Equity Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming No Redemption Class A Class C Class C ------- ------- ----------- 1 Year $ 685 $ 193 $ 93 3 Years $ 957 $ 767 $ 767 5 Years $1,250 $1,367 $1,367 10 Years $2,079 $2,991 $2,991 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Large Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A large cap company has a market capitalization of more than $10 billion.
The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of one issuer. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of one company and up to 25% of its total assets in the securities of one industry. The Fund's investments may include companies in the technology sector.
The Fund is designed to achieve the highest possible returns while minimizing risk. The Sub-Advisor's selection process focuses on fast growing companies that offer innovative products, services or technologies to a rapidly expanding marketplace. The Sub-Advisor uses an objective, "bottom-up," quantitative screening process designed to identify and select inefficiently priced growth stocks with superior returns compared to their risk characteristics. The Sub-Advisor mainly buys stocks of companies that it believes are poised to rise in price. The investment process focuses on "growth" variables including, but not limited to, earnings growth, reinvestment rate and operating margin expansion.
The Sub-Advisor attempts to uncover stocks with strong return potential and acceptable risk characteristics. The Sub-Advisor uses its proprietary computer model to calculate and analyze a "reward/risk ratio." The reward/risk ratio is designed to identify stocks with above average market returns and risk levels that are reasonable for higher return rates. The Sub-Advisor then applies two or more sets of criteria to identify the most attractive stocks. Examples of these criteria include earnings growth, profit margins, reasonable price/earnings ratios based on expected future earnings, and various other fundamental criteria. Stocks with the best combination of growth ratios are blended into the Fund's portfolio.
Every quarter the Sub-Advisor evaluates its tests and re-weights their influence on the computer models as necessary. This allows the Sub-Advisor to continuously monitor which factors appear to be currently in favor in the financial markets. If a security does not meet the criteria of the Sub-Advisor's reward/risk ratio and there are other available securities that do, the Sub-Advisor will probably sell the security that does not meet its criteria.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o Because large cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion
o If the market continually values the stocks in the Fund's portfolio lower than the Sub-Advisor believes they should be valued
o If the quantitative stock screening process and risk/reward analysis is not accurate
o If the companies that the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
o Because a non-diversified fund may hold a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of one company, it may be more sensitive to market changes than a diversified fund
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Large Cap Growth Fund. This bar chart shows changes in performance (before taxes) of the Fund's Class A shares during each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The returns for Class B and Class C shares offered by the Fund will be lower than the Class A returns shown in the bar chart since the other classes have higher 12b-1 distribution fees. The returns for Class Y shares of the Fund, offered in a separate prospectus, will differ from the Class A returns shown below, depending on the expenses of that class. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A Total Returns*
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ 41.17% 63.03% -7.66% -23.47% -26.70% 35.60% 17.12% 16.37% -3.91% Best Quarter: 4th Quarter 1999 +40.00% Worst Quarter: 1st Quarter 2001 -27.98% |
The year-to-date return for the Fund's Class A shares as of June 30, 2007 is 10.44%.
* Effective October 6, 2003, substantially all of the assets of the Navellier Millennium Large Cap Growth Portfolio and the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio (the "Navellier Portfolios") were transferred into the Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund for which shareholders of the Navellier Portfolios received shares of the Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund. The performance and accounting history of the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio have been assumed by the Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund and are reflected in the bar chart above and performance table below. On October 6, 2003, the Fund replaced its Sub-Advisor with Navellier Management, Inc. Thereafter, Navellier & Associates, Inc. assumed the sub-advisory duties of its sister company, Navellier Management, Inc.
This table compares the Fund's average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006, to those of the Russell 1000 Growth Index. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The after-tax returns shown in the table are for Class A shares only. The after-tax returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will differ from the Class A after-tax returns.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
Since Class 1 Year 5 Years Started(1) ------ ------- ----------- Large Cap Growth Fund Class A Return Before Taxes -9.41% 4.18% 8.25% Return After Taxes on Distributions -9.41% 4.18% 8.24% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(2) -6.12% 3.60% 7.29% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) 9.07% 2.69% 3.23% Large Cap Growth Fund Class B Return Before Taxes -8.59% -- 9.58% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) 9.07% -- 8.39% Large Cap Growth Fund Class C Return Before Taxes -4.69% -- 10.17% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) 9.07% -- 8.39% |
(2) When the "Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares" is greater than the "Return Before Taxes," it is because of realized losses. If a capital loss occurs upon the redemption of the Fund's shares, the capital loss is recorded as a tax benefit, which increases the return and translates into an assumed tax deduction that benefits the shareholder.
(3) The Russell 1000 Growth Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 1000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ----------------------------------------- Class A Class B Class C -------- -------- -------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75%(1) None None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 5.00%(3) 1.00%(4) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 Up to $15 |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) --------------------------------------------- Class A Class B Class C ------- ------- ------- Management Fees 0.71% 0.71% 0.71% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% 1.00% Other Expenses 0.27% 0.39% 0.31% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% Other Expenses 0.07% 0.19% 0.11% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.23% 2.10% 2.02% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(5) (0.02)% 0.10% 0.02% Net Expenses(6) 1.25% 2.00% 2.00% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) You will pay a 5.00% CDSC if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase. The CDSC will be incrementally reduced over time. After the 6th year, there is no CDSC. The CDSC may be waived under certain circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(5) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.25% for Class A shares and 2.00% for Class B and Class C shares. These expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
(6) Net Expenses shown above reflect a change in the Fund's operating expenses that took effect on January 1, 2007 and will differ from the Net Expenses reflected in the Fund's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. The actual Net Expenses for the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 were 1.16%, 2.02% and 1.95% for Class A, Class B and Class C, respectively.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Large Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). The example also reflects changes in the 10 year operating expenses of Class B shares since Class B shares convert to Class A shares after 8 years. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming No Assuming Redemption at End of Period Redemption
Class A Class B Class C Class B Class C ------- ------- ------- ------- ----------- 1 Year $ 695 $ 603 $ 203 $ 203 $ 103 3 Years $ 945 $ 848 $ 632 $ 648 $ 632 5 Years $1,214 $1,220 $1,086 $1,120 $1,086 10 Years $1,980 $2,201 $2,346 $2,201 $2,346 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Large Cap Value Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and income.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A large cap company has a market capitalization in excess of the median company in the Russell 1000 Value Index ($5.812 billion as of June 30, 2007). The Fund will invest in common stocks of U.S. and foreign large cap companies.
The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of one issuer. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of one company and up to 25% of its total assets in the securities of one industry. The Fund will generally hold approximately 40 stocks.
The Fund will invest in stocks that the Sub-Advisor believes have below-average valuations in light of their improving business fundamentals. The Fund may invest in foreign equity securities principally traded on non-U.S. exchanges as well as those traded in the U.S. in the form of American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"). The Sub-Advisor may use derivative instruments, such as futures and options contracts, for hedging purposes. The Fund's investments may include companies in the technology sector. Any income generated from the Fund will come from dividend-paying common stocks.
The Sub-Advisor employs a "value" approach to stock selection, looking for stocks of companies with below-average valuations whose business fundamentals are expected to improve. In determining a company's valuation, the Sub-Advisor considers factors such as price-to-cash flow, price-to-earnings and price-to-book ratios. The Sub-Advisor seeks to identify the key drivers of a company's fundamental results and catalysts for change that may point to improving fundamentals in the future, such as new management or new or improved products. The Sub-Advisor generally sells a security when it reaches a target price, or when it concludes that a company's business fundamentals are weakening.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the stocks in the Fund's portfolio are not undervalued as expected
o Because large cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion
o If the Sub-Advisor's stock selection process does not identify attractive investments
o Because investments in foreign securities may have more frequent and larger price changes than U.S. securities and may lose value due to changes in currency exchange rates and other factors
o Because the use of futures and options for hedging purposes may result in a loss if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the Fund's holdings
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because value oriented funds may underperform when growth investing is in favor
o Because a non-diversified fund may hold a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of one company, it may be more sensitive to market changes than a diversified fund
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
Performance Note
The Fund's performance information is only shown when the Fund has had a full calendar year of operations. Since the Fund began operations in March 2006, there is no performance information included in this Prospectus.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) --------------------- Class A Class C --------- --------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75%(1) None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 1.00%(3) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) ------------------------------ Management Fees 0.75% 0.75% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% Other Expenses 0.76% 1.04% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% Other Expenses 0.56% 0.84% Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (AFFE) (4) 0.03% 0.03% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.79% 2.82% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(5) 0.41% 0.69% Net Expenses(6) 1.38% 2.13% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses are not fees or expenses incurred by the Fund directly but are expenses of the investment companies in which the Fund invests. You incur these fees and expenses indirectly through the valuation of the Fund's investment in those investment companies. Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses will vary with changes in the expenses of the underlying funds (which may include changes in their fee waiver agreements, if any) as well as the degree to which the Fund invests in underlying funds, and may be higher or lower than the amount shown above.
(5) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" (excluding AFFE) to 1.35% for Class A shares and 2.10% for Class C shares. These expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
(6) The net expenses excluding AFFE for Class A and Class C are 1.35% and 2.10% respectively.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Large Cap Value Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming No Redemption Class A Class C Class C ------- ------- ----------- 1 Year $ 705 $ 213 $ 113 3 Years $1,060 $ 800 $ 800 5 Years $1,438 $1,413 $1,413 10 Years $2,497 $3,069 $3,069 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Micro Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in the common stocks of U.S. companies whose total market capitalization at the time of investment is generally between $30 million and $500 million, referred to as micro cap companies, and which, in the opinion of the Sub-Advisor, have superior earnings growth characteristics. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. The Fund's investments may include companies in the technology sector.
The Sub-Advisor's unique equity selection process seeks to identify fast growing companies that are undervalued. The Sub-Advisor screens the universe of companies, using five quantitative factors:
1) earnings growth
2) earnings strength - those companies that are expected to have the greatest increase in next year's earnings
3) earnings revision
4) price/earnings to growth ratio and
5) cash flow to price
The Sub-Advisor then focuses on what it believes are the most promising industries and seeks to identify profitable companies with capable management teams, above average reinvestment rates, strong industry positions and productive research and development efforts.
Stocks are ranked according to the above criteria to identify approximately 100 to 190 micro cap companies that the Sub-Advisor believes offer the best growth prospects and are selling at attractive prices. The highest ranking stocks in the most promising industries are then subjected to additional fundamental and technical research. Generally, the Sub-Advisor attempts to identify profitable micro cap companies with capable management teams, above average reinvestment rates, strong industry positions and productive research and development efforts. To ensure a well diversified portfolio, commitments to any one issue or industry are generally limited to 5% and 15%, respectively, of the Fund's total assets. The Sub-Advisor reviews investment alternatives and implements portfolio changes as attractive investment opportunities become available. The closing prices of portfolio issues are reviewed daily. Any position that has declined 15% from its cost or from its recent high is re-examined as a potential sale candidate. Additionally, securities of companies which in the Sub-Advisor's opinion are overvalued or have lost earnings momentum, or are in industries no longer expected to perform well, are continually evaluated for sale.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the Sub-Advisor's selection process does not accurately identify attractive investments
o If the market continually values the stocks in the Fund's portfolio lower than the Sub-Advisor believes they should be valued
o If the companies that the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because securities of micro cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of larger companies
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector, which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Micro Cap Growth Fund. This bar chart shows changes in performance (before taxes) of the Fund's Class A shares during each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The returns for Class C shares offered by the Fund will be lower than the Class A returns shown in the bar chart since Class C shares have higher 12b-1 distribution fees. The returns for Class Y shares of the Fund, offered in a separate prospectus, will differ from the Class A returns shown below, depending on the expenses of that class. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
Micro Cap Growth Fund - Class A Total Return
2005 2006 ----- ----- 3.24% 3.80% Best Quarter: 1st Quarter 2006 +11.48% Worst Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2006 -10.96% |
The year-to-date return of the Fund's Class A shares as of June 30, 2007 is 8.51%.
This table compares the Fund's average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006, to those of the Russell 2000 Growth Index and the Russell Microcap Index. In March 2006, the Fund changed its benchmark from the Russell 2000 Growth Index to the Russell Microcap Index because the Russell Microcap Index more accurately reflects the Fund's portfolio composition. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The after-tax returns shown in the table are for Class A shares only. The after-tax returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will differ from the Class A after-tax returns.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
Since Fund 1 Year Started(1) ------ ---------- Micro Cap Growth Fund Class A Return Before Taxes -2.18% 6.94% Return After Taxes on Distributions -2.18% 6.94% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(2) -1.42% 5.94% Russell Microcap Index(3) 16.54% 12.77% Russell 2000 Growth Index(4) 13.35% 12.03% Micro Cap Growth Fund Class C Return Before Taxes 3.01% 8.68% Russell Microcap Index(3) 16.54% 12.77% Russell 2000 Growth Index(4) 13.35% 12.03% |
(2) When the "Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares" is greater than the "Return Before Taxes," it is because of realized losses. If a capital loss occurs upon the redemption of the Fund's shares, the capital loss is recorded as a tax benefit, which increases the return and translates into an assumed tax deduction that benefits the shareholder.
(3) The Russell Microcap Index measures the performance of the microcap segment, representing less than 3% of the U.S. equity market. The Russell Microcap Index includes the smallest 1,000 securities in the small-cap Russell 2000 Index plus the next 1,000 securities. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 8% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
(4) The Russell 2000 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ----------------------------------------- Class A Class C --------- --------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75%(1) None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 1.00%(3) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) ------------------------------ Management Fees 1.25% 1.25% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% Other Expenses 0.69% 0.69% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% Other Expenses 0.49% 0.49% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2.19% 2.94% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(4) 0.24% 0.24% Net Expenses 1.95% 2.70% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.95% for Class A shares and 2.70% for Class C shares. These expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Micro Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming No Redemption Class A Class C Class C ------- ------- ----------- 1 Year $ 762 $ 273 $ 173 3 Years $1,199 $ 887 $ 887 5 Years $1,661 $1,527 $1,527 10 Years $2,936 $3,244 $3,244 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goals
The Mid Cap Growth Fund seeks to increase the value of Fund shares as a primary goal and to earn income as a secondary goal.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of mid cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A mid cap company has a market capitalization between $1.5 billion and $12 billion. The Fund may also invest in companies in the technology sector.
The Fund is sub-advised by two Sub-Advisors that use different style methodologies when evaluating which stocks to buy or sell in their portfolio. Westfield Capital Management Company, LLC ("Westfield") uses a growth approach and TCW Investment Management Company ("TCW") uses a value approach. Westfield may invest in companies that have earnings it believes may grow faster than the U.S. economy in general due to new products, management initiatives or personnel changes at the company or economic shocks such as high inflation or sudden increases or decreases in interest rates. TCW may invest in companies that it believes are undervalued, including companies with unrecognized asset values or undervalued growth, and companies undergoing a turnaround. Both Sub-Advisors evaluate companies by using fundamental analysis of the company's financial statements, interviews with management, analysis of the company's operations and product development and consideration of the company's industry category.
Westfield will sell a security if the predetermined sell price is achieved, if it concludes that the original case for investment is no longer valid, if a security becomes larger than a predetermined percentage of the Fund's portfolio or if more attractive alternative investments are available. TCW will sell a security if it is believed to be fairly valued, if the Fund's holding in a security becomes larger than a predetermined percentage of the Fund's portfolio or if the goals for a security cannot be achieved according to its evaluation process.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o Because securities of mid cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of large cap companies
o If the companies in which the Fund invests do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o If the methodologies used by the Sub-Advisors to select stocks do not identify attractive investments
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goals.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Mid Cap Growth Fund. This bar chart shows changes in performance (before taxes) of the Fund's Class A shares for each of the last 10 calendar years. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will be lower than the Class A returns shown in the bar chart since the other classes have higher 12b-1 distribution fees. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Mid Cap Growth Fund - Class A Total Returns
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ 32.20% 2.65% 45.85% 25.92% 7.06% -23.51% 43.35% 10.58% 10.74% 14.26% Best Quarter: 4th Quarter 1999 +26.84% Worst Quarter: 3rd Quarter 2002 -21.03% |
The year-to-date return for the Fund's Class A shares as of June 30, 2007 is 12.77%.
This table compares the Fund's average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006, to those of the Russell Midcap Index and the Russell Midcap Growth Index. In January 2006, the Fund changed its benchmark from the Russell Midcap Index to the Russell Midcap Growth Index because the Russell Midcap Growth Index more accurately reflects the Fund's portfolio composition. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The after-tax returns shown in the table are for Class A shares only. The after-tax returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will differ from the Class A after-tax returns.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
1 Year 5 Years 10 Years ------ ------- -------- Mid Cap Growth Fund Class A Return Before Taxes 7.70% 7.65% 14.46% Return After Taxes on Distributions 6.26% 6.75% 12.31% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares 6.42% 6.38% 11.68% Russell Midcap Growth Index(1) 10.66% 8.22% 8.62% Russell Midcap Index(2) 15.26% 12.88% 12.14% |
1 Year 5 Years Since Class Started(3) ------ ------- ---------------------- Mid Cap Growth Fund Class B Return Before Taxes 9.42% 8.03% 8.75% Russell Midcap Growth Index(1) 10.66% 8.22% 5.51% Russell Midcap Index(2) 15.26% 12.88% 10.70% Mid Cap Growth Fund Class C(4) Return Before Taxes 13.40% 8.18% 14.28% Russell Midcap Growth Index(1) 10.66% 8.22% 8.62% Russell Midcap Index(2) 15.26% 12.88% 12.14% |
(2) The Russell Midcap Index measures the performance of the 800 smallest companies in the Russell 1000 Index based on total market capitalization. The Russell 1000 Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
(3) Class B shares began operations on May 1, 2001.
(4) The Class C performance was calculated using the historical performance of the Class C predecessor fund that began operations on October 3, 1994.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ----------------------------------------- Class A Class B Class C -------- -------- -------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75% (1) None None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 5.00%(3) 1.00% (4) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 Up to $15 |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) --------------------------------------------- Management Fees 0.80% 0.80% 0.80% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% 1.00% Other Expenses 0.47% 0.55% 0.51% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% Other Expenses 0.27% 0.35% 0.31% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.52% 2.35% 2.31% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (5) 0.02% 0.10% 0.06% Net Expenses 1.50% 2.25% 2.25% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) You will pay a 5.00% CDSC if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase. The CDSC will be incrementally reduced over time. After the 6th year, there is no CDSC. The CDSC may be waived under certain circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(5) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.50% or below for Class A shares and 2.25% for Class B and Class C shares. These expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Mid Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). The example also reflects changes in the 10 year operating expenses of Class B shares since Class B shares convert to Class A shares after 8 years. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming Redemption at End of Period Redemption Assuming No --------------------------- ------------------- Class A Class B Class C Class B Class C ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 1 Year $ 719 $ 628 $ 228 $ 228 $ 128 3 Years $1,026 $ 924 $ 716 $ 724 $ 716 5 Years $1,355 $1,346 $1,230 $1,246 $1,230 10 Years $2,282 $2,471 $2,641 $2,471 $2,641 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A small cap company has a market capitalization of less than $1.5 billion. The Fund will seek to maintain a weighted average market capitalization that falls within the range of the Russell 2000 Index.
The Fund is sub-advised by two separate management teams, a small cap team and a micro cap team. The Sub-Advisors employ a growth-oriented approach to equity investment management and seek to invest in high quality, reasonably priced companies believed to have above average earnings growth prospects. The Fund's investments may include securities in the technology sector.
The small cap management team will sell a security when it reaches its growth rate calculated on a price-to-earnings basis. The micro cap management team will continually evaluate for sale securities of companies it believes are overvalued, have lost earnings momentum, or are in industries no longer expected to perform well. Any position that has declined 15-20% from its cost or recent high will be evaluated as a potential sale candidate by both management teams.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the Sub-Advisors' investment approach does not accurately identify attractive investments
o If the companies the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because securities of small cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of large cap companies
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Small Cap Growth Fund. This bar chart shows changes in performance (before taxes) of the Fund's Class A shares during each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The returns for Class B and Class C shares offered by the Fund will be lower than the Class A returns shown in the bar chart since the other classes have higher 12b-1 distribution fees. The returns for Class Y shares of the Fund, offered in a separate prospectus, will differ from the Class A returns shown below, depending on the expenses of that class. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
Small Cap Growth Fund - Class A Total Returns
2003 2004 2005 2006 ------ ----- ----- ----- 55.33% 6.88% 1.37% 1.97% Best Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2003 +27.30% Worst Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2006 -13.06% |
The year-to-date return of the Fund's Class A shares as of June 30, 2007 is 5.78%.
This table compares the Fund's average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006 to those of the Russell 2000 Growth Index. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The after-tax returns shown in the table are for Class A shares only. The after-tax returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will differ from the Class A after-tax returns.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
Since Fund 1 Year Started(1) ------ ---------- Small Cap Growth Fund Class A Return Before Taxes -3.88% 12.60% Return After Taxes on Distributions -3.88% 12.20% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(2) -2.52% 10.76% Russell 2000 Growth Index(3) 13.35% 19.51% Small Cap Growth Fund Class B Return Before Taxes -2.68% 13.29% Russell 2000 Growth Index(3) 13.35% 19.51% Small Cap Growth Fund Class C Return Before Taxes 1.32% 13.47% Russell 2000 Growth Index(3) 13.35% 19.51% |
(2) When the "Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares" is greater than the "Return Before Taxes," it is because of realized losses. If a capital loss occurs upon the redemption of the Fund's shares, the capital loss is recorded as a tax benefit, which increases the return and translates into an assumed tax deduction that benefits the shareholder.
(3) The Russell 2000 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ----------------------------------------- Class A Class B Class C -------- -------- -------- Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) 5.75% (1) None None Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) None(2) 5.00%(3) 1.00% (4) Wire Redemption Fee Up to $15 Up to $15 Up to $15 |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) --------------------------------------------- Management Fees 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25% 1.00% 1.00% Other Expenses 0.91% 0.94% 0.89% Administration Fees 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% Other Expenses 0.71% 0.74% 0.69% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2.41% 3.19% 3.14% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(5) 0.71% 0.74% 0.69% Net Expenses(6) 1.70% 2.45% 2.45% |
(2) Purchases of $1 million or more do not pay a front-end sales charge, but may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated broker-dealer.
(3) You will pay a 5.00% CDSC if shares are redeemed within 1 year of their purchase. The CDSC will be incrementally reduced over time. After the 6th year, there is no CDSC. The CDSC may be waived under certain circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(4) The 1.00% CDSC is not assessed if shares are held for 1 year or longer and may be waived under other circumstances described in this Prospectus.
(5) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.70% for Class A shares and 2.45% for Class B and Class C shares. These expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
(6) Net Expenses shown above reflect a change in the Fund's operating expenses that took effect on January 1, 2007 and will differ from the Net Expenses reflected in the Fund's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. The actual Net Expenses for the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 were 1.90%, 2.66% and 2.67% for Class A, Class B and Class C, respectively.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Small Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). The example also reflects changes in the 10 year operating expenses of Class B shares since Class B shares convert to Class A shares after 8 years. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Assuming Redemption at End of Period Redemption Assuming No --------------------------- ------------------- Class A Class B Class C Class B Class C ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 1 Year $ 738 $ 648 $ 248 $ 248 $ 148 3 Years $1,219 $1,114 $ 904 $ 914 $ 904 5 Years $1,726 $1,705 $1,585 $1,605 $1,585 10 Years $3,112 $3,263 $3,400 $3,263 $3,400 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
Can a Fund Depart From its Normal Investment Strategies?
Each Fund may depart from its investment strategies by taking temporary defensive positions in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when a Sub-Advisor is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities. A Fund's temporary investments may include debt securities, money market instruments, other short-term securities or cash equivalents. During these times, a Fund may not achieve its investment goal.
Do the Funds Engage in Active Trading of Securities?
Each Fund (except the Large Cap Core Equity Fund) may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goal. This may cause a Fund to realize higher capital gains, which would be passed on to you. Higher capital gains could increase your tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which would lower a Fund's performance.
Can a Fund Change its Investment Goal Without Shareholder Approval?
Each Fund may change its investment goal by a vote of the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. You would be notified at least 30 days before any change takes effect.
Do the Funds Have Other Investment Strategies, in Addition to Their Principal
Investment Strategies?
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH
FUND. Each Fund may also invest in:
o Initial public offerings
o Securities of foreign companies
o American depositary receipts ("ADRs"), American depositary shares ("ADSs") and other depositary receipts
o Securities of companies in emerging market countries
o Cash equivalents
o Other investment companies
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its total assets in:
o Securities of foreign companies
o ADRs
o Initial public offerings
o Other investment companies
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND. The Fund may also invest in:
o ADRs (up to 15% of total assets)
o Investment grade debt securities, cash or cash equivalents
o Other investment companies
MID CAP GROWTH FUND. The Fund may also invest in:
o Securities of large cap and small cap companies
o Securities of foreign companies (up to 20% of total assets)
o ADRs, ADSs and other depositary receipts (up to 20% of total assets)
o Securities of companies in emerging market countries (up to 10% of total assets)
o Securities designed to replicate an index, an industry or a sector of the economy
o Cash equivalents
o Initial public offerings
o Other investment companies
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND. The Fund may also invest in:
o Initial public offerings
o Other investment companies
Additional Information About Fund Investments
FOREIGN COMPANIES are companies that meet all of the following criteria:
o They are organized under the laws of a foreign country
o They maintain their principal place of business in a foreign country
o The principal trading market for their securities is located in a foreign country
o They derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from operations in foreign countries
o They have at least 50% of their assets located in foreign countries
ADRS, ADSS AND OTHER DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS. ADRs and ADSs are securities that represent an ownership interest in a foreign security. They are generally issued by a U.S. bank to U.S. buyers as a substitute for direct ownership of a foreign security and are traded on U.S. exchanges. ADRs may be available through "sponsored" or "unsponsored" facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the security underlying the receipt and a depositary, whereas an unsponsored facility may be established by a depositary without participation by the issuer of the underlying security. The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights with respect to the deposited security. A Fund may invest in both sponsored and unsponsored ADRs.
"LARGE CAP", "MID CAP", "SMALL CAP" AND "MICRO CAP" COMPANIES. Generally
companies are categorized as follows:
o A large cap company has a market capitalization of more than $10 billion.*
o A mid cap company has a market capitalization of between $1.5 billion and $10 billion. **
o A small cap company has a market capitalization of less than $1.5 billion.***
o A micro cap company has a market capitalization of between $30 and $500 million.
* The Large Cap Value Fund defines a large cap company as a company with a market capitalization in excess of the median company in the Russell 1000 Value Index.
** The Mid Cap Growth Fund and the Growth Opportunities Fund define a mid cap company as a company with a market capitalization of between $1.5 billion and $12 billion.
*** The Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund defines a small cap company as a company with a market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion.
UNDERVALUED STOCKS. A stock is considered undervalued if the Sub-Advisor believes it should be trading at a higher price than it is at the time of purchase. Factors considered may include:
o Price relative to earnings
o Price relative to cash flow
o Price relative to financial strength
EMERGING MARKET COUNTRIES are countries other than Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. When a Fund invests in securities of a company in an emerging market country, it invests in securities issued by a company that meet one or more of the following criteria:
o It is organized under the laws of an emerging market country.
o It maintains its principal place of business in an emerging market country.
o The principal trading market for its securities is located in an emerging market country.
o It derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from operations within emerging market countries.
o It has at least 50% of its assets located in emerging market countries.
INVESTMENT GRADE DEBT SECURITIES are generally rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor's Rating Service and Fitch Ratings or Baa or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS (DERIVATIVES). Derivative instruments such as futures contracts and options may be used to hedge against adverse changes in the market value of securities held by or to be bought for the Fund, as a substitute for purchasing or selling securities, or to lock in undervalued stock unrealized appreciation. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a security or futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option.
OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES. The Funds may invest in securities issued by other investment companies. This may include money market funds, index funds, iShares(R), SPDRs and similar securities of other issuers. Touchstone Advisors has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Funds to invest their uninvested cash or cash collateral in one or more affiliated money market funds. Each Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in affiliated money market funds, subject to that Fund's investment limitations and certain other conditions pursuant to the exemptive order.
What are the Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds?
MARKET RISK (ALL FUNDS). Investments in common stocks are subject to stock market risk. Stock prices in general may decline over short or even extended periods, regardless of the success or failure of a particular company's operations. Stock markets tend to run in cycles, with periods when stock prices generally go up and periods when they generally go down. In addition, stocks fall into four broad market capitalization categories - large cap, mid cap, small cap and micro cap. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that due to market conditions, that category may be out of favor. For example, if valuations of large cap companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of smaller cap companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of smaller sized companies, causing a fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. The price of stocks tends to go up and down more than the price of bonds.
o LARGE CAP COMPANIES (LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND, LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND AND LARGE CAP VALUE FUND). Large cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of larger companies may underperform relative to those of small and mid-sized companies. Larger, more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes. Many larger companies may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.
o MID CAP COMPANIES (MID CAP GROWTH FUND). Mid cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.
o SMALL CAP COMPANIES (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). Small cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group. In addition, small cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.
o MICRO CAP COMPANIES (MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND). Micro cap companies may not be well-known to the investing public, may not have significant institutional ownership and may have cyclical, static or only moderate growth prospects. Micro cap companies may have greater risk and volatility than large companies and may lack the management depth of larger, mature issuers. Micro cap companies may have relatively small revenues and limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies. In addition, micro cap companies may be developing or marketing new products or services for which markets are not yet established and may never become established. As a result, the prices of their securities may fluctuate more than those of larger issuers.
o TECHNOLOGY SECURITIES (ALL FUNDS). The value of technology securities may fluctuate dramatically and technology securities may be subject to greater than average financial and market risk. Investments in the high technology sector include the risk that certain products may be subject to competitive pressures and aggressive pricing and may become obsolete and the risk that new products will not meet expectations or even reach the market.
NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK (GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND AND LARGE CAP VALUE FUND). A non-diversified Fund may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a single company. Because the Fund's holdings may be concentrated in a single company, the Fund may be more sensitive to any single economic, business, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund.
CONCENTRATION RISK (GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND AND LARGE CAP VALUE FUND). The performance of a fund that concentrates its investments may be closely tied to the performance of companies in a limited number of sectors. Companies in a single sector often share common characteristics, are faced with the same obstacles, issues and regulatory burdens and their securities may react similarly to adverse market conditions. The price movements of concentrated investments may be more volatile than the price movements of more broadly diversified investments.
INVESTMENT STYLE RISK (ALL FUNDS). Different investment styles tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. A Fund may outperform or underperform other funds that employ a different investment style. Examples of different investment styles include growth and value investing. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company's growth of earnings potential. Also, since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, growth stocks may lack the dividends of some value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor. Value stocks are those that are undervalued in comparison to their peers due to adverse business developments or other factors. Value investing carries the risk that the market will not recognize a security's inherent value for a long time, or that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced or overvalued. Value oriented funds may underperform when growth investing is in favor.
FOREIGN RISK (LARGE CAP VALUE FUND). Investing in foreign securities poses unique risks such as fluctuation in currency exchange rates, market illiquidity, price volatility, high trading costs, difficulties in settlement, regulations on stock exchanges, limits on foreign ownership, less stringent accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements, and other considerations. Diplomatic, political or economic developments, including nationalization or appropriation, could affect investments in foreign securities. In the past, equity and debt instruments of foreign markets have had more frequent and larger price changes than those of U.S. markets.
o ADRS. While ADRs are traded on U.S. securities exchanges, the depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights with respect to the deposited security.
FUTURES AND OPTIONS (DERIVATIVES) (LARGE CAP VALUE FUND). The use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or greater than, the risks of investing directly in securities and more traditional investments. Derivative products are highly specialized investments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different than those associated with stocks. The use of derivatives requires an understanding not only of the underlying instruments, but the derivative itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. Loss may result, for example, from adverse market movements, a lack of correlation between changes in the value of these derivative instruments and the Fund's assets being hedged, the potential illiquidity of the markets for derivative instruments, lack of availability due to new and developing markets, the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter ("OTC") contract will fail to perform its obligations, or the risks arising from margin requirements and factors associated with such transactions.
What are Some of the Other Risks of Investing in the Funds?
FOREIGN RISK (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND, MID CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). Investing in foreign securities poses unique risks such as fluctuation in currency exchange rates, market illiquidity, price volatility, high trading costs, difficulties in settlement, regulations on stock exchanges, limits on foreign ownership, less stringent accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements, and other considerations. Diplomatic, political or economic developments, including nationalization or appropriation, could affect investments in foreign securities. In the past, equity and debt instruments of foreign markets have had more frequent and larger price changes than those of U.S. markets.
o EMERGING MARKET COUNTRIES (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, MID CAP GROWTH FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). Investments in a country that is still relatively underdeveloped involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature than in the U.S. and to political and legal systems that may be less stable. In the past, markets of developing countries have had more frequent and larger price changes than those of developed countries. Economic or political changes may cause larger price changes in these securities than in other foreign securities.
DEBT SECURITY RISK (LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND). Debt securities are subject to the risk that their market value will decline because of rising interest rates. The price of debt securities is generally linked to the prevailing market interest rates. In general, when interest rates rise, the price of debt securities falls, and when interest rates fall, the price of debt securities rises. The price volatility of a debt security also depends on its maturity. Generally, the longer the maturity of a debt security, the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. To compensate investors for this higher risk, debt securities with longer maturities generally offer higher yields than debt securities with shorter maturities.
Debt securities are subject to credit risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will fail to make timely payments of interest or principal, when due. Securities rated in the lowest investment grade category have some risky characteristics and changes in economic conditions are more likely to cause issuers of these securities to be unable to make payments.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING ("IPO") RISK (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND, MID CAP GROWTH FUND, LARGE CAP VALUE FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). IPO risk is the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk (i.e., the potential that the Fund may be unable to dispose of the IPO shares promptly or at a reasonable price). When a Fund's asset base is small, a significant portion of its performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As the Fund's assets grow, the effect of investments in IPOs on the Fund's performance probably will decline, which could reduce performance.
Where Can I Find Information About the Funds' Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies?
A description of the Funds' policies and procedures for disclosing portfolio securities to any person is available in the Statement of Additional Information ("SAI").
Investment Advisor
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. ("Touchstone Advisors") 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202
Touchstone Advisors has been a registered investment advisor since 1994. As of June 30, 2007, Touchstone Advisors had approximately $8.2 billion in assets under management. As the Funds' Advisor, Touchstone Advisors continuously reviews, supervises and administers the Funds' investment programs and also ensures compliance with the Funds' investment policies and guidelines.
Touchstone Advisors is responsible for selecting each Fund's Sub-Advisor(s), subject to approval by the Board of Trustees. Touchstone Advisors selects a Sub-Advisor that has shown good investment performance in its areas of expertise. Touchstone Advisors considers various factors in evaluating a Sub-Advisor, including:
o Level of knowledge and skill
o Performance as compared to its peers or benchmark
o Consistency of performance over 5 years or more
o Level of compliance with investment rules and strategies
o Employees, facilities and financial strength
o Quality of service
Touchstone Advisors will also continually monitor each Sub-Advisor's performance through various analyses and through in-person, telephone and written consultations with the Sub-Advisor. Touchstone Advisors discusses its expectations for performance with each Sub-Advisor. Touchstone Advisors provides evaluations and recommendations to the Board of Trustees, including whether or not a Sub-Advisor's contract should be renewed, modified or terminated.
The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or Touchstone Advisors, under certain conditions, to select or change unaffiliated Sub-Advisors, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds must still obtain shareholder approval of any sub-advisory agreement with a Sub-Advisor affiliated with the Trust or Touchstone Advisors other than by reason of serving as a Sub-Advisor to one or more Touchstone Funds. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any changes in its Sub-Advisor.
Two or more Sub-Advisors may manage a Fund, with each managing a portion of the Fund's assets. If a Fund has more than one Sub-Advisor, Touchstone Advisors allocates how much of a Fund's assets are managed by each Sub-Advisor. Touchstone Advisors may change these allocations from time to time, often based upon the results of its evaluations of the sub-advisory arrangements.
Touchstone Advisors is also responsible for running all of the operations of each Fund, except those that are subcontracted to the Sub-Advisor, custodian, transfer agent, accounting agent, sub-administrative agent, or other parties. For its services, Touchstone Advisors is entitled to receive a base investment advisory fee from each Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund, as set forth below. Touchstone Advisors pays sub-advisory fees to each Sub-Advisor from it's advisory fee (the fee to be paid by the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund during the current fiscal year is shown in the table below):
Name of Fund Annual Fee Rate ------------ --------------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund 1.05% Growth Opportunities Fund* 0.97% Large Cap Core Equity Fund 0.64% Large Cap Growth Fund 0.71% Large Cap Value Fund 0.75% Micro Cap Growth Fund 1.25% Mid Cap Growth Fund 0.80% Small Cap Growth Fund 1.25% ---------- |
* On November 10, 2006, shareholders of the Growth Opportunities Fund approved a change to the Fund's advisory fee schedule. Under the previous fee schedule, the Fund paid 1.00% on the first $50 million of average net assets, 0.90% of the next $50 million of average net assets, 0.80% of the next $100 million of average net assets and 0.75% on assets over $200 million. Under the amended fee schedule, the Fund pays a fee of 1.00% of the first $50 million of average net assets, 0.90% of the next $50 million of average net assets, 0.80% of the next $900 million of average net assets and 0.75% on assets over $1 billion.
Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement
Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses in order to limit the Funds' annual operating expenses. However, for purposes of these waivers, the cost of "Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses," if any, are excluded from Touchstone Advisors' waiver obligations. Fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements are calculated and applied monthly, based on each Fund's average net assets during such month. These fee waivers and expense reimbursements will remain in effect until March 31, 2008, except the fee waivers and expense reimbursements for the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund Class C which will remain in effect until at least August 1, 2008.
Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.40% - Class C 2.15% Growth Opportunities Fund - Class A 1.55% - Class B 2.30% - Class C 2.30% Large Cap Core Equity Fund - Class A 1.15% - Class C 1.90% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.25% - Class B 2.00% - Class C 2.00% Large Cap Value Fund - Class A 1.35% - Class C 2.10% Micro Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.95% - Class C 2.70% Mid Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.50% - Class B 2.25% - Class C 2.25% Small Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.70% - Class B 2.45% - Class C 2.45% |
Sub-Advisors
The Sub-Advisors make the daily decisions regarding buying and selling specific securities for the Funds. Each Sub-Advisor manages the investments held by the Fund it serves according to the applicable investment goals and strategies.
Sub-Advisor to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. ("FWIA") The Huntington Center, 41 South High Street, Suite 2495 Columbus, Ohio 43215
FWIA has been a registered investment advisor since 1990 and has managed the Fund since its inception. The Fund is managed by the Growth Team of FWIA, which consists of four members. The Growth Team makes the investment decisions for the Fund, and is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's portfolio. The four members of the Growth Team are listed below.
Richard R. Jandrain III, Managing Director - Growth Equity. Mr. Jandrain joined FWIA in 2004 as Managing Director, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Chief Equity Strategist, Chief Investment Officer of Equities with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1992 to 2004.
Daniel J. Kapusta, Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Kapusta joined FWIA in 2004 as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Growth Team Leader, Portfolio Manager and Senior Equity Research Analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1992 to 2004.
David K. Robinson, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Robinson joined FWIA in 2004 as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Portfolio Manager, Senior Equity Research Analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1994 to 2004.
Bihag Patel, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Patel joined FWIA in 2004 as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Portfolio Manager, Senior Equity Analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1998 to 2004.
FWIA is an affiliate of Touchstone Advisors. Therefore, Touchstone Advisors may have a conflict of interest when making decisions to keep FWIA as the Fund's Sub-Advisor. The Board of Trustees reviews Touchstone Advisors' decisions, with respect to the retention of FWIA, to reduce the possibility of a conflict of interest situation.
Historical Performance of FWIA's Diversified Small Cap Growth Style Private Account
FWIA has been managing small cap growth stocks since 2005, and has done considerable modeling in this style. It began managing one account using this strategy on January 1, 2005. This account and the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund have substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies. The information for the account is provided to show the past performance of FWIA in managing the account, as measured against a specified market index. The performance of the account managed by FWIA does not represent the historical performance of the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund and should not be considered indicative of future performance of the Fund. Results may differ because of, among other things, differences in brokerage commissions, account expenses, including management fees, the size of positions taken in relation to account size and diversification of securities, timing of purchases and sales, and availability of cash for new investments. In addition, the managed account is not subject to certain investment limitations or other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the managed account. The results for different periods may vary.
FWIA provided the information used in making the performance calculations. The account's rate of return includes realized and unrealized gains plus income, including accrued income. Returns from cash and cash equivalents in the account are included in the performance calculations, and the cash and cash equivalents are included in the total assets on which the performance is calculated. The account is valued at least quarterly, and periodic returns are mathematically linked. The performance is shown both gross and net of the estimated sales load of 5.75%, which is the maximum sales load for the Class A shares of the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund, and expenses of 1.40%, which are the expenses estimated for the first year of the operation of the Class A shares of the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund. Results include the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains.
This method of calculating performance of the select accounts differs from the SEC's standardized methodology to calculate performance and results in a total return different from that derived from the standardized methodology.
Diversified Diversified Small Cap Growth Small Cap Growth Style-Account(1) Style-Account(1) Diversified (including estimated (excluding estimated Russell 2000 Small Cap expenses and sales load) expenses and sales load) Growth Index(2) Growth Fund ------------------------ ------------------------ --------------- ----------- 12-month period ended March 31, 2007 0.75% 7.40% 1.57% n/a Since inception of account January 1, 2005 through March 31, 2007 9.11% 12.52% 8.83% n/a |
(2) The Russell 2000 Growth Index is a widely recognized, unmanaged index of common stock prices. The Index reflects the total return of securities comprising the Index, including changes in market price as well as accrued income, which is presumed to be reinvested. Performance figures for the Index do not reflect the deduction of transaction costs or expenses, including management fees.
Sub-Advisor to the Growth Opportunities Fund
Westfield Capital Management Company, LLC ("Westfield") One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111
Westfield has been a registered investment advisor since 1989 and has managed the Fund since July 2006. The Fund is managed by the Westfield Investment Committee, which consists of the four members listed below and Westfield's other security analysts. Industry sectors are divided among the committee members. The four primary managers are listed below.
William A. Muggia is the lead portfolio manager of the Fund and is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Westfield. Mr. Muggia has worked at Westfield since 1994. Arthur J. Bauernfeind is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and has worked at Westfield since 1990. Ethan J. Meyers is the Senior Vice President and has worked at Westfield since 1999. Scott R. Emerman is a Senior Security Analyst and has worked at Westfield since 2002. Mr. Emerman worked at Harbor Capital Management as a Vice President, Equity Research from 1997 until 2002. Mr. Bauernfeind, Mr. Meyers, and Mr. Emerman assist Mr. Muggia with investment decision supervision and overall portfolio flow monitoring. Each member has managed the Fund since July 2006.
Sub-Advisor to the Large Cap Core Equity Fund
Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. ("Todd")
101 South Fifth Street, Suite 3160, Louisville, KY 40202
Todd has been registered as an investment advisor since 1967 and has managed the Fund since its inception. Curtiss M. Scott, Jr., CFA, has primary responsibility for the daily management of the Fund. Mr. Scott joined Todd in 1996 and is the President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Scott is supported by Robert P. Bordogna, Bosworth M. Todd and John J. White, CFA. Robert Bordogna is the Chairman of Todd and was the President and Chief Executive Officer from 1980 to 2005. Bosworth M. Todd founded Todd in 1967 and is the Chairman Emeritus. John J. White is a Portfolio Manager and joined Todd in 2002. Mr. White worked as a Director of Equity Research and Investment Strategy at Wachovia Securities from 1994 until 2002. Messrs. Scott, Bordogna and Todd have managed the Fund since its inception. Mr. White has managed the Fund since 2002.
Todd is an affiliate of Touchstone Advisors. Therefore, Touchstone Advisors may have a conflict of interest when making decisions to keep Todd as the Fund's Sub-Advisor. The Board of Trustees reviews Touchstone Advisors' decisions, with respect to the retention of Todd, to reduce the possibility of a conflict of interest situation.
Sub-Advisor to the Large Cap Growth Fund
Navellier & Associates, Inc. ("Navellier") One East Liberty, Third Floor, Reno, NV 89501
Navellier has been a registered investment advisor since 1987 and has managed the Fund since 2004. Its sister company, Navellier Management, Inc. managed the Fund from its inception until 2004. Shawn C. Price is the primary manager and Louis G. Navellier is the secondary manager of the Fund and both have managed the Fund since its inception. Mr. Price has been a Portfolio Manager for Navellier since 1991 and Mr. Navellier has been the Chief Executive Officer of Navellier since 1987.
Sub-Advisor to the Large Cap Value Fund
JS Asset Management, LLC ("JSAM")
One Tower Bridge, 100 Front Street, Suite 501
West Conshohocken, PA 19428
JSAM has been a registered investment advisor since 2005 and has managed the Fund since its inception. John Schneider, President and Chief Investment Officer of JSAM, is the primary manager of the Fund and has managed the Fund since its inception. Mr. Schneider founded JSAM in February 2005. From 1999 until 2005 he was a Senior Portfolio Manager and Managing Director of PIMCO Equity Advisors.
Prior Performance of John Schneider
Prior to joining JSAM, Mr. Schneider was the portfolio manager of the PIMCO Value Fund (the "PIMCO Value Fund"), which has been renamed since his departure and is currently called the Allianz OCC Value Fund. As portfolio manager of the PIMCO Value Fund, Mr. Schneider was solely responsible for the daily management of the PIMCO Value Fund and had full discretionary authority over the selection of investments for the PIMCO Value Fund. In managing the PIMCO Value Fund, Mr. Schneider used a "value" style of investing by selecting stocks of companies with below average valuations whose business fundamentals are expected to improve. This is the same "value" style of investing that Mr. Schneider uses in managing the Fund. The PIMCO Value Fund has substantially similar investment objectives, policies and principal strategies as the Fund.
RETURNS OF THE PIMCO VALUE FUND. The average annual returns of the PIMCO Value Fund during Mr. Schneider's tenure as portfolio manager, compared with the performance of the Russell 1000 Value Index is set forth below. The returns show the effect of the applicable sales charge for Class A shares. Historical performance is not indicative of future performance. The PIMCO Value Fund is a separate fund and its historical performance is not indicative of the potential performance of the Fund. Share prices and investment returns will fluctuate reflecting market conditions, as well as changes in company-specific fundamentals of portfolio securities. This performance does not include the performance of 3 private accounts managed by Mr. Schneider, but the exclusion of these accounts does not render the performance misleading.
PIMCO Value Fund
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended January 31, 2005
Since 1 Year 3 Years 4 Years inception(1) ------ ------- ------- ------------ PIMCO Value Fund - Class A (2,3,4) 1.48% 4.34% 7.27% 11.98% PIMCO Value Fund - Class C (2,5) 6.55% 5.52% 7.97% 12.50% Russell 1000 Value Index (6) 12.45% 8.20% 4.27% 5.17% ---------- (1) Mr. Schneider managed the PIMCO Value Fund from June 1, 2000 to February 11, 2005. |
(2) Average annual total return reflects changes in share prices and reinvestment of dividends and distributions and is net of fund expenses.
(3) The expense ratio of Class A shares of the PIMCO Value Fund during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is 1.11%, 1.10%, 1.10%, 1.10%, 1.11% and 1.11%, respectively.
(4) The average annual total return of Class A shares of the PIMCO Value Fund (without deducting the maximum sales charge) for 1 year, 3 years, 4 years and since inception (for the periods ended January 31, 2005) is 7.39%, 6.33%, 8.80% and 13.34%, respectively.
(5) The expense ratio of Class C shares of the PIMCO Value Fund during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is 1.86%, 1.85%, 1.85%, 1.85%, 1.86% and 1.86%, respectively.
(6) The Russell 1000 Value Index measures the performance of those Russell 1000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.
Sub-Advisors to the Mid Cap Growth Fund
The Mid Cap Growth Fund's assets are allocated between two Sub-Advisors, each using a different management style. TCW uses a value approach and Westfield uses a growth approach.
TCW Investment Management Company ("TCW") 865 South Figueroa Street, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, CA 90017
TCW has been a registered investment advisor since 1987 and has managed the portion of the Fund's assets allocated to TCW since May 2001. Nicholas F. Galluccio and Susan I. Suvall have joint and primary responsibility for the daily management of the Fund and have managed the Fund since May 2001. Mr. Galluccio is a Group Managing Director and has been with TCW since 1982. Ms. Suvall is a Managing Director and has been with TCW since 1985.
Westfield Capital Management Company, LLC ("Westfield") One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111
Westfield has been a registered investment advisor since 1989 and has managed the portion of the Fund's assets allocated to Westfield since the Fund's inception. The Fund is managed by the Westfield Investment Committee, which consists of the four members listed below and Westfield's other security analysts. Industry sectors are divided among the committee members. The four primary managers are listed below.
William A. Muggia is the lead portfolio manager and is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Westfield. Mr. Muggia has worked at Westfield since 1994 and has managed the Fund since 1999. Arthur J. Bauernfeind, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has worked at Westfield since 1990 and has managed the Fund since its inception. Ethan J. Meyers, Senior Vice President, has worked at Westfield since 1999 and has managed the Fund since 1999. Scott R. Emerman, Senior Security Analyst, has worked at Westfield since 2002 and has managed the Fund since 2002. Mr. Emerman worked at Harbor Capital Management as a Vice President, Equity Research from 1997 until 2002. Mr. Bauernfeind, Mr. Meyers, and Mr. Emerman assist Mr. Muggia with investment decision supervision and overall portfolio flow monitoring.
Sub-Advisor to the Micro Cap Growth Fund
Bjurman, Barry & Associates ("Bjurman")
10100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, CA 90067
Bjurman has been registered as an investment advisor since 1970. O. Thomas Barry III, CFA, CIC and Stephen W. Shipman, CFA, have joint and primary responsibility for managing the Fund. Mr. Barry is the Chief Investment Officer and Senior Executive Vice President of Bjurman and has worked at Bjurman since 1978. Mr. Shipman is the Director of Research and Executive Vice President and has worked at Bjurman since 1993. Bjurman and its portfolio managers have managed the Fund since its inception.
Sub-Advisors to the Small Cap Growth Fund
The Small Cap Growth Fund's assets are allocated between two Sub-Advisors, each investing in a different market capitalization. Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. manages approximately 70% of the Fund's assets consisting of small cap stocks and Bjurman, Barry & Associates manages approximately 30% of the Fund's assets consisting of micro cap stocks. The allocations may be larger or smaller at various times.
Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. ("Longwood") One International Place, Suite 2601, Boston, MA 02110
Longwood has been a registered investment advisor since 1995 and has managed the portion of the Fund's assets allocated to Longwood since the Fund's inception. Robert Davidson, CFA, is the Chief Investment Officer and founded Longwood in 1995. He has managed the Fund since its inception.
Bjurman, Barry & Associates ("Bjurman")
10100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, CA 90067
Bjurman has been a registered investment advisor since 1970 and has managed the portion of the Fund's assets allocated to Bjurman since the Fund's inception. O. Thomas Barry III, CFA, CIC and Stephen W. Shipman, CFA, have joint and primary responsibility for managing the Fund and have managed the Fund since its inception. Mr. Barry is the Chief Investment Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and has worked at Bjurman since 1978. Mr. Shipman is the Director of Research and Executive Vice President and has worked at Bjurman since 1993.
Sub-Advisory Fees
The fee paid by Touchstone Advisors to each Sub-Advisor during the Fund's most recent fiscal year (and the fee to be paid by the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund during the current fiscal year) is shown in the table below:
Name of Fund Annual Fee Rate ------------ --------------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund - FWIA* 0.50% Growth Opportunities Fund - Westfield 0.58% Large Cap Core Equity Fund - Todd** 0.30% Large Cap Growth Fund - Navellier 0.39% Large Cap Value Fund - JSAM 0.40% Micro Cap Growth Fund - Bjurman 0.85% Mid Cap Growth Fund TCW 0.50% Westfield 0.50% Small Cap Growth Fund*** Longwood 0.85% Bjurman 0.90% |
** The Board of Trustees approved a change to the Fund's sub-advisory fee schedule, effective August 14, 2006. Under the previous schedule Touchstone Advisors paid Todd a fee of 0.40% on the first $100 million of the Fund's average daily net assets; 0.35% on the next $100 million; 0.30% on the next $100 million and 0.25% of such assets in excess of $300 million. Under the new schedule Touchstone Advisors pays Todd a fee of 0.325% on the first $100 million of the Fund's average daily net assets; 0.30% on the next $100 million; 0.275% on the next $100 million and 0.25% of such assets in excess of $300 million.
*** Effective January 1, 2007, the Small Cap Growth Fund's sub-advisory fees were voluntarily reduced to 0.60% of average daily net assets allocated to Longwood and 0.65% of average daily net assets allocated to Bjurman. These voluntary fee reductions will be in effect until at least January 1, 2008.
The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager's compensation structure, other managed accounts and ownership of securities in their managed Fund(s). A discussion of the basis for the Board of Trustees' approval of the Funds' advisory and sub-advisory agreements is in the Trust's March 31, 2007 Annual Report. Class A shares are subject to a 12b-1 fee.
Each Fund currently offers the following classes of shares. Class Y shares (formerly "Class I" shares) are offered in a separate prospectus. For information about Class Y shares, call Touchstone Securities, Inc. ("Touchstone") at 1.800.543.0407.
Class A Class B Class C Class Y ------- ------- ------- ------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund X X X Growth Opportunities Fund X X X Large Cap Core Equity Fund X X Large Cap Growth Fund X X X X Large Cap Value Fund X X Micro Cap Growth Fund X X X Mid Cap Growth Fund X X X Small Cap Growth Fund X X X X |
Each class of shares has different sales charges and distribution fees. The amount of sales charges and distribution fees you pay will depend on which class of shares you decide to purchase.
Class A Shares
The offering price of Class A shares of each Fund is equal to its net asset value ("NAV") plus a front-end sales charge that you pay when you buy your shares. The front-end sales charge is generally deducted from the amount of your investment.
CLASS A SALES CHARGE. The following table shows the amount of front-end sales charge you will pay on purchases of Class A shares. The amount of front-end sales charge is shown as a percentage of (1) offering price and (2) the net amount invested after the charge has been subtracted. Note that the front-end sales charge gets lower as your investment amount gets larger.
Sales Sales Charge Charge as % of as % of Net Amount Amount of Your Investment Offering Price Invested ------------------------- -------------- ------------ Under $50,000 5.75% 6.10% $50,000 but less than $100,000 4.50% 4.71% $100,000 but less than $250,000 3.50% 3.63% $250,000 but less than $500,000 2.95% 3.04% $500,000 but less than $1 million 2.25% 2.30% $1 million or more 0.00% 0.00% |
WAIVER OF CLASS A SALES CHARGE. There is no front-end sales charge if you invest $1 million or more in Class A shares of a Fund. If you redeem shares that were part of the $1 million breakpoint purchase within one year, you may pay a contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1% on the shares redeemed, if a commission was paid by Touchstone to a participating unaffiliated dealer. There is no front-end sales charge on exchanges between Funds or dividends reinvested in a Fund. In addition, there is no front-end sales charge on the following purchases:
o Purchases by registered representatives or other employees (and their immediate family members*) of broker-dealers, banks, or other financial institutions having agreements with Touchstone.
o Purchases in accounts as to which a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary charges an asset management fee economically comparable to a sales charge, provided the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary has an agreement with Touchstone.
o Purchases by a trust department of any financial institution in its capacity as trustee to any trust.
o Purchases through processing organizations described in this Prospectus.
o Purchases by an employee benefit plan having more than 25 eligible employees or a minimum of $250,000 invested in the Touchstone Funds.
o Purchases by an employee benefit plan that is provided administrative services by a third party administrator that has entered into a special service arrangement with Touchstone.
o Purchases by shareholders who owned shares of Touchstone Funds Group Trust (formerly Constellation Funds) as of November 17, 2006 who are purchasing additional shares for their account or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund. If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.
o Reinvestment of redemption proceeds from Class A or Class B shares of any Touchstone Fund if the reinvestment occurs within 90 days of redemption.
* Immediate family members are defined as the spouse, parents, siblings, domestic partner, natural or adopted children, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law and sister-in-law of a registered representative or employee. The term "employee" is deemed to include current and retired employees.
Sales charge waivers must be qualified in advance by Touchstone by marking the appropriate section on the investment application and completing the "Eligibility for Exemption from Sales Charge" form. You can obtain the application and form by calling Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or by visiting the touchstoneinvestments.com website. Purchases at NAV may be made for investment only, and the shares may not be resold except through redemption by or on behalf of the Fund. At the option of the Fund, the front-end sales charge may be included on future purchases.
REDUCED CLASS A SALES CHARGE. You may also purchase Class A shares of a Fund at the reduced sales charges shown in the table above through the Rights of Accumulation Program or by signing a Letter of Intent. The following purchasers ("Qualified Purchasers") may qualify for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program or Letter of Intent:
o an individual, an individual's spouse, an individual's children under the age of 21; or
o a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing shares for a single fiduciary account although more than one beneficiary is involved; or
o employees of a common employer, provided that economies of scale are realized through remittances from a single source and quarterly confirmation of such purchases are provided; or
o an organized group, provided that the purchases are made through a central administrator, a single dealer or other means which result in economy of sales effort or expense.
The following accounts ("Qualified Accounts") held in Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge may be grouped together to qualify for the reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program or Letter of Intent:
o Individual accounts
o Joint tenant with rights of survivorship accounts
o Uniform gift to minor accounts ("UGTMA")
o Trust accounts
o Estate accounts
o Guardian/Conservator accounts
o IRA accounts, including Traditional, Roth, SEP, SIMPLE and 403(b)(7) custodial accounts
o Coverdell Education Savings Accounts
RIGHTS OF ACCUMULATION PROGRAM. Under the Rights of Accumulation Program, you may qualify for a reduced sales charge by aggregating all of your investments held in a Qualified Account. You or your dealer must notify Touchstone at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program and must provide either a list of account numbers or copies of account statements verifying your qualification. If your shares are held directly in a Touchstone Fund or through a dealer, you may combine the historical cost or current NAV (whichever is higher) of your existing Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge with the amount of your current purchase in order to take advantage of the reduced sales charge. Historical cost is the price you actually paid for the shares you own, plus your reinvested dividends and capital gains. If you are using historical cost to qualify for a reduced sales charge, you should retain any records to substantiate your historical costs since the Fund, its transfer agent or your broker-dealer may not maintain this information.
If your shares are held through financial intermediaries and/or in a retirement account (such as a 401(k) or employee benefit plan), you may combine the current NAV of your existing Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge with the amount of your current purchase in order to take advantage of the reduced sales charge. You or your financial intermediary must notify Touchstone at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program and must provide copies of account statements dated within three months of your current purchase verifying your qualification.
Upon receipt of the above referenced supporting documentation, Touchstone will calculate the combined value of all of the Qualified Purchaser's Qualified Accounts to determine if the current purchase is eligible for a reduced sales charge. Purchases made for nominee or street name accounts (securities held in the name of a dealer or another nominee such as a bank trust department instead of the customer) may not be aggregated with purchases for other accounts and may not be aggregated with other nominee or street name accounts unless otherwise qualified as described above.
LETTER OF INTENT. If you plan to invest at least $50,000 (excluding any reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions) during the next 13 months in Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge, you may qualify for a reduced sales charge by completing the Letter of Intent section of your account application. A Letter of Intent indicates your intent to purchase at least $50,000 in Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge over the next 13 months in exchange for a reduced sales charge indicated on the above chart. The minimum initial investment under a Letter of Intent is $10,000. You are not obligated to purchase additional shares if you complete a Letter of Intent. However, if you do not buy enough shares to qualify for the projected level of sales charge by the end of the 13-month period (or when you sell your shares, if earlier), your sales charge will be recalculated to reflect your actual purchase level. During the term of the Letter of Intent, shares representing 5% of your intended purchase will be held in escrow. If you do not purchase enough shares during the 13-month period to qualify for the projected reduced sales charge, the additional sales charge will be deducted from your escrow account. If you have purchased Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge within 90 days prior to signing a Letter of Intent, they may be included as part of your intended purchase. You must provide either a list of account numbers or copies of account statements verifying your purchases within the past 90 days.
OTHER INFORMATION. Information about sales charges and breakpoints is also available in a clear and prominent format on the touchstoneinvestments.com website. You can access this information by selecting "Sales Charges and Breakpoints" under the "Pricing and Performance" link. For more information about qualifying for a reduced or waived sales charge, contact your financial advisor or contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
Class B Shares
BECAUSE IN MOST CASES IT IS MORE ADVANTAGEOUS TO PURCHASE CLASS A SHARES FOR AMOUNTS OF $250,000 OR MORE, A REQUEST TO PURCHASE CLASS B SHARES FOR $250,000 OR MORE WILL BE CONSIDERED AS A PURCHASE REQUEST FOR CLASS A SHARES OR DECLINED.
Class B shares of the Funds are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Funds. A CDSC will be charged if you redeem Class B shares within 6 years after you purchased them. The amount of the CDSC will depend on how long you have held your shares, as set forth in the following table:
CDSC as a % of Amount Subject Year Since Purchase Payment Made to Charge -------------------------------- -------------- First 5.00% Second 4.00% Third 3.00% Fourth 2.00% Fifth 1.00% Sixth 1.00% Seventh and thereafter* None ---------- |
* Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares after they have been held for approximately 8 years.
CONVERSION TO CLASS A SHARES. Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares after 8 years from your initial purchase. The conversion will occur in the month following your 8-year anniversary. The conversion is based on the relative NAVs of the shares of the two classes on the conversion date and no sales charge will be imposed. Class B shares you have acquired through automatic reinvestment of dividends or capital gains will be converted in proportion to the total number of Class B shares you have purchased and own. Since the Rule 12b-1 distribution fees for Class A shares are lower than for Class B shares, converting to Class A shares will lower your expenses.
Class C Shares
BECAUSE IN MOST CASES IT IS MORE ADVANTAGEOUS TO PURCHASE CLASS A SHARES FOR AMOUNTS OF $1 MILLION OR MORE, A REQUEST TO PURCHASE CLASS C SHARES FOR $1 MILLION OR MORE WILL BE CONSIDERED AS A PURCHASE REQUEST FOR CLASS A SHARES OR DECLINED.
Class C shares of the Funds are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Funds. A CDSC of 1.00% will be charged on Class C shares redeemed within 1 year after you purchased them.
12b-1 Distribution Plans
Each Fund has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, for each class of shares it offers that are subject to 12b-1 distribution fees. The plans allow each Fund to pay distribution and other fees for the sale and distribution of its shares and for services provided to shareholders. Under the Class A plan, the Funds pay an annual fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets that are attributable to Class A shares. Under the Class B and Class C plans, the Funds pay an annual fee of up to 1.00% of average daily net assets attributable to Class B or Class C shares (of which up to 0.75% is a distribution fee and up to 0.25% is an account maintenance fee). Because these fees are paid out of a Fund's assets on an ongoing basis, they will increase the cost of your investment and over time may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Dealer Compensation
Touchstone Securities, Inc. ("Touchstone"), the Trust's principal underwriter, at its expense (from a designated percentage of its income) currently provides additional compensation to certain dealers. Touchstone pursues a focused distribution strategy with a limited number of dealers who have sold shares of a Fund or other Touchstone Funds. Touchstone reviews and makes changes to the focused distribution strategy on a continual basis. These payments are generally based on a pro rata share of a dealer's sales. Touchstone may also provide compensation in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for employees, seminars for the public, advertising and other dealer-sponsored programs. Touchstone Advisors, at its expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for distribution, administrative and/or shareholder servicing activities. Touchstone Advisors may also reimburse Touchstone for making these payments.
CHOOSING THE APPROPRIATE INVESTMENTS TO MATCH YOUR GOALS. Investing well requires a plan. We recommend that you meet with your financial advisor to plan a strategy that will best meet your financial goals.
Purchasing Your Shares
Please read this Prospectus carefully and then determine how much you want to invest. You may purchase shares of the Funds directly from Touchstone, through your financial advisor or through a processing organization. In any event, you must complete an investment application. You can obtain an investment application from Touchstone, your financial advisor, or by visiting our website at touchstoneinvestments.com. Check below to find the minimum investment requirements and ways to purchase shares in the Funds.
For more information about how to purchase shares, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
- INVESTOR ALERT: Each Touchstone Fund reserves the right to restrict or reject any purchase request, including exchanges from other Touchstone Funds, that it regards as disruptive to efficient portfolio management. For example, a purchase request could be rejected because of the timing of the investment or because of a history of excessive trading by the investor. (See "Market Timing Policy" in this Prospectus.)
Minimum Investment Requirements Initial Additional Investment Investment ---------- ---------- Regular Account $2,500 $ 50 Retirement Plan Account or Custodial Account under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act ("UGTMA") $1,000 $ 50 Investments through the Automatic Investment Plan $ 100 $ 50 |
- INVESTOR ALERT: Touchstone may change these initial and additional investment minimums at any time.
Opening an Account
Important Information About Procedures for Opening an Account
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record
information that identifies each person who opens an account. What this means
for you: When you open an account, we will ask for your name, residential
address, date of birth, government identification number and other information
that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license
or other identifying documents. If we do not receive these required pieces of
information, there may be a delay in processing your investment request, which
could subject your investment to market risk. If we are unable to immediately
verify your identity, the Fund may restrict further investment until your
identity is verified. However, if we are unable to verify your identity, the
Fund reserves the right to close your account without notice and return your
investment to you at the price determined at the end of business (usually 4:00
p.m. eastern time ("ET")) on the day that your account is closed. If we close
your account because we are unable to verify your identity, your investment will
be subject to market fluctuation, which could result in a loss of a portion of
your principal investment.
Investing in the Funds
By mail or through your financial advisor
o Please make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds. We do not accept third party checks for initial investments.
o Send your check with the completed investment application by regular mail to Touchstone, P.O. Box 5354, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201-5354, or by overnight mail to Touchstone, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203.
o Your application will be processed subject to your check clearing. If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.
o You may also open an account through your financial advisor.
By exchange
o You may exchange shares of the Funds for shares of the same class of another Touchstone Fund (subject to the applicable sales charge, if any). You may also exchange Class A or Class C shares of the Funds for Class A shares of any Touchstone money market fund, except the Institutional Money Market Fund.
o You do not have to pay any exchange fee for your exchange.
o Shares otherwise subject to a CDSC will not be charged a CDSC in an exchange. However, when you redeem the shares acquired through the exchange, the shares you redeem may be subject to a CDSC, depending on when you originally purchased the exchanged shares. For purposes of computing the CDSC, the length of time you have owned your shares will be measured from the date of original purchase and will not be affected by any exchange.
o If you exchange Class C shares for Class A shares of any Touchstone money market fund, the amount of time you hold shares of the money market fund will not be added to the holding period of your original shares for the purpose of calculating the CDSC, if you later redeem the exchanged shares. However, if you exchange back into your original Class C shares, the prior holding period of your Class C shares will be added to your current holding period of Class C shares in calculating the CDSC.
o You should carefully review the disclosure provided in the Prospectus relating to the exchanged-for shares before making an exchange of your Fund shares.
Through retirement plans
You may invest in the Funds through various retirement plans. These include individual retirement plans and employer sponsored retirement plans.
Individual Retirement Plans
o Traditional Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs")
o Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees ("SIMPLE IRAs")
o Spousal IRAs
o Roth Individual Retirement Accounts ("Roth IRAs")
o Coverdell Education Savings Accounts ("Education IRAs")
o Simplified Employee Pension Plans ("SEP IRAs")
o 403(b)(7) Custodial Accounts
Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans
o Defined benefit plans
o Defined contribution plans (including 401(k) plans, profit sharing plans and money purchase plans)
o 457 plans
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
To determine which type of retirement plan is appropriate for you, please contact your tax advisor.
For further information about any of the plans, agreements, applications and annual fees, contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or contact your financial advisor.
Through processing organizations
You may also purchase shares of the Funds through a "processing organization," (e.g., a mutual fund supermarket) which is a broker-dealer, bank or other financial institution that purchases shares for its customers. Some of the Touchstone Funds have authorized certain processing organizations to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf. Before investing in the Funds through a processing organization, you should read any materials provided by the processing organization together with this Prospectus. When shares are purchased this way, there may be various differences. The processing organization may:
o Charge a fee for its services
o Act as the shareholder of record of the shares
o Set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements
o Impose other charges and restrictions
o Designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds' behalf
o Touchstone considers a purchase or sales order as received when an authorized processing organization, or its authorized designee, receives the order in proper form. These orders will be priced based on the Fund's NAV (or offering price, if applicable) next computed after such order is received in proper form.
o Shares held through a processing organization may be transferred into your name following procedures established by your processing organization and Touchstone. Certain processing organizations may receive compensation from the Funds, Touchstone, Touchstone Advisors or their affiliates.
o It is the responsibility of the processing organization to transmit properly completed orders so that they will be received by Touchstone in a timely manner.
Pricing of Purchases
We price direct purchases in the Funds based upon the next determined public offering price (NAV plus any applicable sales charge) after your order is received. Direct purchase orders received by Touchstone, or its authorized agent, by the close of the regular session of trading on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), generally 4:00 p.m. ET, are processed at that day's public offering price. Direct purchase orders received by Touchstone, or its authorized agent, after the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, are processed at the public offering price next determined on the following business day. It is the responsibility of Touchstone's authorized agent to transmit orders that will be received by Touchstone in proper form and in a timely manner.
Adding to Your Account
By check
o Complete the investment form provided at the bottom of a recent account statement.
o Make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds.
o Write your account number on the check.
o Either: (1) Mail the check with the investment form to Touchstone; or (2) Mail the check directly to your financial advisor at the address printed on your account statement. Your financial advisor is responsible for forwarding payment promptly to Touchstone.
o If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.
By wire
o Contact Touchstone or your financial advisor for further instructions.
o Contact your bank and ask it to wire federal funds to Touchstone. Specify your name and account number when remitting the funds.
o Banks may charge a fee for handling wire transfers.
o Purchases in the Funds will be processed at that day's NAV (or public offering price, if applicable) if Touchstone receives a properly executed wire by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading.
By exchange
o You may add to your account by exchanging shares from an unaffiliated mutual fund or from another Touchstone Fund.
o For information about how to exchange shares among the Touchstone Funds, see "Opening an Account - By exchange" in this Prospectus.
Purchases with securities
o Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to, shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the applicable Fund's investment goal and is otherwise acceptable to Touchstone Advisors.
Automatic Investment Options
The various ways that you can automatically invest in the Funds are outlined below. Touchstone does not charge any fees for these services. For further details about these services, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN. You can pre-authorize monthly investments in a Fund of $50 or more to be processed electronically from a checking or savings account. You will need to complete the appropriate section in the investment application to do this. Amounts that are automatically invested in a Fund will not be available for redemption until three business days after the automatic investment.
REINVESTMENT/CROSS REINVESTMENT. Dividends and capital gains can be automatically reinvested in the Fund that pays them or in another Touchstone Fund within the same class of shares without a fee or sales charge. Dividends and capital gains will be reinvested in the Fund that pays them, unless you indicate otherwise on your investment application. You may also choose to have your dividends or capital gains paid to you in cash.
DIRECT DEPOSIT PURCHASE PLAN. You may automatically invest Social Security checks, private payroll checks, pension pay outs or any other pre-authorized government or private recurring payments in our Funds.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING. Our dollar cost averaging program allows you to diversify your investments by investing the same amount on a regular basis. You can set up periodic automatic exchanges of at least $50 from one Touchstone Fund to any other. The applicable sales charge, if any, will be assessed.
Selling Your Shares
You may sell some or all of your shares on any day that the Fund calculates its NAV. If your request is received by Touchstone, or its authorized agent, in proper form by the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. ET), you will receive a price based on that day's NAV for the shares you sell. Otherwise, the price you receive will be based on the NAV that is next calculated.
By telephone
o You can sell or exchange your shares over the telephone, unless you have specifically declined this option. If you do not wish to have this ability, you must mark the appropriate section of the investment application. You may only sell shares over the telephone if the amount is less than $100,000.
o To sell your Fund shares by telephone, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
o Shares held in IRA accounts and qualified retirement plans cannot be sold by telephone.
o If we receive your sale request by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading, the sale of your shares will be processed at the next determined NAV on that day. Otherwise it will occur on the next business day.
o Interruptions in telephone service could prevent you from selling your shares by telephone when you want to. When you have difficulty making telephone sales, you should mail to Touchstone (or send by overnight delivery), a written request for the sale of your shares.
o In order to protect your investment assets, Touchstone will only follow instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine. However, there is no guarantee that the instructions relied upon will always be genuine and Touchstone will not be liable, in those cases. Touchstone has certain procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine. If it does not follow such procedures in a particular case, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Some of these procedures may include:
o Requiring personal identification
o Making checks payable only to the owner(s) of the account shown on Touchstone's records
o Mailing checks only to the account address shown on Touchstone's records
o Directing wires only to the bank account shown on Touchstone's records
o Providing written confirmation for transactions requested by telephone
o Digitally recording instructions received by telephone
By mail
o Write to Touchstone.
o Indicate the number of shares or dollar amount to be sold.
o Include your name and account number.
o Sign your request exactly as your name appears on your investment application.
o You may be required to have your signature guaranteed (See "Signature Guarantees" in this Prospectus for more information).
By wire
o Complete the appropriate information on the investment application.
o If your proceeds are $1,000 or more, you may request that Touchstone wire them to your bank account.
o You may be charged a fee by the Fund or the Fund's agent for wiring redemption proceeds. You may also be charged a fee by your bank.
o Redemption proceeds will only be wired to a commercial bank or brokerage firm in the United States.
o Your redemption proceeds may be deposited without a charge directly into your bank account through an ACH transaction. Contact Touchstone for more information.
Through a systematic withdrawal plan
o You may elect to receive, or send to a third party, withdrawals of $50 or more if your account value is at least $5,000.
o Withdrawals can be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually.
o There is no special fee for this service.
o There is no minimum amount required for retirement plans.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
Systematic withdrawals may result in the sale of your shares at a loss or may result in taxable investment gains.
Through your financial advisor or processing organization
o You may also sell shares by contacting your financial advisor or processing organization, which may charge you a fee for this service. Shares held in street name must be sold through your financial advisor or, if applicable, the processing organization.
o Your financial advisor or processing organization is responsible for making sure that sale requests are transmitted to Touchstone in proper form and in a timely manner.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
Selling your shares may cause you to incur a taxable gain or loss.
- INVESTOR ALERT: Unless otherwise specified, proceeds will be sent to the record owner at the address shown on Touchstone's records.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge ("CDSC")
If you purchase $1 million or more Class A shares at NAV, a CDSC of 1.00% may be charged on redemptions made within 1 year of your purchase. If you redeem Class B shares within 1 year of your purchase, a CDSC of 5.00% will be charged. This charge will be incrementally reduced and after the 6th year there is no CDSC. If you redeem Class C shares within 1 year of your purchase, a CDSC of 1.00% will be charged.
The CDSC will not apply to redemptions of shares you received through reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions and may be waived under certain circumstances described below. The CDSC will be assessed on the lesser of your shares' NAV at the time of redemption or the time of purchase. The CDSC is paid to Touchstone to reimburse expenses incurred in providing distribution-related services to the Funds.
No CDSC is applied if:
o The redemption is due to the death or post-purchase disability of a shareholder
o The redemption is from a systematic withdrawal plan and represents no more than 10% of your annual account value
o The redemption is a benefit payment made from a qualified retirement plan, unless the redemption is due to termination of the plan or transfer of the plan to another financial institution
o The redemption is for a mandatory withdrawal from a traditional IRA account after age 70 1/2
When we determine whether a CDSC is payable on a redemption, we assume that:
o The redemption is made first from amounts not subject to a CDSC; then
o From the earliest purchase payment(s) that remain invested in the Fund
The SAI contains further details about the CDSC and the conditions for waiving the CDSC.
Signature Guarantees
Some circumstances require that your request to sell shares be made in writing accompanied by an original Medallion Signature Guarantee. A Medallion Signature Guarantee helps protect you against fraud. You can obtain one from most banks or securities dealers, but not from a notary public. Some circumstances that may require an original Medallion Signature Guarantee include:
o Proceeds from the sale of shares of $100,000 or more
o Proceeds to be paid when information on your investment application has been changed within the last 30 days (including a change in your name or your address, or the name or address of a payee)
o Proceeds are being sent to an address other than the address of record
o Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred from unlike registrations, such as from a joint account to an individual's account.
o Sending proceeds via wire or ACH when bank instructions have been added or changed within 30 days of your redemption request
o Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred between accounts with different account registrations
Market Timing Policy
Market timing or excessive trading in accounts that you own or control may disrupt portfolio investment strategies, may increase brokerage and administrative costs, and may negatively impact investment returns for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs. The Funds will take reasonable steps to discourage excessive short-term trading and will not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by shareholders. The Board of Trustees has adopted the following policies and procedures with respect to market timing of the Funds by shareholders. The Funds will monitor selected trades on a daily basis in an effort to deter excessive short-term trading. If a Fund has reason to believe that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, the Fund may ask the shareholder to stop such activities or restrict or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder's accounts. While a Fund cannot assure the prevention of all excessive trading and market timing, by making these judgments the Fund believes it is acting in a manner that is in the best interests of its shareholders. However, because the Funds cannot prevent all market timing, shareholders may be subject to the risks described above.
Generally, a shareholder may be considered a market timer if he or she has (i)
requested an exchange or redemption out of any of the Touchstone Funds within 2
weeks of an earlier purchase or exchange request out of any Touchstone Fund, or
(ii) made more than 2 "round-trip" exchanges within a rolling 90 day period. A
"round-trip" exchange occurs when a shareholder exchanges from one Touchstone
Fund to another Touchstone Fund and back to the original Touchstone Fund. If a
shareholder exceeds these limits, the Funds may restrict or suspend that
shareholder's exchange privileges and subsequent exchange requests during the
suspension will not be processed. The Funds may also restrict or refuse to
process purchases by the shareholder. These policies and procedures generally do
not apply to purchases and redemptions of Money Market Funds (except in the case
of an exchange request into a Touchstone non-money market fund), exchanges
between Money Market Funds and systematic purchases and redemptions.
Financial intermediaries (such as investment advisers and broker-dealers) often
establish omnibus accounts in the Funds for their customers through which
transactions are placed. In accordance with Rule 22c-2 under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Funds have entered into information sharing agreements
with certain financial intermediaries. Under these agreements, a financial
intermediary is obligated to: (1) enforce during the term of the agreement, the
Funds' market-timing policy; (2) furnish the Funds, upon their request, with
information regarding customer trading activities in shares of the Funds; and
(3) enforce the Funds' market-timing policy with respect to customers identified
by the Funds as having engaged in market timing. When information regarding
transactions in the Funds' shares is requested by a Fund and such information is
in the possession of a person that is itself a financial intermediary to a
financial intermediary (an "indirect intermediary"), any financial intermediary
with whom the Funds have an information sharing agreement is obligated to obtain
transaction information from the indirect intermediary or, if directed by the
Funds, to restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing shares
of the Funds on behalf of other persons.
The Funds apply these policies and procedures uniformly to all shareholders believed to be engaged in market timing or excessive trading. The Funds have no arrangements to permit any investor to trade frequently in shares of the Funds, nor will they enter into any such arrangements in the future.
Householding Policy
The Funds will send one copy of prospectuses and shareholder reports to households containing multiple shareholders with the same last name. This process, known as "householding," reduces costs and provides a convenience to shareholders. If you share the same last name and address with another shareholder and you prefer to receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 and we will begin separate mailings to you within 30 days of your request. If you or others in your household invest in the Funds through a broker or other financial institution, you may receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, regardless of whether or not you have consented to householding on your investment application.
Receiving Sale Proceeds
Touchstone will forward the proceeds of your sale to you (or to your financial advisor or processing organization) within 7 days (normally within 3 business days) after receipt of a proper request.
PROCEEDS SENT TO FINANCIAL ADVISORS OR PROCESSING ORGANIZATIONS. Proceeds that are sent to your financial advisor or processing organization will not usually be reinvested for you unless you provide specific instructions to do so. Therefore, the financial advisor or processing organization may benefit from the use of your money.
FUND SHARES PURCHASED BY CHECK. We may delay mailing your redemption proceeds for shares you recently purchased by check until your check clears, which may take up to 15 days. If you need your money sooner, you should purchase shares by bank wire.
REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE. You may, within 90 days of redemption, reinvest all or part of your sale proceeds by sending a written request and a check to Touchstone. If the redemption proceeds were from the sale of your Class A or Class B shares, you can reinvest into Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund at NAV. Reinvestment will be at the NAV next calculated after Touchstone receives your request. If the proceeds were from the sale of your Class C shares, you can reinvest those proceeds into Class C shares of any Touchstone Fund. If you paid a CDSC on the reinstated amount, you will not be subject to a CDSC if you later redeem that amount.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
You should contact your tax advisor if you use the Reinstatement Privilege.
LOW ACCOUNT BALANCES. If your balance falls below the minimum amount required for your account, based on actual amounts you have invested (as opposed to a reduction from market changes), your account may be subject to an annual account maintenance fee or Touchstone may sell your shares and send the proceeds to you. This involuntary sale does not apply to retirement accounts or custodian accounts under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act ("UGTMA"). Touchstone will notify you if your shares are about to be sold and you will have 30 days to increase your account balance to the minimum amount.
DELAY OF PAYMENT. It is possible that the payment of your sale proceeds could be postponed or your right to sell your shares could be suspended during certain circumstances. These circumstances can occur:
o When the NYSE is closed on days other than customary weekends and holidays
o When trading on the NYSE is restricted
o When an emergency situation causes a Sub-Advisor to not be reasonably able to dispose of certain securities or to fairly determine the value of a Fund's net assets
o During any other time when the SEC, by order, permits
REDEMPTION IN KIND. Under unusual circumstances, when the Board of Trustees deems it appropriate, a Fund may make payment for shares redeemed in portfolio securities of the Fund taken at current value.
Pricing of Fund Shares
Each Fund's share price (also called "NAV") and offering price (NAV plus a sales
charge, if applicable) is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00
p.m. ET) every day the NYSE is open. Each Fund calculates its NAV per share,
generally using market prices, by dividing the total value of its net assets by
the number of shares outstanding. Shares are purchased or sold at the next
offering price determined after your purchase or sale order is received in
proper form by Touchstone or its authorized agent.
The Funds' equity investments are valued based on market value or, if no market value is available, based on fair value as determined by the Board of Trustees (or under their direction). The Funds may use pricing services to determine market value for investments. Some specific pricing strategies follow:
o All short-term dollar-denominated investments that mature in 60 days or less are valued on the basis of amortized cost.
o Securities mainly traded on a U.S. exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange or, if no sales occurred during the day, at the current quoted bid price.
Any foreign securities held by a Fund will be priced as follows:
o All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currency values will be converted into U.S. dollar values.
o Securities mainly traded on a non-U.S. exchange are generally valued according to the preceding closing values on that exchange. However, if an event that may change the value of a security occurs after the time that the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange was determined, the security may be priced based on fair value. This may cause the value of the security on the books of the Fund to be significantly different from the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange and may affect the calculation of the NAV.
o Because portfolio securities that are primarily listed on a non-U.S. exchange may trade on weekends or other days when a Fund does not price its shares, a Fund's NAV may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares.
Securities held by a Fund that do not have readily available market quotations, or securities for which the available market quotation is not reliable, are priced at their fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. The Funds may use fair value pricing under the following circumstances, among others:
o If the value of a security has been materially affected by events occurring before the Fund's pricing time but after the close of the primary markets on which the security is traded.
o If a security, such as a small cap or micro cap security, is so thinly traded that reliable market quotations are unavailable due to infrequent trading.
o If the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closes early or if trading in a particular portfolio security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Fund's NAV calculation.
The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. With respect to any portion of a Fund's assets that is invested in other mutual funds, that portion of the Fund's NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that mutual fund. The prospectus for the other mutual fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that fund.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
You should consult your tax advisor to address your own tax situation.
Each Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its income and capital gains. Each Fund's dividends are distributed and paid annually. Distributions of any capital gains earned by a Fund will be made at least annually. If you own shares on a Fund's record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution.
You will receive dividends and distributions in the form of additional Fund shares unless you elect to receive payment in cash. To elect cash payment, you must notify the Funds in writing prior to the date of distribution. Your election will be effective for dividends and distributions paid after we receive your written notice. To cancel your election, simply send written notice to Touchstone, P.O. Box 5354, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201-5354, or by overnight mail to Touchstone, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203.
Tax Information
DISTRIBUTIONS. The Funds may make distributions of dividends that may be taxed at different rates depending on the length of time a Fund holds its assets. The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, state and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation. If so, they are taxable whether or not you reinvest such dividends in additional shares of the Fund or choose to receive cash.
ORDINARY INCOME. Income distributions are generally taxable at ordinary income tax rates except to the extent they are designated as qualified dividend income. Dividends that are qualified dividend income are eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 15% (5% for individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that a Fund receives qualified dividend income. Short-term capital gains that are distributed to you are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.
LONG-TERM CAPITAL GAINS. Long-term capital gains distributed to you are taxable as long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares. The maximum individual tax rate on net long-term capital gains is 15%.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
For federal income tax purposes, an exchange of shares is treated as a sale of the shares and a purchase of the shares you receive in exchange. Therefore, you may incur a taxable gain or loss in connection with the exchange.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING. A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and sales payable to shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. The current backup withholding rate is 28%.
STATEMENTS AND NOTICES. You will receive an annual statement outlining the tax status of your distributions. You will also receive written notices of certain foreign taxes and distributions paid by the Funds during the prior taxable year.
The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand each Fund's financial performance for the past 5 years, or if shorter, the period of each Fund's operation. The total returns in the tables represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The financial highlights for each Fund for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 (except information for the Large Cap Growth Fund for periods prior to December 31, 2003) were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The report of Ernst & Young LLP, along with each Fund's financial statements and related notes, appears in the 2007 Annual Report for the Funds. You can obtain the Annual Report, which contains more performance information, at no charge by calling 1.800.543.0407. The Annual Report has been incorporated by reference into the SAI.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2007 (A) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ............................. $10.00 ------ Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss .............................................. (0.07) Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ................. 1.71 ------ Total from investment operations ................................... 1.64 ------ Net asset value at end of period ................................... $11.64 ====== Total return(B) .................................................... 16.40%(C) ====== Net assets at end of period (000's) ................................ $5,846 ====== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ........................ 1.40%(D) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ................. (1.15%)(D) Portfolio turnover rate ............................................ 86%(D) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (September 6, 2006)
through March 31, 2007.
(B) Total return shown excludes the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not Annualized.
(D) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, -------------------------------------------------- 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year ........................... $ 21.57 $ 17.92 $ 18.06 $ 12.70 $ 18.18 Income (loss) from investment operations: ------------------------------------------------ Net investment loss ........................................ (0.35) (0.21) (0.24) (0.21) (0.19) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (0.47) 3.86 0.10 5.57 (5.29) ------------------------------------------------ Total from investment operations ............................... (0.82) 3.65 (0.14) 5.36 (5.48) ------------------------------------------------ Net asset value at end of year ................................. $ 20.75 $ 21.57 $ 17.92 $ 18.06 $ 12.70 ================================================ Total return(A) ................................................ (3.80%) 20.37% (0.78%) 42.20% (30.14%) ================================================ Net assets at end of year (000's) .............................. $35,723 $98,004 $81,313 $117,605 $84,472 ================================================ Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................... 1.79% 1.64% 1.68% 1.60% 1.83% Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ............. (1.12%) (1.09%) (1.14%) (1.23%) (1.40%) Portfolio turnover rate ........................................ 161% 80% 35% 47% 39% Amount of debt outstanding at end of year (000's) .............. n/a n/a n/a n/a $ -- Average daily amount of debt outstanding during the year (000's) .................................... n/a n/a n/a n/a $ 242(B) Average daily number of capital shares outstanding during the year (000's) ........................ n/a n/a n/a n/a 8,916(B) Average amount of debt per share during the year ............... n/a n/a n/a n/a $ 0.03(B) |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Based on fund level shares outstanding.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND--CLASS B PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ----------------------------------------------- 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year ......................... $20.39 $16.97 $17.31 $12.13 $ 17.78 ----------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.51) (0.46) (0.43) (0.38) (0.36) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (0.50) 3.88 0.09 5.56 (5.29) ----------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. (1.01) 3.42 (0.34) 5.18 (5.65) ----------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of year ............................... $19.38 $20.39 $16.97 $17.31 $ 12.13 =============================================== Total return(A) .............................................. (4.95%) 20.15% (1.96%) 42.70% (31.78%) =============================================== Net assets at end of year (000's) ............................ $2,288 $3,230 $3,064 $3,608 $ 2,463 =============================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 2.97% 2.97% 2.95% 2.84% 3.16% Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (2.24%) (2.39%) (2.38%) (2.45%) (2.71%) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 161% 80% 35% 47% 39% Amount of debt outstanding at end of year (000's) ............ n/a n/a n/a n/a $ -- Average daily amount of debt outstanding during the year (000's) .................................... n/a n/a n/a n/a $ 242(B) Average daily number of capital shares outstanding during the year (000's) .................................... n/a n/a n/a n/a 8,916(B) Average amount of debt per share during the year ............. n/a n/a n/a n/a $ 0.03(B) |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Based on fund level shares outstanding.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND--CLASS C PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, --------------------------------------------------- 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year ......................... $ 20.60 $ 17.11 $ 17.39 $ 12.17 $ 17.78 --------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.54) (0.40) (0.40) (0.37) (0.36) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (0.43) 3.89 0.12 5.59 (5.25) --------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. (0.97) 3.49 (0.28) 5.22 (5.61) --------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of year ............................... $ 19.63 $ 20.60 $ 17.11 $ 17.39 $ 12.17 =================================================== Total return(A) .............................................. (4.71%) 20.40% (1.61%) 42.89% (31.55%) =================================================== Net assets at end of year (000's) ............................ $11,957 $22,412 $21,789 $28,470 $21,727 =================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 2.71% 2.57% 2.61% 2.60% 2.87% Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ......................................... (2.00%) (2.01%) (2.04%) (2.21%) (2.42%) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 161% 80% 35% 47% 39% Amount of debt outstanding at end of year (000's) ............ n/a n/a n/a n/a $ -- Average daily amount of debt outstanding during the year (000's) .................................... n/a n/a n/a n/a $ 242(B) Average daily number of capital shares outstanding during the year (000's) ........................ n/a n/a n/a n/a 8,916(B) Average amount of debt per share during the year ............. n/a n/a n/a n/a $ 0.03(B) |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Based on fund level shares outstanding.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ------------------------------------------------ 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year ......................... $ 10.49 $ 9.48 $ 9.10 $ 6.71 $ 9.19 ------------------------------------------------ Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment income ...................................... 0.11 0.06 0.11 0.07 0.06 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. 0.91 0.96 0.38 2.37 (2.46) ------------------------------------------------ Total from investment operations ............................. 1.02 1.02 0.49 2.44 (2.40) ------------------------------------------------ Dividends from net investment income ......................... (0.15) (0.01) (0.11) (0.05) (0.08) ------------------------------------------------ Net asset value at end of year ............................... $ 11.36 $ 10.49 $ 9.48 $ 9.10 $ 6.71 ================================================ Total return(A) .............................................. 9.83% 10.74% 5.32% 36.41% (26.19%) ================================================ Net assets at end of year (000's) ............................ $95,175 $25,693 $9,328 $8,783 $ 6,109 ================================================ Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 1.15% 1.00% 1.00% 0.97%(B) 1.00% Ratio of net investment income to average net assets ......... 0.97% 1.03% 1.18% 0.85%(B) 0.90% Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 54% 6% 7% 10% 29% |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 1.00% and the ratio of net investment income to average net assets would have been 0.82%.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND--CLASS B PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERIOD PERIOD ENDED YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED AUG. 11, ------------------------------------- MARCH 31, 2006(A) 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002(B) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ....... $10.35 $ 9.42 $ 9.04 $ 6.69 $ 9.13 $ 9.50 ---------------------------------------------------------------- Income(loss) from investment operations: Net investment income ...................... 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.02 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .................. (0.24) 0.91 0.37 2.36 (2.45) (0.37) ---------------------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............. (0.23) 0.94 0.41 2.37 (2.44) (0.35) ---------------------------------------------------------------- Dividends from net investment income ......... (0.04) (0.01) (0.03) (0.02) 0.00(C) (0.02) ---------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period ............. $10.08 $10.35 $ 9.42 $ 9.04 $ 6.69 $ 9.13 ================================================================ Total return(D) .............................. (2.22%)(E) 9.95% 4.55% 35.37% (26.70%) (3.60%)(E) ================================================================ Net assets at end of period(000's) ........... $1,639 $1,713 $1,665 $1,456 $ 729 $ 860 ================================================================ Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .. 1.90%(F) 1.75% 1.75% 1.72%(G) 1.75% 1.75%(F) Ratio of net investment income to average net assets ..................................... 0.30%(F) 0.26% 0.46% 0.10%(G) 0.18% 0.03%(F) Portfolio turnover rate ...................... 54%(F) 6% 7% 10% 29% 9%(F) |
(A) On August 11, 2006, Class B shares were merged into Class A shares in connection with an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization approved by shareholders (see Note 8).
(B) Represents the period from the commencement of operations (May 1, 2001)
through March 31, 2002.
(C) Amount rounds to less than $0.01 per share.
(D) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(E) Not annualized.
(F) Annualized
(G) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 1.75% and the ratio of net investment income to average net assets would have been 0.07%.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND--CLASS C PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ----------------------------------------------- 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year .......................... $10.39 $ 9.46 $ 9.08 $ 6.72 $ 9.13 ----------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment income (loss) ................................ (0.02) 0.03 0.04 0.01 0.01 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments ... 0.96 0.91 0.37 2.37 (2.41) ----------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations .............................. 0.94 0.94 0.41 2.38 (2.40) ----------------------------------------------- Dividends from net investment income .......................... (0.04) (0.01) (0.03) (0.02) (0.01) ----------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of year ................................ $11.29 $10.39 $ 9.46 $ 9.08 $ 6.72 =============================================== Total return(A) ............................................... 9.09% 9.91% 4.52% 35.38% (26.32%) =============================================== Net assets at end of year (000's) ............................. $4,231 $1,399 $1,675 $2,260 $ 920 =============================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ................... 1.90% 1.75% 1.75% 1.72%(B) 1.74% Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets ... (0.26%) 0.26% 0.41% 0.13%(B) 0.18% Portfolio turnover rate ....................................... 54% 6% 7% 10% 29% |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 1.75% and the ratio of net investment income to average net assets would have been 0.10%.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------- MARCH 31, ----------------- 2007 2006 2005 2004(A) 2003 2002 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period .............. $ 23.26 $ 19.84 $ 17.31 $ 16.53 $ 12.19 $ 16.63 ------------------------------------------------------------------ Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ............................... (0.04) (0.02) (0.02) (0.03) (0.07) (0.12) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments ......................... (1.16) 3.44 2.55 0.81 4.41 (4.32) ------------------------------------------------------------------ Total from investment operations .................... (1.20) 3.42 2.53 0.78 4.34 (4.44) ------------------------------------------------------------------ Net asset value at end of period .................... $ 22.06 $ 23.26 $ 19.84 $ 17.31 $ 16.53 $ 12.19 ================================================================== Total return(B) ..................................... (5.16%) 17.24% 14.62% 4.72%(C) 35.60% (26.70%) ================================================================== Net assets at end of period (000's) ................. $656,582 $838,120 $274,121 $69,860 $62,187 $13,831 ================================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ......... 1.16% 1.17% 1.26% 1.30%(D) 1.39% 1.49% Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets .. (0.16%) (0.13%) (0.23%) (0.78%)(D) (0.93%) (0.82%) Portfolio turnover .................................. 115% 104% 127% 60%(D) 60% 115% |
(A) Effective after the close of business on December 31, 2003, the Fund changed its fiscal year end to March 31.
(B) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not annualized.
(D) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS B PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THREE MONTHS PERIOD Year Ended March 31, ENDED ENDED ---------------------------- MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2007 2006 2005 2004(A) 2003(B) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ....................... $ 22.83 $ 19.60 $ 17.24 $16.50 $15.45 -------------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.21) (0.15) (0.12) (0.03) (0.06) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (1.16) 3.38 2.48 0.77 1.11 -------------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. (1.37) 3.23 2.36 0.74 1.05 -------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period ............................. $ 21.46 $ 22.83 $ 19.60 $17.24 $16.50 ======================================================== Total return(C) .............................................. (6.00%) 16.48% 13.69% 4.48%(D) 6.80%(D) ======================================================== Net assets at end of period (000's) .......................... $26,669 $27,781 $10,579 $1,897 $1,003 ======================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 2.02% 2.08% 2.25% 2.25%(E) 2.22%(E) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (0.98%) (1.02%) (1.23%) (1.71%)(E) (1.80%)(E) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 115% 104% 127% 60%(E) 60%(E) |
(A) Effective after the close of business on December 31, 2003, the Fund changed its fiscal year end to March 31.
(B) Represents the period from commencement of operations (October 4, 2003)
through December 31, 2003.
(C) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(D) Not annualized.
(E) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS C PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THREE YEAR ENDED MONTHS PERIOD MARCH 31, ENDED ENDED -------------------------------- MARCH 31, DEC. 31, 2007 2006 2005 2004(A) 2003(B) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ....................... $ 22.88 $ 19.62 $ 17.24 $16.50 $15.45 --------------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.20) (0.11) (0.08) (0.04) (0.05) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (1.16) 3.37 2.46 0.78 1.10 --------------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. (1.36) 3.26 2.38 0.74 1.05 --------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period ............................. $ 21.52 $ 22.88 $ 19.62 $17.24 $16.50 ========================================================= Total return(C) .............................................. (5.94%) 16.62% 13.81% 4.48%(D) 6.80%(D) ========================================================= Net assets at end of period (000's) .......................... $190,261 $188,810 $48,446 $4,310 $2,465 ========================================================= Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 1.95% 1.98% 2.03% 2.25%(E) 2.21%(E) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (0.92%) (0.93%) (0.97%) (1.70%)(E) (1.78%)(E) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 115% 104% 127% 60%(E) 60%(E) |
(A) Effective after the close of business on December 31, 2003, the Fund changed its fiscal year end to March 31.
(B) Represents the period from commencement of operations (October 4, 2003)
through December 31, 2003.
(C) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(D) Not annualized.
(E) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP VALUE FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR PERIOD ENDED ENDED MARCH 31, MARCH 31, 2007 2006(A) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ................. $ 10.19 $ 10.00 -------------------- Income from investment operations: Net investment income ................................ 0.04 0.01 Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ..... 1.19 0.18 -------------------- Total from investment operations ....................... 1.23 0.19 Less distributions: Dividends from net investment income ................. (0.04) -- Distributions from net realized gains ................ (0.23) -- -------------------- Total distributions .................................... (0.27) -- -------------------- Net asset value at end of period ....................... $ 11.15 $ 10.19 ==================== Total return (B) ....................................... 12.12% 1.90%(C) ==================== Net assets at end of period (000's) .................... $29,609 $11,684 ==================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ............ 1.35% 1.30%(D) Ratio of net investment income to average net assets ... 0.55% 1.34%(D) Portfolio turnover rate ................................ 57% 68%(D) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (March 6, 2006)
through March 31, 2006.
(B) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not annualized.
(D) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP VALUE FUND--CLASS C PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR PERIOD ENDED ENDED MARCH 31, MARCH 31, 2007 2006(A) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ....................... $ 10.18 $10.00 -------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment income (loss) ............................... (0.01) 0.00(B) Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ........... 1.17 0.18 -------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. 1.16 0.18 -------------------- Less distributions: Dividends from net investment income ....................... (0.01) -- Distributions from net realized gains ...................... (0.24) -- -------------------- Total distributions .......................................... (0.25) -- -------------------- Net asset value at end of period ............................. $ 11.09 $10.18 ==================== Total return (C) ............................................. 11.37% 1.80%(D) ==================== Net assets at end of period (000's) .......................... $15,220 $ 561 ==================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 2.10% 1.89%(E) Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets .. (0.27%) 0.25%(E) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 57% 68%(E) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (March 6, 2006)
through March 31, 2006.
(B) Amount rounds to less than $0.01 per share.
(C) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(D) Not annualized.
(E) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ YEAR ENDED PERIOD MARCH 31, ENDED ------------------- MARCH 31, 2007 2006 2005(A) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Net asset value at beginning of period ....................... $ 13.50 $ 11.07 $ 10.00 ------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.20) (0.10) (0.06) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (0.32) 2.53 1.13 ------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. (0.52) 2.43 1.07 ------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period ............................. $ 12.98 $ 13.50 $ 11.07 =============================== Total return (B) ............................................. (3.85%) 21.95% 10.70%(C) =============================== Net assets at end of period (000's) .......................... $45,536 $61,915 $32,378 =============================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 1.95% 1.95% 1.95%(D) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (1.32%) (1.08%) (1.27%)(D) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 91% 90% 101%(D) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (June 22, 2004)
through March 31, 2005.
(B) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not Annualized.
(D) Annualized.
MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS C PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED PERIOD MARCH 31, ENDED ------------------- MARCH 31, 2007 2006 2005(A) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ....................... $ 13.33 $ 11.01 $ 10.00 -------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.30) (0.17) (0.08) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (0.31) 2.49 1.09 -------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. (0.61) 2.32 1.01 -------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period ............................. $ 12.72 $ 13.33 $ 11.01 ================================ Total return(B) .............................................. (4.58%) 21.07% 10.10%(C) ================================ Net assets at end of period (000's) .......................... $26,062 $33,310 $16,224 ================================ Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 2.70% 2.70% 2.70%(D) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (2.07%) (1.84%) (2.07%)(D) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 91% 90% 101%(D) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (June 22, 2004)
through March 31, 2005.
(B) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not Annualized.
(D) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MID CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ----------------------------------------------------------- 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year ......................... $ 24.02 $ 21.42 $ 21.73 $ 13.89 $ 19.52 ----------------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.14) (0.12) (0.16) (0.13) (0.14) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. 2.20 4.70 1.03 7.97 (5.29) ----------------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. 2.06 4.58 0.87 7.84 (5.43) ----------------------------------------------------------- Distributions from net realized gains ........................ (1.91) (1.98) (1.18) -- (0.20) ----------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of year ............................... $ 24.17 $ 24.02 $ 21.42 $ 21.73 $ 13.89 =========================================================== Total return(A) .............................................. 8.84% 22.21% 4.13% 56.44% (27.90%) =========================================================== Net assets at end of year (000's) ............................ $713,666 $639,501 $574,855 $458,524 $153,247 =========================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.49% (B) 1.50% Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (0.66%) (0.57%) (0.84%) (0.93%)(B) (1.07%) Portfolio turnover ........................................... 58% 69% 85% 79% 62% |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 1.50% and the ratio of net investment loss to average net assets would have been (0.94%).
MID CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS B PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ------------------------------------------------------ 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year ......................... $ 21.49 $ 19.50 $ 20.03 $ 12.53 $ 18.25 ------------------------------------------------------ Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.30) (0.26) (0.29) (0.25) (0.14) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. 1.97 4.23 0.94 7.75 (5.38) ------------------------------------------------------ Total from investment operations ............................. 1.67 3.97 0.65 7.50 (5.52) ------------------------------------------------------ Distributions from net realized gains ........................ (1.91) (1.98) (1.18) -- (0.20) ------------------------------------------------------ Net asset value at end of year ............................... $ 21.25 $ 21.49 $ 19.50 $ 20.03 $ 12.53 ====================================================== Total return(A) .............................................. 8.04% 21.24% 3.37% 59.86% (30.34%) ====================================================== Net assets at end of year (000's) ............................ $74,935 $79,552 $71,879 $64,918 $26,226 ====================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 2.25% 2.25% 2.25% 2.24% (B) 2.25% Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (1.42%) (1.32%) (1.60%) (1.68%)(B) (1.77%) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 58% 69% 85% 79% 62% |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Absent voluntary epxense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 2.25% and the ratio of net investment loss to average net assets would have been (1.69%).
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MID CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS C PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ----------------------------------------------------------- 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of year .......................... $ 21.51 $ 19.51 $ 20.04 $ 12.55 $ 18.26 ----------------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.28) (0.25) (0.30) (0.23) (0.13) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. 1.95 4.23 0.95 7.72 (5.38) ----------------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations .............................. 1.67 3.98 0.65 7.49 (5.51) ----------------------------------------------------------- Distributions from net realized gains ......................... (1.91) (1.98) (1.18) -- (0.20) ----------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of year ................................ $ 21.27 $ 21.51 $ 19.51 $ 20.04 $ 12.55 =========================================================== Total return(A) ............................................... 8.04% 21.28% 3.36% 59.68% (30.27%) =========================================================== Net assets at end of year (000's) ............................. $345,997 $327,867 $284,966 $252,021 $97,743 =========================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ................... 2.25% 2.25% 2.25% 2.24% (B) 2.25% Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ............ (1.41%) (1.32%) (1.60%) (1.68%)(B) (1.77%) Portfolio turnover ............................................ 58% 69% 85% 79% 62% |
(A) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(B) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 2.25% and the ratio of net investment loss to average net assets would have been (1.69%).
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS A PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERIOD YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED ---------------------------------------- MARCH 31, 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003(A) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ........................ $ 18.37 $ 15.25 $ 16.05 $ 9.78 $ 10.00 -------------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.20) (0.18) (0.25) (0.14) (0.06) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (1.55) 3.30 (0.14) 6.78 (0.16) -------------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations .............................. (1.75) 3.12 (0.39) 6.64 (0.22) -------------------------------------------------------- Distributions from net realized gains ......................... -- -- (0.41) (0.37) -- -------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period .............................. $ 16.62 $ 18.37 $ 15.25 $ 16.05 $ 9.78 ======================================================== Total return(B) ............................................... (9.53%) 20.46% (2.43%) 68.02% (2.20%)(C) ======================================================== Net assets at end of period (000's) ........................... $32,662 $48,697 $37,675 $53,064 $15,230 ======================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ................... 1.90% 1.95% 1.95% 1.89%(D) 1.95%(E) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ............ (1.00%) (1.18%) (1.40%) (1.34%)(D) (1.61%)(E) Portfolio turnover ............................................ 243% 109% 114% 133% 128%(E) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (October 21, 2002)
through March 31, 2003.
(B) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not annualized.
(D) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 1.95% and ratio of net investment loss to average net assets would have been (1.40%).
(E) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS B PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERIOD YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED ------------------------------------- MARCH 31, 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003(A) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ........................ $ 17.99 $14.99 $15.90 $ 9.75 $10.00 ----------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.41) (0.31) (0.29) (0.21) (0.06) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (1.45) 3.31 (0.21) 6.73 (0.19) ----------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations .............................. (1.86) 3.00 (0.50) 6.52 (0.25) ----------------------------------------------------- Distributions from net realized gains ......................... -- -- (0.41) (0.37) -- ----------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period .............................. $ 16.13 $17.99 $14.99 $15.90 $ 9.75 ===================================================== Total return(B) ............................................... (10.34%) 20.01% (3.15%) 66.99% (2.50%)(C) ===================================================== Net assets at end of period (000's) ........................... $ 4,876 $9,858 $8,908 $7,831 $1,399 ===================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ................... 2.66% 2.70% 2.70% 2.63%(D) 2.69%(E) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ............ (1.75%) (1.92%) (2.13%) (2.09%)(D) (2.38%)(E) Portfolio turnover ............................................ 243% 109% 114% 133% 128%(E) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (October 21, 2002)
through March 31, 2003.
(B) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not annualized.
(D) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 2.70% and the ratio of net investment loss to average neet assets would have been (2.16%).
(E) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS C PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERIOD YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED ---------------------------------------- MARCH 31, 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003(A) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ........................ $ 18.01 $ 15.00 $ 15.91 $ 9.74 $ 10.00 -------------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.47) (0.32) (0.29) (0.21) (0.07) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (1.39) 3.33 (0.21) 6.75 (0.19) -------------------------------------------------------- Total from investment operations .............................. (1.86) 3.01 (0.50) 6.54 (0.26) -------------------------------------------------------- Distributions from net realized gains ......................... -- -- (0.41) (0.37) -- -------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period .............................. $ 16.15 $ 18.01 $ 15.00 $ 15.91 $ 9.74 ======================================================== Total return(B) ............................................... (10.33%) 20.07% (3.15%) 67.26% (2.60%)(C) ======================================================== Net assets at end of period (000's) ........................... $ 8,728 $20,964 $18,776 $14,596 $ 3,029 ======================================================== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ................... 2.67% 2.70% 2.70% 2.63%(D) 2.69%(E) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ............ (1.77%) (1.92%) (2.12%) (2.09%)(D) (2.39%)(E) Portfolio turnover ............................................ 243% 109% 114% 133% 128%(E) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (October 21, 2002)
through March 31, 2003.
(B) Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads.
(C) Not annualized.
(D) Absent voluntary expense reimbursements, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 2.70% and the ratio of net investment loss to average net assets would have been (2.16%).
(E) Annualized.
Touchstone Investments
DISTRIBUTOR
Touchstone Securities, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
1.800.638.8194
www.touchstoneinvestments.com
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
TRANSFER AGENT
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
SHAREHOLDER SERVICE
1.800.543.0407
* A Member of Western & Southern Financial Group(R)
The following are federal trademark registrations and applications owned by IFS
Financial Services, Inc., a member of Western & Southern Financial Group(R):
Touchstone, Touchstone Funds, Touchstone Investments, Touchstone Family of Funds
and Touchstone Select.
For investors who want more information about the Funds, the following documents are available free upon request:
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI"): The SAI provides more detailed information about the Funds and is legally a part of this Prospectus.
ANNUAL/SEMIANNUAL REPORTS ("FINANCIAL REPORTS"): The Funds' Financial Reports provide additional information about the Funds' investments. In the annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected a Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.
You can get free copies of the SAI, the Financial Reports, other information and answers to your questions about the Funds by contacting your financial advisor, or the Funds at:
Touchstone Investments
P.O. Box 5354
Cincinnati, OH 45201-5354
1.800.543.0407
The SAI and Financial Reports are also available on the touchstone investments website at http://www.touchstoneinvestments.com Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You can receive information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1.202.551.8090.
Reports and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR database of the SEC's internet site at http://www.sec.gov. For a fee, you can get text-only copies of reports and other information by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or by sending an e-mail request to: publicinfo@sec.gov.
Investment Company Act file no. 811-3651
AUGUST 1, 2007
PROSPECTUS
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST - CLASS Y SHARES
Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Micro Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved the Funds' shares as an investment or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.
Prospectus August 1, 2007
Touchstone Investments
Class Y Shares (formerly Class I Shares)
Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Micro Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund
Each Fund is a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust (the "Trust"), a group of equity mutual funds. The Trust is part of the Touchstone(R) Funds that also includes Touchstone Funds Group Trust (formerly Constellation Funds), a group of equity and bond mutual funds, Touchstone Investment Trust, a group of taxable bond and money market mutual funds, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, a group of tax-free bond and money market mutual funds, Constellation Institutional Portfolios, a group of institutional equity mutual funds and Touchstone Variable Series Trust, a group of variable series funds. Each Touchstone Fund has a different investment goal and risk level. For further information about the Touchstone Funds, contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
The Funds are managed by Touchstone Advisors, Inc. ("Touchstone Advisors"). Touchstone Advisors selects a sub-advisor(s) (each a "Sub-Advisor," collectively the "Sub-Advisors") to manage each Fund's investments on a daily basis.
Table of Contents
Large Cap Growth Fund
Micro Cap Growth Fund
Small Cap Growth Fund
Investment Strategies and Risks
The Funds' Management
Investing With Touchstone
Distributions and Taxes
Financial Highlights
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in the common stocks of small cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A small cap company has a market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion. The Fund may invest in securities in the technology sector.
The Fund will generally hold approximately 80 - 120 stocks.
The Fund will invest in securities that the Sub-Advisor believes will capitalize on inefficiencies that exist in the small cap growth market by focusing on:
o Companies that are experiencing improving long-term or cyclical fundamental trends;
o High quality, well-managed companies; and
o Companies with competitive business models
The Sub-Advisor employs a four-step investment process:
1. Proprietary Quantitative Selection Criteria - The small cap growth stock universe is analyzed through a quantitative model and stocks are given rankings along four dimensions: fundamental, risk, valuation and technical. This reduces the universe to a bullpen of approximately 300 stocks.
2. Fundamental Research - Bottom-up fundamental research is conducted on the resulting bullpen of stocks along several dimensions, such as earnings drivers (those factors that ultimately determine a company's ability to grow its earnings), business model (the strategy used in managing the business), and operating margins (the earnings a company produces before allocating interest expenses, taxes, depreciation, etc.).
3. Team Review - A portfolio manager recommends stocks after performing the fundamental research. Each portfolio manager specializes in one or more economic sectors, and is responsible for making recommendations within that sector. The entire investment team reviews this recommendation, determining whether to add it to the Fund along with the corresponding position weight, if applicable.
4. Portfolio Construction - The portfolio is constructed subject to guidelines and constraints. A risk overlay is added to ensure optimal positioning with respect to macroeconomic trends. Positions are consistently monitored and an annual intensive review is conducted to determine if drivers of growth are still present in each security.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the Sub-Advisor's investment approach does not accurately identify attractive investments
o If the companies the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because securities of small cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of large cap companies
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
Performance Note
The Fund's performance information is only shown when the Fund has had a full calendar year of operations. Since the Fund began operations in September 2006, there is no performance information included in this Prospectus.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class Y shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ------------------------------------------ There are no shareholder transaction fees. ------------------------------------------ Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) Management Fees 1.05% Other Expenses 1.30% Administration Fees 0.20% Other Fees 1.10% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2.35% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(1) 1.20% Net Expenses 1.15% |
(1) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.15%. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years ------ ------- ------- -------- $117 $618 $1,146 $2,594 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Large Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A large cap company has a market capitalization of more than $10 billion.
The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of one issuer. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of one company and up to 25% of its total assets in the securities of one industry. The Fund's investments may include companies in the technology sector.
The Fund is designed to achieve the highest possible returns while minimizing risk. The Sub-Advisor's selection process focuses on fast growing companies that offer innovative products, services or technologies to a rapidly expanding marketplace. The Sub-Advisor uses an objective, "bottom-up," quantitative screening process designed to identify and select inefficiently priced growth stocks with superior returns compared to their risk characteristics. The Sub-Advisor mainly buys stocks of companies that it believes are poised to rise in price. The investment process focuses on "growth" variables including, but not limited to, earnings growth, reinvestment rate and operating margin expansion.
The Sub-Advisor attempts to uncover stocks with strong return potential and acceptable risk characteristics. The Sub-Advisor uses its proprietary computer model to calculate and analyze a "reward/risk ratio." The reward/risk ratio is designed to identify stocks with above average market returns and risk levels that are reasonable for higher return rates. The Sub-Advisor then applies two or more sets of criteria to identify the most attractive stocks. Examples of these criteria include earnings growth, profit margins, reasonable price/earnings ratios based on expected future earnings, and various other fundamental criteria. Stocks with the best combination of growth ratios are blended into the Fund's portfolio.
Every quarter the Sub-Advisor evaluates its tests and re-weights their influence on the computer models as necessary. This allows the Sub-Advisor to continuously monitor which factors appear to be currently in favor in the financial markets. If a security does not meet the criteria of the Sub-Advisor's reward/risk ratio and there are other available securities that do, the Sub-Advisor will probably sell the security that does not meet its criteria.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o Because large cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion
o If the market continually values the stocks in the Fund's portfolio lower than the Sub-Advisor believes they should be valued
o If the quantitative stock screening process and risk/reward analysis is not accurate
o If the companies that the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
o Because a non-diversified fund may hold a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of one company, it may be more sensitive to market changes than a diversified fund
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing its Class Y performance (before taxes) during each full calendar year of operations. The table compares the Fund's Class Y average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006 to those of the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The returns for other classes of shares, offered by the Fund in a separate prospectus, will differ from the Class Y returns because the other classes have different expenses. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
Large Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Total Return
2005 2006 ----- ----- 16.57% -3.59% Best Quarter: 3rd Quarter 2005 6.90% Worst Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2006 -7.46% |
The year-to-date return of the Fund's Class Y shares as of June 30, 2007 is 10.47%.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
Since Class 1 Year Started(1) ------ ----------- Large Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Return Before Taxes -3.59% 8.34% Return After Taxes on Distributions -3.59% 8.34% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(2) -2.33% 7.14% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) 9.07% 8.87% |
(2) When the "Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares" is greater than the "Return Before Taxes," it is because of realized losses. If a capital loss occurs upon the redemption of the Fund's shares, the capital loss is recorded as a tax benefit, which increases the return and translates into an assumed tax deduction that benefits the shareholder.
(3) The Russell 1000 Growth Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of those Russell 1000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class Y shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) ------------------------------------------ There are no shareholder transaction fees. ------------------------------------------ Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) Management Fees 0.71% Other Expenses 0.25% Administration Fees 0.20% Other Fees 0.05% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 0.96% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(1) (0.04)% Net Expenses(2) 1.00% |
(1) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.00%. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
(2) Net Expenses shown above reflect a change in the Fund's operating expenses that took effect on January 1, 2007 and will differ from the Net Expenses reflected in the Fund's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. The actual Net Expenses for the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 were 0.90%.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Large Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years ------ ------- ------- -------- $102 $310 $535 $1,182 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Micro Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in the common stocks of U.S. companies whose total market capitalization at the time of investment is generally between $30 million and $500 million, referred to as micro cap companies, and which, in the opinion of the Sub-Advisor, have superior earnings growth characteristics. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. The Fund's investments may include securities in the technology sector.
The Sub-Advisor's unique equity selection process seeks to identify fast growing companies that are undervalued. The Sub-Advisor screens the universe of companies, using five quantitative factors:
1) earnings growth
2) earnings strength - those companies that are expected to have the greatest increase in next year's earnings
3) earnings revision
4) price/earnings to growth ratio and
5) cash flow to price
The Sub-Advisor then focuses on what it believes are the most promising industries and seeks to identify profitable companies with capable management teams, above average reinvestment rates, strong industry positions and productive research and development efforts.
Stocks are ranked according to the above criteria to identify approximately 100 to 190 micro cap companies that the Sub-Advisor believes offer the best growth prospects and are selling at attractive prices. The highest ranking stocks in the most promising industries are then subjected to additional fundamental and technical research. Generally, the Sub-Advisor attempts to identify profitable micro cap companies with capable management teams, above average reinvestment rates, strong industry positions and productive research and development efforts. To ensure a well diversified portfolio, commitments to any one issue or industry are generally limited to 5% and 15%, respectively, of the Fund's total assets. The Sub-Advisor reviews investment alternatives and implements portfolio changes as attractive investment opportunities become available. The closing prices of portfolio issues are reviewed daily. Any position that has declined 15% from its cost or from its recent high is re-examined as a potential sale candidate. Additionally, securities of companies which in the Sub-Advisor's opinion are overvalued or have lost earnings momentum, or are in industries no longer expected to perform well, are continually evaluated for sale.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the Sub-Advisor's selection process does not accurately identify attractive investments
o If the market continually values the stocks in the Fund's portfolio lower than the Sub-Advisor believes they should be valued
o If the companies that the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because securities of micro cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of larger companies
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and strategies under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing its Class Y performance (before taxes) during each full calendar year of operations. The table compares the Fund's Class Y average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006 to those of the Russell 2000 Growth Index and the Russell Microcap Index. In March 2006, the Fund changed its benchmark from the Russell 2000 Growth Index to the Russell Microcap Index because the Russell Microcap Index more accurately reflects the Fund's portfolio composition. The returns for other classes of shares, offered by the Fund in a separate prospectus, will differ from the Class Y returns because the other classes have different expenses. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
Micro Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Total Return
2005 2006 ---- ---- 4.24% 4.07% Best Quarter: 1st Quarter 2006 11.56% Worst Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2006 -10.95% |
The year-to-date return of the Fund's Class Y shares as of June 30, 2007 is 8.61%.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
Since Class 1 Year Started(1) ------ ----------- Micro Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Return Before Taxes 4.07% 12.12% Return After Taxes on Distributions 4.07% 12.12% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares 2.65% 10.41% Russell Microcap Index(2) 16.54% 14.61% Russell 2000 Growth Index(3) 13.35% 13.55% |
(2) The Russell Microcap Index measures the performance of the microcap segment, representing less than 3% of the U.S. equity market. The Russell Microcap Index includes the smallest 1,000 securities in the small-cap Russell 2000 Index plus the next 1,000 securities. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 8% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
(3) The Russell 2000 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class Y shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) There are no shareholder transaction fees. ------------------------------------------ Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) ------------------------------------------ Management Fees 1.25% Other Expenses 3.28% Administration Fees 0.20% Other Fees 3.08% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 4.53% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(1) 2.83% Net Expenses 1.70% |
(1) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.70%. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in Class Y shares of the Micro Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class Y shares for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years ------ ------- ------- -------- $173 $1,113 $2,062 $4,474 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
The Fund's Investment Goal
The Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.
Its Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small cap companies. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in this policy. A small cap company has a market capitalization of less than $1.5 billion. The Fund will seek to maintain a weighted average market capitalization that falls within the range of the Russell 2000 Index.
The Fund is sub-advised by two separate management teams, a small cap team and a micro cap team. The Sub-Advisors employ a growth-oriented approach to equity investment management and seek to invest in high-quality, reasonably priced companies believed to have above average earnings growth prospects. The Fund's investments may include securities in the technology sector.
The small cap management team will sell a security when it reaches its growth rate calculated on a price-to-earnings basis. The micro cap management team will continually evaluate for sale securities of companies it believes are overvalued, have lost earnings momentum, or are in industries no longer expected to perform well. Any position that has declined 15-20% from its cost or recent high will be evaluated as a potential sale candidate by both management teams.
The Key Risks
The Fund's share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments:
o If the stock market as a whole goes down
o If the Sub-Advisors' investment approach does not accurately identify attractive investments
o If the companies that the Fund invests in do not grow as rapidly or increase in value as expected
o Because securities of small cap companies may be more thinly traded and may have more frequent and larger price changes than securities of large cap companies
o Because the Fund may invest in the technology sector which at times may be subject to greater market fluctuation than other sectors
o Because growth oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its goal.
You can find more information about the Fund's investments and risks under the "Investment Strategies and Risks" section of this Prospectus.
The Fund's Performance
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks of investing in the Small Cap Growth Fund by showing its Class Y performance (before taxes) during each full calendar year of operations. The table compares the Fund's Class Y average annual total returns (before and after taxes) for the period ended December 31, 2006 to those of the Russell 2000 Growth Index. The returns for other classes of shares, offered by the Fund in a separate prospectus, will differ from the Class Y returns because the other classes have different expenses. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal income tax rate and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown. The returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. The Fund's past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.
Small Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Total Return
2005 2006 ---- ---- 1.74% 2.44% Best Quarter: 1st Quarter 2006 12.88% Worst Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2006 -12.93% |
The year-to-date return of the Fund's Class Y shares as of June 30, 2007 is 5.96%.
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2006
Since Class 1 Year Started(1) ------ ----------- Small Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Return Before Taxes 2.44% 4.39% Return After Taxes on Distributions 2.44% 4.12% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares 1.59% 3.63% Russell 2000 Growth Index(2) 13.35% 10.98% |
(2) The Russell 2000 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization. The Indexes reflect no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes. You cannot invest directly in an index.
The Fund's Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class Y shares of the Fund:
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) There are no shareholder transaction fees. ------------------------------------------ Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets) ------------------------------------------ Management Fees 1.25% Other Expenses 0.41% Administration Fees 0.20% Other Fees 0.21% Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.66% Less Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(1) 0.36% Net Expenses(2) 1.30% |
(1) Effective August 1, 2007, Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit "Net Expenses" to 1.30%. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008.
(2) Net Expenses shown above reflect a change in the Fund's operating expenses that took effect on January 1, 2007 and will differ from the Net Expenses reflected in the Fund's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. The actual Net Expenses for the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 were 1.55%.
EXAMPLE. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in Class Y shares of the Small Cap Growth Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class Y shares for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (except that contractual fee waivers are reflected only for the length of the contractual limit, i.e., the first year in the example). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years ------ ------- ------- -------- $132 $488 $868 $1,935 |
What is an Index?
An index measures the market price of a specific group of securities in a particular market of securities in a market sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment advisor and does not pay any commissions, expenses or taxes. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
Can a Fund Depart From its Normal Investment Strategies?
Each Fund may depart from its investment strategies by taking temporary defensive positions in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when the Sub-Advisor is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities. A Fund's temporary investments may include debt securities, money market instruments, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, U.S. Government securities or cash equivalents. During these times, a Fund may not achieve its investment goal.
Do the Funds Engage in Active Trading of Securities?
Each Fund may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goal. This may cause a Fund to realize higher capital gains, which would be passed on to you. Higher capital gains could increase your tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which would lower the Fund's performance.
Can a Fund Change its Investment Goal Without Shareholder Approval?
Each Fund may change its investment goal by a vote of the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. You would be notified at least 30 days before any change takes effect.
Do the Funds Have Other Investment Strategies, in Addition to their Principal
Investment Strategies?
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH
FUND. Each Fund may also invest in:
o Initial public offerings
o Securities of foreign companies
o American depositary receipts ("ADRs"), American depositary shares ("ADSs") and other depositary receipts
o Securities of companies in emerging market countries
o Cash equivalents
o Other investment companies
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND. The Fund may also invest in:
o ADRs (up to 15% of total assets)
o Investment grade debt securities, cash or cash equivalents
o Other investment companies
Additional Information About Fund Investments
FOREIGN COMPANIES are companies that meet all of the following criteria:
o They are organized under the laws of a foreign country
o They maintain their principal place of business in a foreign country
o The principal trading market for their securities is located in a foreign country
o They derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from operations in foreign countries
o They have at least 50% of their assets located in foreign countries
ADRS, ADSS AND OTHER DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS. ADRs and ADSs are securities that represent an ownership interest in a foreign security. They are generally issued by a U.S. bank to U.S. buyers as a substitute for direct ownership of a foreign security and are traded on U.S. exchanges.
"LARGE CAP," "SMALL CAP," "MICRO CAP," COMPANIES. Generally companies are categorized as follows:
o A large cap company has a market capitalization of more than $10 billion.
o A small cap company has a market capitalization of less than $1.5 billion.
o A micro cap company has a market capitalization of between $30 and $500 million.
The definition of small cap company does not apply to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund. The Sub-Advisor of that Fund considers companies with a market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion to be small cap companies.
UNDERVALUED STOCKS. A stock is considered undervalued if the Sub-Advisor believes it should be trading at a higher price than it is at the time of purchase. Factors considered may include:
o Price relative to earnings
o Price relative to cash flow
o Price relative to financial strength
EMERGING MARKET COUNTRIES are countries other than Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. When a Fund invests in securities of a company in an emerging market country, it invests in securities issued by a company that meet one or more of the following criteria:
o It is organized under the laws of an emerging market country
o It maintains its principal place of business in an emerging market country
o The principal trading market for its securities is located in an emerging market country
o It derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from operations within emerging market countries
o It has at least 50% of its assets located in emerging market countries
INVESTMENT GRADE DEBT SECURITIES are generally rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor's Rating Service and Fitch Ratings or Baa or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES. The Funds may invest in securities issued by other investment companies. Touchstone Advisors has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Funds to invest their uninvested cash or cash collateral in one or more affiliated money market funds. Each Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in affiliated money market funds, subject to that Fund's investment limitations and certain other conditions pursuant to the exemptive order.
What are the Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds?
MARKET RISK (ALL FUNDS). Investments in common stocks are subject to stock market risk. Stock prices in general may decline over short or even extended periods, regardless of the success or failure of a particular company's operations. Stock markets tend to run in cycles, with periods when stock prices generally go up and periods when they generally go down. In addition, stocks fall into four broad market capitalization categories - large cap, mid cap, small cap and micro cap. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that due to market conditions, that category may be out of favor. For example, if valuations of large cap companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of smaller cap companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of smaller sized companies, causing a fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. The price of stocks tends to go up and down more than the price of bonds.
o LARGE CAP COMPANIES (LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND). Large cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of larger companies may underperform relative to those of small and mid-sized companies. Larger, more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes. Many larger companies may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.
o SMALL CAP COMPANIES (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). Small cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group. In addition, small cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.
o MICRO CAP COMPANIES (MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND). Micro cap companies may not be well-known to the investing public, may not have significant institutional ownership and may have cyclical, static or only moderate growth prospects. Micro cap companies may have greater risk and volatility than large companies and may lack the management depth of larger, mature issuers. Micro cap companies may have relatively small revenues and limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies. In addition, micro cap companies may be developing or marketing new products or services for which markets are not yet established and may never become established. As a result, the prices of their securities may fluctuate more than those of larger issuers.
o TECHNOLOGY SECURITIES (ALL FUNDS). The value of technology securities may fluctuate dramatically and technology securities may be subject to greater than average financial and market risk. Investments in the high technology sector include the risk that certain products may be subject to competitive pressures and aggressive pricing and may become obsolete and the risk that new products will not meet expectations or even reach the market.
NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK (LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND). A non-diversified fund may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a single company. Because the Fund's holdings may be concentrated in a single company, the Fund may be more sensitive to any single economic, business, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund.
CONCENTRATION RISK (LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND). The performance of a fund that concentrates its investments may be closely tied to the performance of companies in a limited number of sectors. Companies in a single sector often share common characteristics, are faced with the same obstacles, issues and regulatory burdens and their securities may react similarly to adverse market conditions. The price movements of concentrated investments may be more volatile than the price movements of more broadly diversified investments.
INVESTMENT STYLE RISK (ALL FUNDS). Different investment styles tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. A Fund may outperform or underperform other funds that employ a different investment style. Examples of different investment styles include growth and value investing. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company's growth of earnings potential. Also, since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, growth stocks may lack the dividends of some value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth oriented funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor. Value stocks are those that are undervalued in comparison to their peers due to adverse business developments or other factors.
What are Some of the Other Risks of Investing in the Funds?
FOREIGN RISK (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). Investing in foreign securities poses unique risks such as fluctuation in currency exchange rates, market illiquidity, price volatility, high trading costs, difficulties in settlement, regulations on stock exchanges, limits on foreign ownership, less stringent accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements, and other considerations. Diplomatic, political or economic developments, including nationalization or appropriation, could affect investments in foreign securities. In the past, equity instruments of foreign markets have had more frequent and larger price changes than those of U.S. markets.
o EMERGING MARKET COUNTRIES (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). Investments in a country that is still relatively underdeveloped involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature than in the U.S. and to political and legal systems that may be less stable. In the past, markets of developing countries have had more frequent and larger price changes than those of developed countries. Economic or political changes may cause larger price changes in these securities than in other foreign securities.
DEBT SECURITY RISK (LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND). Debt securities are subject to the risk that their market value will decline because of rising interest rates. The price of debt securities is generally linked to the prevailing market interest rates. In general, when interest rates rise, the price of debt securities falls, and when interest rates fall, the price of debt securities rises. The price volatility of a debt security also depends on its maturity. Generally, the longer the maturity of a debt security, the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. To compensate investors for this higher risk, debt securities with longer maturities generally offer higher yields than debt securities with shorter maturities.
Debt securities are subject to credit risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will fail to make timely payments of interest or principal, when due. Securities rated in the lowest investment grade category have some risky characteristics and changes in economic conditions are more likely to cause issuers of these securities to be unable to make payments.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING ("IPO") RISK (DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND). IPO risk is the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk (i.e., the potential that the Fund may be unable to dispose of the IPO shares promptly or at a reasonable price). When a Fund's asset base is small, a significant portion of its performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As the Fund's assets grow, the effect of investments in IPOs on the Fund's performance probably will decline, which could reduce performance.
Where Can I Find Information About the Funds' Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies?
A description of the Funds' policies and procedures for disclosing portfolio securities to any person is available in the Statement of Additional Information ("SAI").
Investment Advisor
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. ("Touchstone Advisors") 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202
Touchstone Advisors has been a registered investment advisor since 1994. As of June 30, 2007, Touchstone Advisors had approximately $8.2 billion in assets under management. As the Funds' Advisor, Touchstone Advisors continuously reviews, supervises and administers the Funds' investment programs and also ensures compliance with the Funds' investment policies and guidelines.
Touchstone Advisors is responsible for selecting each Fund's Sub-Advisor(s), subject to approval by the Board of Trustees. Touchstone Advisors selects a Sub-Advisor that has shown good investment performance in its areas of expertise. Touchstone Advisors considers various factors in evaluating a Sub-Advisor, including:
o Level of knowledge and skill
o Performance as compared to its peers or benchmark
o Consistency of performance over 5 years or more
o Level of compliance with investment rules and strategies
o Employees, facilities and financial strength
o Quality of service
Touchstone Advisors will also continually monitor each Sub-Advisor's performance through various analyses and through in-person, telephone and written consultations with the Sub-Advisor. Touchstone Advisors discusses its expectations for performance with each Sub-Advisor. Touchstone Advisors provides evaluations and recommendations to the Board of Trustees, including whether or not a Sub-Advisor's contract should be renewed, modified or terminated.
The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or Touchstone Advisors, under certain conditions, to select or change unaffiliated Sub-Advisors, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds must still obtain shareholder approval of any sub-advisory agreement with a Sub-Advisor affiliated with the Trust or Touchstone Advisors other than by reason of serving as a Sub-Advisor to one or more Touchstone Funds. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any changes in its Sub-Advisor(s).
Two or more Sub-Advisors may manage a Fund, with each managing a portion of the Fund's assets. If a Fund has more than one Sub-Advisor, Touchstone Advisors allocates how much of a Fund's assets are managed by each Sub-Advisor. Touchstone Advisors may change these allocations from time to time, often based upon the results of its evaluations of the sub-advisory arrangements.
Touchstone Advisors is also responsible for running all of the operations of each Fund, except those that are subcontracted to the Sub-Advisor, custodian, transfer agent, accounting agent, sub-administrative agent or other parties. For its services, Touchstone Advisors is entitled to receive a base investment advisory fee from each Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund, as set forth below. Touchstone Advisors pays sub-advisory fees to each Sub-Advisor from it's advisory fee (the fee to be paid by the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund during the current fiscal year is shown in the table below):
Name of Fund Annual Fee Rate --------------------------------- --------------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund 1.05% Large Cap Growth Fund 0.71% Micro Cap Growth Fund 1.25% Small Cap Growth Fund 1.25% |
Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement
Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses in order to limit the Funds' annual operating expenses. However, for purposes of these waivers, the cost of "Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses," if any, are excluded from Touchstone Advisors' waiver obligations. Fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements are calculated and applied monthly, based on each Fund's average net assets during such month. These fee waivers and expense reimbursements will remain in effect until March 31, 2008.
Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund - Class Y 1.15% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class Y 1.00% Micro Cap Growth Fund - Class Y 1.70% Small Cap Growth Fund - Class Y 1.30% |
Sub-Advisors
The Sub-Advisors make the daily decisions regarding buying and selling specific securities for the Funds. Each Sub-Advisor manages the investments held by the Fund it serves according to the applicable investment goals and strategies.
Sub-Advisor to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. ("FWIA") The Huntington Center, 41 South High Street, Suite 2495 Columbus, Ohio 43215
FWIA has been a registered investment advisor since 1990 and has managed the Fund since its inception. The Fund is managed by the Growth Team of FWIA, which consists of four members. The Growth Team makes the investment decisions for the Fund, and is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's portfolio. The four members of the Growth Team are listed below.
Richard R. Jandrain III, Managing Director - Growth Equity. Mr. Jandrain joined FWIA in 2004 as Managing Director, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Chief Equity Strategist, Chief Investment Officer of Equities with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1992 to 2004.
Daniel J. Kapusta, Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Kapusta joined FWIA in 2004 as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Growth Team Leader, Portfolio Manager and Senior Equity Research Analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1992 to 2004.
David K. Robinson, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Robinson joined FWIA in 2004 as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Portfolio Manager, Senior Equity Research Analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1994 to 2004.
Bihag Patel, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Patel joined FWIA in 2004 as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. He was Portfolio Manager, Senior Equity Analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation from 1998 to 2004.
FWIA is an affiliate of Touchstone Advisors. Therefore, Touchstone Advisors may have a conflict of interest when making decisions to keep FWIA as the Fund's Sub-Advisor. The Board of Trustees reviews Touchstone Advisors' decisions, with respect to the retention of FWIA, to reduce the possibility of a conflict of interest situation.
Historical Performance of FWIA's Diversified Small Cap Growth Style Private Account FWIA has been managing small cap growth stocks since 2005, and has done considerable modeling in this style. It began managing one account using this strategy on January 1, 2005. This account and the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund have substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies. The information for the account is provided to show the past performance of FWIA in managing the account, as measured against a specified market index. The performance of the account managed by FWIA does not represent the historical performance of the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund and should not be considered indicative of future performance of the Fund. Results may differ because of, among other things, differences in brokerage commissions, account expenses, including management fees, the size of positions taken in relation to account size and diversification of securities, timing of purchases and sales, and availability of cash for new investments. In addition, the managed account is not subject to certain investment limitations or other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the managed account. The results for different periods may vary.
FWIA provided the information used in making the performance calculations. The account's rate of return includes realized and unrealized gains plus income, including accrued income. Returns from cash and cash equivalents in the account are included in the performance calculations, and the cash and cash equivalents are included in the total assets on which the performance is calculated. The account is valued at least quarterly, and periodic returns are mathematically linked. The performance is shown both gross and net of the estimated sales load of 5.75%, which is the maximum sales load for the Class A shares (Class A shares are offered in a separate prospectus) of the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund, and expenses of 1.40%, which are the expenses estimated for the first year of the operation of the Class A shares of the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund. Results include the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains.
This method of calculating performance of the select accounts differs from the SEC's standardized methodology to calculate performance and results in a total return different from that derived from the standardized methodology.
Diversified Diversified Small Cap Growth Small Cap Growth Style-Account(1) Style-Account(1) (including estimated (excluding estimated Diversified expenses and expenses and Russell 2000 Small Cap sales load) sales load) Growth Index(2) Growth Fund -------------------- -------------------- --------------- ----------- 12-month period ended March 31, 2007 0.75% 7.40% 1.57% n/a Since inception of account January 1, 2005 through March 31, 2007 9.11% 12.52% 8.83% n/a |
(1) On January 1, 2005, FWIA began managing this style with one account totaling $50.27 million. As of March 31, 2007, the account totaled approximately $143.7 million.
(2) The Russell 2000 Growth Index is a widely recognized, unmanaged index of common stock prices. The Index reflects the total return of securities comprising the Index, including changes in market price as well as accrued income, which is presumed to be reinvested. Performance figures for the Index do not reflect the deduction of transaction costs or expenses, including management fees.
Sub-Advisor to the Large Cap Growth Fund
Navellier & Associates, Inc. ("Navellier") One East Liberty, Third Floor, Reno, NV 89501
Navellier has been a registered investment advisor since 1987 and has managed the Fund since 2004. Its sister company, Navellier Management, Inc. managed the Fund from its inception until 2004. Shawn C. Price is the primary manager and Louis G. Navellier is the secondary manager of the Fund and both have managed the Fund since its inception. Mr. Price has been a Portfolio Manager for Navellier since 1991 and Mr. Navellier has been the Chief Executive Officer of Navellier since 1987.
Sub-Advisor to the Micro Cap Growth Fund
Bjurman, Barry & Associates ("Bjurman")
10100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, CA 90067
Bjurman has been registered as an investment advisor since 1970. O. Thomas Barry III, CFA, CIC and Stephen W. Shipman, CFA, have joint and primary responsibility for managing the Fund. Mr. Barry is the Chief Investment Officer and Senior Executive Vice President of Bjurman and has worked at Bjurman since 1978. Mr. Shipman is the Director of Research and Executive Vice President and has worked at Bjurman since 1993. Bjurman and its portfolio managers have managed the Fund since its inception.
Sub-Advisors to the Small Cap Growth Fund
The Small Cap Growth Fund's assets are allocated between two Sub-Advisors, each investing in a different market capitalization. Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. manages approximately 70% of the Fund's assets consisting of small cap stocks and Bjurman, Barry & Associates manages approximately 30% of the Fund's assets consisting of micro cap stocks. The allocations may be larger or smaller at various times.
Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. ("Longwood") One International Place, Suite 2601, Boston, MA 02110
Longwood has been a registered investment advisor since 1995 and has managed the portion of the Fund's assets allocated to Longwood since the Fund's inception. Robert Davidson, CFA, is the Chief Investment Officer and founded Longwood in 1995. He has managed the Fund since its inception.
Bjurman, Barry & Associates ("Bjurman")
10100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, CA 90067
Bjurman has been a registered investment advisor since 1970 and has managed the portion of the Fund's assets allocated to Bjurman since the Fund's inception. O. Thomas Barry III, CFA, CIC and Stephen W. Shipman, CFA, have joint and primary responsibility for managing the Fund and have managed the Fund since its inception. Mr. Barry is the Chief Investment Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and has worked at Bjurman since 1978. Mr. Shipman is the Director of Research and Executive Vice President and has worked at Bjurman since 1993.
Sub-Advisory Fees
The fee paid by Touchstone Advisors to each Sub-Advisor during the Fund's most recent fiscal year (and the fee to be paid by the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund during the current fiscal year) is shown in the table below:
Name of Fund Annual Fee Rate ----------------------------------------- --------------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund - FWIA* 0.50% Large Cap Growth Fund - Navellier 0.39% Micro Cap Growth Fund - Bjurman 0.85% Small Cap Growth Fund** Longwood 0.85% Bjurman 0.90% ---------- |
* The Board of Trustees approved a change to the Fund's sub-advisory fee schedule effective August 15, 2007. Under the previous schedule, Touchstone Advisors paid FWIA a fee of 0.65% of the Fund's average daily net assets. Under the new schedule, Touchstone Advisors pays FWIA a fee of 0.50% of the Fund's average daily net assets.
** Effective January 1, 2007, the Small Cap Growth Fund's sub-advisory fees were voluntarily reduced to 0.60% of average daily net assets allocated to Longwood and 0.65% of average daily net assets allocated to Bjurman. These voluntary fee reductions will be in effect until at least January 1, 2008.
The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager's compensation, other managed accounts and ownership of securities in their managed Fund(s). A discussion of the basis for the Board of Trustees' approval of the Funds' advisory and sub-advisory agreements is in the Trust's March 31, 2007 Annual Report.
SHARE CLASS OFFERINGS. Each Fund currently offers different classes of shares, as shown in the table below. The Funds' Class A, Class B and Class C shares are offered in a separate prospectus. For information about these shares, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or call your financial adviser.
Class A Class B Class C Class Y ------- ------- ------- ------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund X X X Large Cap Growth Fund X X X X Micro Cap Growth Fund X X X Small Cap Growth Fund X X X X |
DEALER COMPENSATION. Touchstone Securities, Inc. ("Touchstone"), the Trust's principal underwriter, at its expense (from a designated percentage of its income) currently provides additional compensation to certain dealers. Touchstone pursues a focused distribution strategy with a limited number of dealers who have sold shares of a Fund or other Touchstone Funds. Touchstone reviews and makes changes to the focused distribution strategy on a continual basis. These payments are generally based on a pro rata share of a dealer's sales. Touchstone may also provide compensation in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for employees, seminars for the public, advertising and other dealer-sponsored programs. Touchstone Advisors, at its expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for distribution, administrative and/or shareholder servicing activities. Touchstone Advisors may also reimburse Touchstone for making these payments.
CHOOSING THE APPROPRIATE INVESTMENTS TO MATCH YOUR GOALS. Investing well requires a plan. We recommend that you meet with your financial advisor to plan a strategy that will best meet your financial goals.
Purchasing Your Shares
Please read this Prospectus carefully and then determine how much you want to invest. You may purchase shares of the Fund directly from Touchstone or through your financial institution. If you purchase directly from Touchstone, you must complete an investment application. You can obtain an investment application from Touchstone, your financial institution, or by visiting our website at touchstoneinvestments.com.
MINIMUM INVESTMENT REQUIREMENTS. The minimum initial investment in Class Y shares of the Funds is $250,000. There is no minimum for additional purchases of Class Y shares. Touchstone may change these initial and additional investment minimums at any time.
For more information about how to purchase shares, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
o INVESTOR ALERT: Touchstone reserves the right to restrict or reject any purchase request that it regards as disruptive to efficient portfolio management. For example, a purchase request could be rejected because of the timing of the investment or because of a history of excessive trading by the investor. (See "Market Timing Policy" in this Prospectus.)
Opening an Account
Important Information About Procedures for Opening an Account
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record
information that identifies each person who opens an account. What this means
for you: When you open an account, we will ask for your name, residential
address, date of birth, government identification number and other information
that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license
or other identifying documents. If we do not receive these required pieces of
information, there may be a delay in processing your investment request, which
could subject your investment to market risk. If we are unable to immediately
verify your identity, the Fund may restrict further investment until your
identity is verified. However, if we are unable to verify your identity, the
Fund reserves the right to close your account without notice and return your
investment to you at the price determined at the end of business (usually 4:00
p.m. eastern time ("ET")) on the day your account is closed. If we close your
account because we are unable to verify your identity, your investment will be
subject to market fluctuation, which could result in a loss of a portion of your
principal investment.
Investing in the Funds
Through Touchstone - By mail
o Please make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds. We do not accept third party checks for initial investments.
o Send your check with the completed investment application by regular mail to Touchstone, P.O. Box 5354, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201-5354, or by overnight mail to Touchstone, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203.
o Your application will be processed subject to your check clearing. If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Funds.
Through your financial institution
o You may invest in Class Y shares by establishing an account through financial institutions that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone.
o Your financial institution will act as the shareholder of record of your Class Y shares.
o Financial institutions may set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements, may impose other restrictions or may charge you fees for their services.
o Financial institutions may designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds' behalf.
o Your financial institution may receive compensation from the Funds, Touchstone, Touchstone Advisors or their affiliates.
o Before investing in the Funds through your financial institution, you should read any materials provided by your financial institution together with this Prospectus.
o For more information about how to purchase shares, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or call your financial institution.
Through a Processing Organization
You may also purchase shares of the Funds through a "processing organization," (e.g., a mutual fund supermarket) which is a broker-dealer, bank or other financial institution that purchases shares for its customers. Some of the Touchstone Funds have authorized certain processing organizations to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf. Before investing in a Fund through a processing organization, you should read any materials provided by the processing organization together with this Prospectus. When shares are purchased this way, there may be various differences. The processing organization may:
o Charge a fee for its services
o Act as the shareholder of record of the shares
o Set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements
o Impose other charges and restrictions
o Designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds' behalf
o Shares held through a processing organization may be transferred into your name following procedures established by your processing organization and Touchstone. Certain processing organizations may receive compensation from the Funds, Touchstone, Touchstone Advisors or their affiliates.
o It is the responsibility of the processing organization to transmit properly completed orders so that they will be received by Touchstone in a timely manner.
Processing Purchase Orders
o Touchstone considers a purchase order as received when an authorized financial institution, or its authorized designee, receives the order in proper form. These orders will be priced based on the Fund's NAV next computed after such order is received in proper form.
o Purchase orders received by Touchstone, or its authorized agent, by the close of the regular session of trading on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), generally 4:00 p.m. ET, are processed at that day's net asset value ("NAV"). Purchase orders received by Touchstone, or its authorized agent, after the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE are processed at the NAV next determined on the following business day. It is the responsibility of the financial institution to transmit orders that will be received by Touchstone in proper form and in a timely manner.
Adding to Your Account
By check
o Complete the investment form provided at the bottom of a recent account statement.
o Make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds.
o Write your account number on the check.
o Either: (1) Mail the check with the investment form to Touchstone; or (2) Mail the check directly to your financial institution at the address printed on your account statement. Your financial institution is responsible for forwarding payment promptly to Touchstone.
o If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.
By wire
o Contact Touchstone or your financial institution for further instructions.
o Contact your bank and ask it to wire federal funds to Touchstone. Specify your name and account number when remitting the funds.
o Banks may charge a fee for handling wire transfers.
o Purchases in the Funds will be processed at that day's NAV if Touchstone receives a properly executed wire by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading.
Purchases with Securities
o Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to, shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the Fund's investment goal and is otherwise acceptable to Touchstone Advisors.
Automatic Investment Options
The various ways you can automatically invest in the Funds are outlined below. Touchstone does not charge any fees for these services. For further details about these services, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
REINVESTMENT/CROSS REINVESTMENT. Dividends and capital gains can be automatically reinvested in Class Y shares of the Fund without a fee. Dividends and capital gains will be reinvested in the Fund, unless you indicate otherwise on your investment application. You may also choose to have your dividends or capital gains paid to you in cash.
DIRECT DEPOSIT PURCHASE PLAN. You may automatically invest Social Security checks, private payroll checks, pension pay outs or any other pre-authorized government or private recurring payments in the Funds.
Selling Your Shares
You may sell some or all of your shares through Touchstone or through your financial institution on any day that the Funds calculate their NAV. If your request is received by Touchstone, or its authorized agent, in proper form by the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. ET), you will receive a price based on that day's NAV for the shares you sell. Otherwise, the price you receive will be based on the NAV that is next calculated.
Through Touchstone - By telephone
o You can sell your shares over the telephone, unless you have specifically declined this option. If you do not wish to have this ability, you must mark the appropriate section of the investment application. You may only sell shares over the telephone if the amount is less than $100,000.
o To sell your Fund shares by telephone, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
o If we receive your sale request by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading, the sale of your shares will be processed at the next determined NAV on that day. Otherwise it will occur on the next business day.
o Interruptions in telephone service could prevent you from selling your shares by telephone when you want to. When you have difficulty making telephone sales, you should mail to Touchstone (or send by overnight delivery), a written request for the sale of your shares.
o In order to protect your investment assets, Touchstone will only follow instructions received by telephone that are communicated by authorized persons. However, there is no guarantee that the instructions relied upon will always be genuine and Touchstone will not be liable, in those cases. Touchstone has certain procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine. If it does not follow such procedures in a particular case, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Some of these procedures may include:
o Requiring personal identification
o Making checks payable only to the owner(s) of the account shown on Touchstone's records
o Mailing checks only to the account address shown on Touchstone's records
o Directing wires only to the bank account shown on Touchstone's records
o Providing written confirmation for transactions requested by telephone
o Digitally recording instructions received by telephone
Through Touchstone - By mail
o Write to Touchstone.
o Indicate the number of shares or dollar amount to be sold.
o Include your name and account number.
o Sign your request exactly as your name appears on your investment application.
o You may be required to have your signature guaranteed (See "Signature Guarantees" in this Prospectus for more information).
Through Touchstone - By wire
o Complete the appropriate information on the investment application.
o If your proceeds are $1,000 or more, you may request that Touchstone wire them to your bank account.
o You may also be charged a fee by your bank.
o Redemption proceeds will only be wired to a commercial bank or brokerage firm in the United States.
o Your redemption proceeds may be deposited without a charge directly into your bank account through an ACH transaction. Contact Touchstone for more information.
Through Touchstone - Systematic Withdrawal Plan
o You may elect to receive, or send to a third party, withdrawals of $50 or more if your account value is at least $5,000.
o Withdrawals can be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually.
o There is no special fee for this service.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
Systematic withdrawals may result in the sale of your shares at a loss or may result in taxable investment gains.
Through your financial institution or processing organization
o You may also sell shares by contacting your financial institution or processing organization, which may charge you a fee for this service. Shares held in street name must be sold through your financial institution or, if applicable, the processing organization.
o Your financial institution or processing organization is responsible for making sure that sale requests are transmitted to Touchstone in proper form and in a timely manner.
o Your financial institution may charge you a fee for selling your shares.
o Redemption proceeds will only be wired to a commercial bank or brokerage firm in the United States.
o Your financial institution will be required to provide an original Medallion Signature Guaranteed letter of instruction to Touchstone in order to redeem shares in amounts of $100,000 or more.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
Selling your shares may cause you to incur a taxable gain or loss.
o INVESTOR ALERT: Unless otherwise specified, proceeds will be sent to the record owner at the address shown on Touchstone's records.
Signature Guarantees
Some circumstances require that your request to sell shares be made in writing accompanied by an original Medallion Signature Guarantee. A Medallion Signature Guarantee helps protect you against fraud. You can obtain one from most banks or securities dealers, but not from a notary public. Some circumstances that may require an original Medallion Signature Guarantee include:
o Proceeds from the sale of shares of $100,000 or more
o Proceeds to be paid when information on your investment application has been changed within the last 30 days (including a change in your name or your address, or the name or address of a payee)
o Proceeds are being sent to an address other than the address of record
o Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred from unlike registrations, such as from a joint account to an individual's account
o Sending proceeds via wire or ACH when bank instructions have been added or changed within 30 days of your redemption request
o Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred between accounts with different account registrations
Receiving Sale Proceeds
Touchstone will forward the proceeds of your sale to you or your financial institution within 7 days (normally within 3 business days) after receipt of a proper request. Proceeds that are sent to your financial institution will not usually be reinvested for you unless you provide specific instructions to do so. Therefore, the financial institution may benefit from the use of your money.
FUND SHARES PURCHASED BY CHECK. We may delay paying your redemption proceeds for shares you recently purchased by check until your check clears, which may take up to 15 days. If you need your money sooner, you should purchase shares by bank wire.
DELAY OF PAYMENT. It is possible that the payment of your sale proceeds could be postponed or your right to sell your shares could be suspended during certain circumstances. These circumstances can occur:
o When the NYSE is closed on days other than customary weekends and holidays
o When trading on the NYSE is restricted
o When an emergency situation causes a Sub-Advisor to not be reasonably able to dispose of certain securities or to fairly determine the value of the Fund's net assets
o During any other time when the SEC, by order, permits
LOW ACCOUNT BALANCES. If your balance falls below the minimum amount required for your account, based on actual amounts you have invested (as opposed to a reduction from market changes), your account may be subject to an annual account maintenance fee or Touchstone may sell your shares and send the proceeds to you. Touchstone will notify you if your shares are about to be sold and you will have 30 days to increase your account balance to the minimum amount.
REDEMPTION IN KIND. Under unusual circumstances, when the Board of Trustees deems it appropriate, a Fund may make payment for shares redeemed in portfolio securities of the Fund taken at current value.
Market Timing Policy
Market timing or excessive trading in accounts that you own or control may disrupt portfolio investment strategies, may increase brokerage and administrative costs, and may negatively impact investment returns for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs. The Funds will take reasonable steps to discourage excessive short-term trading and will not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by shareholders. The Board of Trustees has adopted the following policies and procedures with respect to market timing of the Funds by shareholders. The Funds will monitor selected trades on a daily basis in an effort to deter excessive short-term trading. If a Fund has reason to believe that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, the Fund may ask the shareholder to stop such activities or restrict or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder's accounts. While a Fund cannot assure the prevention of all excessive trading and market timing, by making these judgments the Fund believes it is acting in a manner that is in the best interests of its shareholders. However, because the Funds cannot prevent all market timing, shareholders may be subject to the risks described above.
Generally, a shareholder may be considered a market timer if he or she has (i)
requested an exchange or redemption out of any of the Touchstone Funds within 2
weeks of an earlier purchase or exchange request out of any Touchstone Fund, or
(ii) made more than 2 "round-trip" exchanges within a rolling 90 day period. A
"round-trip" exchange occurs when a shareholder exchanges from one Touchstone
Fund to another Touchstone Fund and back to the original Touchstone Fund. If a
shareholder exceeds these limits, the Funds may restrict or suspend that
shareholder's exchange privileges and subsequent exchange requests during the
suspension will not be processed. The Funds may also restrict or refuse to
process purchases by the shareholder. These policies and procedures generally do
not apply to purchases and redemptions of Money Market Funds (except in the case
of an exchange request into a Touchstone non-money market fund), exchanges
between Money Market Funds and systematic purchases and redemptions.
Financial intermediaries (such as investment advisers and broker-dealers) often
establish omnibus accounts in the Funds for their customers through which
transactions are placed. In accordance with Rule 22c-2 under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Funds have entered into information sharing agreements
with certain financial intermediaries. Under these agreements, a financial
intermediary is obligated to: (1) enforce during the term of the agreement, the
Funds' market-timing policy; (2) furnish the Funds, upon their request, with
information regarding customer trading activities in shares of the Funds; and
(3) enforce the Funds' market-timing policy with respect to customers identified
by the Funds as having engaged in market timing. When information regarding
transactions in the Funds' shares is requested by a Fund and such information is
in the possession of a person that is itself a financial intermediary to a
financial intermediary (an "indirect intermediary"), any financial intermediary
with whom the Funds have an information sharing agreement is obligated to obtain
transaction information from the indirect intermediary or, if directed by the
Funds, to restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing shares
of the Funds on behalf of other persons.
The Funds apply these policies and procedures uniformly to all shareholders believed to be engaged in market timing or excessive trading. The Funds have no arrangements to permit any investor to trade frequently in shares of the Funds, nor will they enter into any such arrangements in the future.
Householding Policy
The Funds will send one copy of prospectuses and shareholder reports to households containing multiple shareholders with the same last name. This process, known as "householding," reduces costs and provides a convenience to shareholders. If you share the same last name and address with another shareholder and you prefer to receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 and we will begin separate mailings to you within 30 days of your request. If you or others in your household invest in the Funds through a broker or other financial institution, you may receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, regardless of whether or not you have consented to householding on your investment application.
Pricing of Fund Shares
Each Fund's share price (also called "NAV") is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. ET) every day the NYSE is open. Each Fund calculates its NAV per share, generally using market prices, by dividing the total value of its net assets by the number of shares outstanding. Shares are purchased or sold at the next share price determined after your purchase or sale order is received in proper form by Touchstone or your financial institution.
The Funds' equity investments are valued based on market value or, if no market value is available, based on fair value as determined by the Board of Trustees (or under their direction). The Funds may use pricing services to determine market value for investments. Some specific pricing strategies follow:
o All short-term dollar-denominated investments that mature in 60 days or less are valued on the basis of amortized cost.
o Securities mainly traded on a U.S. exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange or, if no sales occurred during the day, at the current quoted bid price.
Although investing in foreign securities is not a principal investment strategy of the Funds, any foreign securities held by a Fund will be priced as follows:
o All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currency values will be converted into U.S. dollar values.
o Securities mainly traded on a non-U.S. exchange are generally valued according to the preceding closing values on that exchange. However, if an event that may change the value of a security occurs after the time that the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange was determined, the security may be priced based on fair value. This may cause the value of the security on the books of the Fund to be significantly different from the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange and may affect the calculation of the NAV.
o Because portfolio securities that are primarily listed on a non-U.S. exchange may trade on weekends or other days when a Fund does not price its shares, a Fund's NAV may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares.
Securities held by a Fund that do not have readily available market quotations, or securities for which the available market quotation is not reliable, are priced at their fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. The Funds may use fair value pricing under the following circumstances, among others:
o If the value of a security has been materially affected by events occurring before the Fund's pricing time but after the close of the primary markets on which the security is traded.
o If a security, such as a small cap or micro cap security, is so thinly traded that reliable market quotations are unavailable due to infrequent training.
o If the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closes early or if trading in a particular portfolio security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Fund's NAV calculation.
The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. With respect to any portion of a Fund's assets that is invested in other mutual funds, that portion of the Fund's NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that mutual fund. The prospectus for the other mutual fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that fund.
[GRAPHIC] SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATION
You should consult your tax advisor to address your own tax situation.
Each Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its income and capital gains. Each Fund's dividends are distributed and paid annually. Distributions of any capital gains earned by a Fund will be made at least annually. If you own shares on a Fund's record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution.
You will receive dividends and distributions in the form of additional Fund shares unless you elect to receive payment in cash. To elect cash payment, you must notify the Funds in writing prior to the date of distribution. Your election will be effective for dividends and distributions paid after we receive your written notice. To cancel your election, simply send written notice to Touchstone, P.O. Box 5354, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201-5354, or by overnight mail to Touchstone, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203.
Tax Information
DISTRIBUTIONS. The Funds may make distributions of dividends that may be taxed at different rates depending on the length of time a Fund holds its assets. The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, state and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation. If so, they are taxable whether or not you reinvest such dividends in additional shares of the Fund or choose to receive cash.
ORDINARY INCOME. Income distributions are generally taxable at ordinary income tax rates except to the extent they are designated as qualified dividend income. Dividends that are qualified dividend income are eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 15% (5% for individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that a Fund receives qualified dividend income. Short-term capital gains that are distributed to you are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.
LONG-TERM CAPITAL GAINS. Long-term capital gains distributed to you are taxable as long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares. The maximum individual tax rate on net long-term capital gains is 15%.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING. A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and sales payable to shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. The current backup withholding rate is 28%.
STATEMENTS AND NOTICES. You will receive an annual statement outlining the tax status of your distributions. You will also receive written notices of certain foreign taxes and distributions paid by the Funds during the prior taxable year.
The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand each Fund's
financial performance for the past 5 years, or if shorter, the period of each
Fund's operation. The total returns in the tables represent the rate an investor
would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of
all dividends and distributions. The information has been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The report of Ernst
& Young LLP, along with each Fund's financial statements and related notes,
appears in the 2007 Annual Report for the Funds. You can obtain the Annual
Report, which contains more performance information, at no charge by calling
1.800.543.0407. The Annual Report has been incorporated by reference into the
SAI.
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS Y PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2007 (A) --------- Net asset value at beginning of period ............................. $10.00 ------ Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ............................................ (0.05) Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ............... 1.71 ------ Total from investment operations ................................... 1.66 ------ Net asset value at end of period ................................... $11.66 ====== Total return ....................................................... 16.60%(B) ====== Net assets at end of period (000's) ................................ $6,128 ====== Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ........................ 1.15%(C) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ................. (0.90%)(C) Portfolio turnover rate ............................................ 86%(C) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (September 6, 2006)
through March 31, 2007.
(B) Not annualized.
(C) Annualized.
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS Y PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED PERIOD MARCH 31, ENDED ------------------ MARCH 31 2007 2006 2005(A) ----------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ........................ $ 23.33 $ 19.86 $ 18.34 ----------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment income ...................................... 0.06 0.03 0.01 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (1.20) 3.44 1.51 ----------------------------- Total from investment operations .............................. (1.14) 3.47 1.52 ----------------------------- Net asset value at end of period .............................. $ 22.19 $ 23.33 $ 19.86 ============================= Total return .................................................. (4.89%) 17.47% 8.29%(B) ============================= Net assets at end of period (000's) ........................... $40,044 $66,655 $43,279 ============================= Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ................... 0.90% 0.93% 1.01%(C) Ratio of net investment income to average net assets .......... 0.13% 0.12% 0.21%(C) Portfolio turnover rate ....................................... 115% 104% 127%(C) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (November 10, 2004)
through March 31, 2005.
(B) Not annualized.
(C) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS Y PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED PERIOD MARCH 31, ENDED ------------------- MARCH 31, 2007 2006 2005(A) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ....................... $ 13.70 $ 11.16 $ 9.89 -------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (0.21) (0.03) (0.13) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (0.28) 2.57 1.40 -------------------------------- Total from investment operations ............................. (0.49) 2.54 1.27 -------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period ............................. $ 13.21 $ 13.70 $11.16 ================================ Total return ................................................. (3.58%) 22.76% 12.84%(B) ================================ Net assets at end of period (000's) .......................... $ 440 $ 676 $ --(C) ================================ Ratio of net expenses to average net assets .................. 1.70% 1.55% 1.55%(D) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ........... (1.05%) (0.77%) (2.34%)(D) Portfolio turnover rate ...................................... 91% 90% 101%(D) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (October 4, 2004)
through March 31, 2005.
(B) Not Annualized.
(C) Amount rounds to less than $1,000.
(D) Annualized.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND--CLASS Y PER SHARE DATA FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED PERIOD MARCH 31, ENDED ------------------- MARCH 31, 2007 2006 2005(A) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net asset value at beginning of period ........................ $ 18.49 $ 15.31 $ 15.37 -------------------------------- Income (loss) from investment operations: Net investment loss ........................................ (1.24) (0.07) (0.05) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments .. (0.43) 3.25 0.40 -------------------------------- Total from investment operations .............................. (1.67) 3.18 0.35 -------------------------------- Distributions from net realized gains ......................... -- -- (0.41) -------------------------------- Net asset value at end of period .............................. $ 16.82 $ 18.49 $ 15.31 ================================ Total return .................................................. (9.03%) 20.77% 2.29%(B) ================================ Net assets at end of period (000's) ........................... $16,006 $350,323 $82,846 ================================ Ratio of net expenses to average net assets ................... 1.55% 1.55% 1.55%(C) Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets ............ (0.82%) (0.77%) (0.95%)(C) Portfolio turnover ............................................ 243% 109% 114%(C) |
(A) Represents the period from commencement of operations (May 5, 2004)
through March 31, 2005.
(B) Not annualized.
(C) Annualized.
Touchstone Investments
DISTRIBUTOR
Touchstone Securities, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
1.800.638.8194
www.touchstoneinvestments.com
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
TRANSFER AGENT
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
SHAREHOLDER SERVICE
1.800.543.0407
* A Member of Western & Southern Financial Group(R)
The following are federal trademark registrations and applications owned by IFS
Financial Services, Inc., a member of Western & Southern Financial Group(R):
Touchstone, Touchstone Funds, Touchstone Investments, Touchstone Family of Funds
and Touchstone Select.
For investors who want more information about the Funds, the following documents are available free upon request:
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI"): The SAI provides more detailed information about the Funds and is legally a part of this Prospectus.
ANNUAL/SEMIANNUAL REPORTS ("FINANCIAL REPORTS"): The Funds' Financial Reports provide additional information about the Funds' investments. In the annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected a Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.
You can get free copies of the SAI, the Financial Reports, other information and answers to your questions about the Funds by contacting your financial advisor, or the Funds at:
Touchstone Investments
P.O. Box 5354
Cincinnati, OH 45201-5354
1.800.543.0407
The SAI and Financial Reports are also available on the touchstone investments website at http://www.touchstoneinvestments.com
Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You can receive information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1.202.551.8090.
Reports and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR database of the SEC's internet site at http://www.sec.gov. For a fee, you can get text-only copies of reports and other information by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or by sending an e-mail request to: publicinfo@sec.gov.
Investment Company Act file no. 811-3651
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
AUGUST 1, 2007
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND
MID CAP GROWTH FUND
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") is not a prospectus and relates only to the above-referenced funds (each a "Fund" and, together, the "Funds"). It is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of the Touchstone Strategic Trust (the "Trust") and should be read together with the Funds' Prospectuses dated August 1, 2007. The Funds' financial statements contained in the Trust's Annual Report and Semiannual Report, are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be a part of this SAI. You may receive a copy of a Fund's Prospectus or the Trust's most recent Annual or Semiannual Report by writing the Trust at P.O. Box 5354, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201-5354, by calling the Trust at 1-800-543-0407, in Cincinnati 362-4921, or by visiting our website at touchstoneinvestments.com.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
303 BROADWAY, SUITE 1100
CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202-4203
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE TRUST
Touchstone Strategic Trust (the "Trust"), an open-end, diversified management investment company, was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on November 18, 1982. The Trust currently offers eight series of shares to investors: the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund, the Growth Opportunities Fund, the Large Cap Core Equity Fund, the Large Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Value Fund, the Micro Cap Growth Fund, the Mid Cap Growth Fund, and the Small Cap Growth Fund (referred to individually as a "Fund" and collectively as the "Funds"). This SAI contains information about each Fund. Each Fund has its own investment goal and policies.
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor") is the investment manager and administrator for each Fund. The Advisor has selected a sub-advisor(s) (individually, a "Sub-Advisor," collectively, the "Sub-Advisors") to manage, on a daily basis, the assets of each Fund. The Advisor has sub-contracted certain administrative and accounting services to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan"). Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the "Distributor") is the principal distributor of the Funds' shares. The Distributor and certain Sub-Advisors are affiliates of the Advisor.
Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, on May 1, 2000, the Mid Cap Growth Fund succeeded to the assets and liabilities of another mutual fund with the same name that was a series of Touchstone Series Trust. The investment goals, strategies, policies and restrictions of the Fund and its predecessor fund are substantially identical.
Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated June 30, 2003, the Large Cap Growth Fund series of the Trust was reorganized by acquiring the Navellier Millennium Large Cap Growth Portfolio and the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio. The investment goal and fundamental restrictions of the Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund did not change, but certain investment strategies changed as a result of the reorganization. The financial data and performance for the Large Cap Growth Fund are carried forward from the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio.
Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated May 18, 2006, between the Large Cap Core Equity Fund and the Value Plus Fund, the Large Cap Core Equity Fund acquired all of the assets and liabilities of the Value Plus Fund and the Value Plus Fund was terminated as a series of the Trust on August 14, 2006.
Shares of each Fund have equal voting rights and liquidation rights. Each Fund shall vote separately on matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders except in matters where a vote of all series of the Trust in the aggregate is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") or otherwise. Each class of shares of a Fund shall vote separately on matters relating to its plan of distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1. When matters are submitted to shareholders for a vote, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share owned and fractional votes for fractional shares owned. The Trust does not normally hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Trustees shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the removal of any Trustee when requested to do so in writing by shareholders holding 10% or more of the Trust's outstanding shares. The Trust will comply with the provisions of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act in order to facilitate communications among shareholders.
Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to that Fund with each other share of that Fund entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Trust. The shares do not have cumulative voting rights or any preemptive or conversion rights, and the Trustees have the authority from time to time to divide or combine the shares of any Fund into a greater or lesser number of shares of that Fund so long as the proportionate beneficial interest in the assets belonging to that Fund and the rights of shares of any other Fund are in no way affected. In case of any liquidation of a Fund, the holders of shares of the Fund being liquidated will be entitled to receive as a class a distribution out of the assets, net of the liabilities, belonging to that Fund. Expenses attributable to any Fund are borne by that Fund. Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular Fund are allocated by or under the direction of the Trustees in such manner as the Trustees determine to be fair and equitable. Generally, the Trustees allocate such expenses on the basis of relative net assets or number of shareholders. No shareholder is liable to further calls or to assessment by the Trust without his express consent.
Class A shares, Class B shares, Class C shares and Class Y shares (formerly
Class I shares) of a Fund represent an interest in the same assets of such Fund,
have the same rights and are identical in all material respects except that (i)
each class of shares may bear different (or no) distribution fees; (ii) each
class of shares may be subject to different (or no) sales charges; (iii) certain
other class specific expenses will be borne solely by the class to which such
expenses are attributable, including transfer agent fees attributable to a
specific class of shares, printing and postage expenses related to preparing and
distributing materials to current shareholders of a specific class, registration
fees incurred by a specific class of shares, the expenses of administrative
personnel and services required to support the shareholders of a specific class,
litigation or other legal expenses relating to a class of shares, Trustees' fees
or expenses incurred as a result of issues relating to a specific class of
shares and accounting fees and expenses relating to a specific class of shares;
(iv) each class has exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to
its own distribution arrangements; and (v) certain classes offer different
features and services to shareholders and may have different investment
minimums. The Board of Trustees may classify and reclassify the shares of a Fund
into additional classes of shares at a future date.
Under Massachusetts law, under certain circumstances, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could be deemed to have the same type of personal liability for the obligations of the Trust as does a partner of a partnership. However, numerous investment companies registered under the 1940 Act have been formed as Massachusetts business trusts and the Trust is not aware of an instance where such result has occurred. In addition, the Trust Agreement disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and provides for the indemnification out of the Trust property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Moreover, it provides that the Trust will, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon. As a result, and particularly because the Trust assets are readily marketable and ordinarily substantially exceed liabilities, management believes that the risk of shareholder liability is slight and limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. Management believes that, in view of the above, the risk of personal liability is remote.
DEFINITIONS, POLICIES AND RISK CONSIDERATIONS
Each Fund has its own investment goals, strategies and related risks. There can be no assurance that a Fund's investment goals will be met. The investment goals and practices of each Fund are nonfundamental policies that may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, except in those instances where shareholder approval is expressly required. If there is a change in a Fund's investment goal, shareholders should consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment in light of their current financial position and needs. The investment restrictions of the Funds are fundamental and can only be changed by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable Fund. A more detailed discussion of some of the terms used and investment policies described in the Prospectuses (see "Investment Strategies and Risks") appears below:
FIXED-INCOME AND OTHER DEBT SECURITIES
Fixed-income and other debt instrument securities include all bonds, high yield or "junk" bonds, municipal bonds, debentures, U.S. Government securities, mortgage-related securities including government stripped mortgage-related securities, zero coupon securities and custodial receipts. The market value of fixed-income obligations of the Funds will be affected by general changes in interest rates which will result in increases or decreases in the value of the obligations held by the Funds. The market value of the obligations held by a Fund can be expected to vary inversely to changes in prevailing interest rates. As a result, shareholders should anticipate that the market value of the obligations held by the Fund generally would increase when prevailing interest rates are declining and generally will decrease when prevailing interest rates are rising. Shareholders also should recognize that, in periods of declining interest rates, a Fund's yield will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing market rates and, in periods of rising interest rates, a Fund's yield will tend to be somewhat lower. Also, when interest rates are falling, the inflow of net new money to a Fund from the continuous sale of its shares will tend to be invested in instruments producing lower yields than the balance of its portfolio, thereby reducing the Fund's current yield. In periods of rising interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur. In addition, securities in which a Fund may invest may not yield as high a level of current income as might be achieved by investing in securities with less liquidity, less creditworthiness or longer maturities.
Ratings made available by Standard & Poor's Rating Service ("S&P"), Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and Fitch Ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are initial criteria for selection of portfolio investments, a Sub-Advisor also will make its own evaluation of these securities. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuers to pay principal and interest and general economic trends.
Fixed-income securities may be purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. See "When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities" below.
COMMERCIAL PAPER. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. For a description of commercial paper ratings, see the Appendix.
MEDIUM AND LOWER RATED AND UNRATED SECURITIES. Securities rated in the fourth highest category by a rating organization although considered investment grade, may possess speculative characteristics, and changes in economic or other conditions are more likely to impair the ability of issuers of these securities to make interest and principal payments than is the case with respect to issuers of higher grade bonds.
Generally, medium or lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as "junk bonds," offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The yield of junk bonds will fluctuate over time.
The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, medium and lower rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium and lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. Since the risk of default is higher for lower rated debt securities, the Sub-Advisor's research and credit analysis are an especially important part of managing securities of this type held by a Fund. In light of these risks, the Board of Trustees of the Trust has instructed the Sub-Advisor, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated or unrated, to take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the issuer's financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the operating history of and the community support for the facility financed by the issue, the ability of the issuer's management and regulatory matters.
In addition, the market value of securities in lower-rated categories is more volatile than that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which medium and lower-rated or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Funds to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing their respective portfolios and calculating their respective net asset values. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the Funds to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of a Fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.
Lower-rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, a Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for shareholders. Also, as the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates the value of the securities held by a Fund may decline relatively proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by the Fund and increasing the exposure of the Fund to the risks of lower rated securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently.
Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require sale of these securities by the Fund, but the Sub-Advisor will consider this event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.
The market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less active than that for higher rated debt securities, which can adversely affect the prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available, lower-rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, including the use of outside pricing services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate debt securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and changing investor perception may affect the ability of outside pricing services to value lower-rated debt securities and the ability to dispose of these securities.
In considering investments for a Fund, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to identify those issuers of high yielding debt securities whose financial condition is adequate to meet future obligations or has improved or is expected to improve in the future. The Sub-Advisor's analysis focuses on relative values based on such factors as interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and the experience and managerial strength of the issuer.
A Fund may choose, at its expense or in conjunction with others, to pursue litigation or otherwise exercise its rights as a security holder to seek to protect the interest of security holders if it determines this to be in the best interest of the Fund.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT, BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES AND TIME DEPOSITS. Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers' acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Investments in time deposits maturing in more than seven days will be subject to the SEC's restrictions that limit investments in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of the value of a Fund's net assets.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. U.S. Government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Some U.S. Government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others are supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency's obligations, such as securities of the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"); or (iii) only the credit of the issuer, such as securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. Government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States.
Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participation interests in loans made to foreign governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participation interests is limited and, therefore, may be regarded as illiquid.
MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES. There are several risks associated with mortgage-related securities generally. One is that the monthly cash inflow from the underlying loans may not be sufficient to meet the monthly payment requirements of the mortgage-related security. Prepayment of principal by mortgagors or mortgage foreclosures will shorten the term of the underlying mortgage pool for a mortgage-related security. Early returns of principal will affect the average life of the mortgage-related securities remaining in a Fund. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. In periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the average life of a pool of mortgage-related securities. Conversely, in periods of falling interest rates the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the average life of a pool. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower interest rates than the original investment, thus affecting the yield of a Fund. Because prepayments of principal generally occur when interest rates are declining, it is likely that a Fund will have to reinvest the proceeds of prepayments at lower interest rates than those at which the assets were previously invested. If this occurs, a Fund's yield will correspondingly decline. Thus, mortgage-related securities may have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates than other fixed-income securities of comparable maturity, although these securities may have a comparable risk of decline in market value in periods of rising interest rates. To the extent that a Fund purchases mortgage-related securities at a premium, unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will result in a loss equal to any unamortized premium.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs") are obligations fully collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-related securities. Payments of principal and interest on the mortgages are passed through to the holders of the CMOs on the same schedule as they are received, although certain classes of CMOs have priority over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments on the mortgages. Therefore, depending on the type of CMOs in which a Fund invests, the investment may be subject to a greater or lesser risk of prepayment than other types of mortgage-related securities.
Mortgage-related securities may not be readily marketable. To the extent any of these securities are not readily marketable in the judgment of the Sub-Advisor, the Funds' restrictions on investments in illiquid instruments will apply.
STRIPPED MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES. These securities are either issued and guaranteed, or privately issued but collateralized by, securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), FNMA or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"). These securities represent beneficial ownership interests in either periodic principal distributions ("principal-only") or interest distributions ("interest-only") on mortgage-related certificates issued by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, as the case may be. The certificates underlying the stripped mortgage-related securities represent all or part of the beneficial interest in pools of mortgage loans. A Fund will invest in stripped mortgage-related securities in order to enhance yield or to benefit from anticipated appreciation in value of the securities at times when its Sub-Advisor believes that interest rates will remain stable or increase. In periods of rising interest rates, the expected increase in the value of stripped mortgage-related securities may offset all or a portion of any decline in value of the securities held by the Fund.
Investing in stripped mortgage-related securities involves the risks normally associated with investing in mortgage-related securities. See "Mortgage-Related Securities" above. In addition, the yields on stripped mortgage-related securities are extremely sensitive to the prepayment experience on the mortgage loans underlying the certificates collateralizing the securities. If a decline in the level of prevailing interest rates results in a rate of principal prepayments higher than anticipated, distributions of principal will be accelerated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity on interest-only stripped mortgage-related securities and increasing the yield to maturity on principal-only stripped mortgage-related securities. Sufficiently high prepayment rates could result in a Fund not fully recovering its initial investment in an interest-only stripped mortgage-related security. Under current market conditions, the Fund expects that investments in stripped mortgage-related securities will consist primarily of interest-only securities. Stripped mortgage-related securities are currently traded in an over-the-counter market maintained by several large investment-banking firms. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to affect a trade of a stripped mortgage-related security at a time when it wishes to do so. The Fund will acquire stripped mortgage-related securities only if a secondary market for the securities exists at the time of acquisition. Except for stripped mortgage-related securities based on fixed rate FNMA and FHLMC mortgage certificates that meet certain liquidity criteria established by the Board of Trustees, a Fund will treat government stripped mortgage-related securities and privately-issued mortgage-related securities as illiquid and will limit its investments in these securities, together with other illiquid investments, to not more than 15% of net assets.
ZERO COUPON SECURITIES. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities are debt obligations that are issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the particular interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Zero coupon securities do not require the periodic payment of interest. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. These investments may experience greater volatility in market value than U.S. Government securities that make regular payments of interest. A Fund accrues income on these investments for tax and accounting purposes, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Fund's distribution obligations, in which case the Fund will forego the purchase of additional income producing assets with these funds. Zero coupon securities include Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities ("STRIPS"). STRIPS are securities underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. They also include Coupons Under Book Entry Safekeeping ("CUBES"), which are component parts of U.S. Treasury bonds and represent scheduled interest and principal payments on the bonds.
CUSTODIAL RECEIPTS. Custodial receipts or certificates include Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities ("CATS"), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts ("TIGRs") and Financial Corporation certificates ("FICO Strips"). CATS, TIGRs and FICO Strips are securities underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. The underwriters of these certificates or receipts purchase a U.S. Government security and deposit the security in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the U.S. Government security. Custodial receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon U.S. Government securities, described above. Although typically under the terms of a custodial receipt a Fund is authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the Fund may be required to assert through the custodian bank such rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, if the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, if the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited were determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in respect of any taxes paid.
LOANS AND OTHER DIRECT DEBT INSTRUMENTS. These are instruments in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental or other borrower to another party. They may represent amounts owed to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables) or to other parties. Direct debt instruments purchased by a Fund may have a maturity of any number of days or years, may be secured or unsecured, and may be of any credit quality. Direct debt instruments involve the risk of loss in the case of default or insolvency of the borrower. Direct debt instruments may offer less legal protection to a Fund in the event of fraud or misrepresentation. In addition, loan participations involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other financial intermediary. Direct debt instruments also may include standby financing commitments that obligate a Fund to supply additional cash to the borrower on demand at a time when a Fund would not have otherwise done so, even if the borrower's condition makes it unlikely that the amount will ever be repaid.
These instruments will be considered illiquid securities and so will be limited in accordance with the Funds' restrictions on illiquid securities.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), securities that are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities that have not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as "private placements" or "restricted securities" and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Investment companies do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted securities or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and an investment company might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. An investment company might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, which would result in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities. Each Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in securities that are illiquid or otherwise not readily marketable.
In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.
o RULE 144A SECURITIES. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") has adopted Rule 144A, which allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on their resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act on resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. The Advisor anticipates that the market for certain restricted securities such as institutional commercial paper will expand further as a result of this regulation and the development of automated systems for the trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASDAQ").
A Sub-Advisor will monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities in each Fund's portfolio under the supervision of the Board of Trustees. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Sub-Advisor will consider, among other things, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers wishing to purchase or sell the security; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security and (4) the nature of the security and of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).
A Fund may purchase securities in the United States that are not registered for sale under federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions under SEC Rule 144A or under an exemption from such laws. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted securities or Rule 144A securities are treated as exempt from the Funds' limit on illiquid securities. The Board of Trustees of the Trust, with advice and information from the respective Sub-Advisor, will determine the liquidity of restricted securities or Rule 144A securities by looking at factors such as trading activity and the availability of reliable price information and, through reports from such Sub-Advisor, the Board of Trustees of the Trust will monitor trading activity in restricted securities. If institutional trading in restricted securities or Rule 144A securities were to decline, a Fund's illiquidity could increase and the Fund could be adversely affected.
o SECTION 4(2) COMMERCIAL PAPER. A Fund may invest in commercial paper
issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by
Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act. Section 4(2) commercial paper is
restricted as to disposition under federal securities laws and is
generally sold to institutional investors who agree that they are
purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to
public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an
exempt transaction. Section 4(2) commercial paper is normally resold
to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of
the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(2)
commercial paper, thus providing liquidity. The Sub-Advisor believes
that Section 4(2) commercial paper and possibly certain other
restricted securities that meet the criteria for liquidity
established by the Trustees are quite liquid. The Fund intends
therefore, to treat the restricted securities which meet the
criteria for liquidity established by the Trustees, including
Section 4(2) commercial paper, as determined by the Sub-Advisor, as
liquid and not subject to the investment limitation applicable to
illiquid securities. In addition, because Section 4(2) commercial
paper is liquid, the Fund does not intend to subject such paper to
the limitation applicable to restricted securities.
No Fund will invest more than 10% of its total assets in restricted securities (excluding Rule 144A securities).
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Investing in securities issued by foreign companies and governments involves considerations and potential risks not typically associated with investing in obligations issued by the U.S. Government and domestic corporations. Less information may be available about foreign companies than about domestic companies and foreign companies generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or to other regulatory practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic companies. The values of foreign investments are affected by changes in currency rates or exchange control regulations, restrictions or prohibitions on the repatriation of foreign currencies, application of foreign tax laws, including withholding taxes, changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy (in the United States or abroad) or changed circumstances in dealings between nations. Costs are also incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. In addition, foreign brokerage commissions and custody fees are generally higher than those charged in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than in the United States. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by other factors not present in the United States, including expropriation, confiscatory taxation, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and could be subject to extended clearance and settlement periods.
The Growth Opportunities Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of foreign issuers. The Mid Cap Growth Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in securities of foreign issuers. The Large Cap Growth Fund may invest up to 15% of its total assets in foreign securities traded on the U.S. market. The Large Cap Value Fund may invest in common stocks of foreign large cap companies.
EMERGING MARKET COUNTRIES. Emerging market countries are countries other than Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. When a Fund invests in securities of a company in an emerging market country, it invests in securities issued by a company that (i) has its principal trading market for its stock in an emerging market country, or (ii) derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from corporations within emerging market countries or has at least 50% of its assets located in emerging market countries. The Mid Cap Growth Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in emerging market countries. The Large Cap Growth Fund may invest up to 15% of its total assets in securities of emerging market countries traded on the U.S. market. The Small Cap Growth Fund, the Micro Cap Growth Fund and the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund may also invest in securities of companies in emerging market countries.
Investments in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped countries entail all of the risks of investing in foreign issuers outlined in this section to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a low or nonexistent volume of trading, resulting in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict a Fund's investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers in industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests; and (iv) the absence of developed capital markets and legal structures governing private or foreign investment and private property and the possibility that recent favorable economic and political developments could be slowed or reversed by unanticipated events.
CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES. A Fund's share value may change significantly when the currencies, other than the U.S. dollar, in which the Fund's investments are denominated, strengthen or weaken against the U.S. dollar. Currency exchange rates are generally determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates can also be affected unpredictably by intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad.
ADRS, ADSS, EDRS AND CDRS. American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and American Depositary Shares ("ADSs") are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts typically issued by domestic banks or trust companies that represent the deposit with those entities of securities of a foreign issuer. They are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States. European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs"), which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts ("CDRs"), may also be purchased by the Funds. EDRs and CDRs are generally issued by foreign banks and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. Certain institutions issuing ADRs, ADSs or EDRs may not be sponsored by the issuer of the underlying foreign securities. A non-sponsored depositary may not provide the same shareholder information that a sponsored depositary is required to provide under its contractual arrangements with the issuer of the underlying foreign securities.
OPTIONS
A Fund may write (sell), to a limited extent, only covered call and put options ("covered options") in an attempt to increase income. However, the Fund may forgo the benefits of appreciation on securities sold or may pay more than the market price on securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the Fund.
When a Fund writes a covered call option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy the underlying security at the price specified in the option (the "exercise price") by exercising the option at any time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Fund will realize income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the option is exercised, a decision over which the Fund has no control, the Fund must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered call option, the Fund foregoes, in exchange for the premium less the commission ("net premium"), the opportunity to profit during the option period from an increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price.
When a Fund writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell the underlying security to the Fund at the specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Fund will realize income in the amount of the premium received for writing the option. If the put option is exercised, a decision over which the Fund has no control, the Fund must purchase the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered put option, the Fund, in exchange for the net premium received, accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the underlying security below the exercise price.
A Fund may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put option by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option previously written. This transaction is called a "closing purchase transaction." Where the Fund cannot effect a closing purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying securities until an option is exercised or expires.
When a Fund writes an option, an amount equal to the net premium received by the Fund is included in the liability section of the Fund's Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of the deferred credit will be subsequently marked to market to reflect the current market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded option is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the closing bid and asked price. If an option expires on its stipulated expiration date or if the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, the Fund will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received when the option was sold), and the deferred credit related to such option will be eliminated. If a call option is exercised, the Fund will realize a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security and the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the premium originally received. The writing of covered call options may be deemed to involve the pledge of the securities against which the option is being written.
When a Fund writes a call option, it will "cover" its obligation by segregating the underlying security on the books of the Fund's custodian or by placing liquid securities in a segregated account at the Fund's custodian. When a Fund writes a put option, it will "cover" its obligation by placing liquid securities in a segregated account or by earmarking assets at the Fund's custodian.
A Fund may purchase call and put options on any securities in which it may invest. The Fund would normally purchase a call option in anticipation of an increase in the market value of such securities. The purchase of a call option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Fund would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities increased above the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss if the value of the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the option period.
A Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of securities in its portfolio ("protective puts") or securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a security, which may or may not be held in the Fund's portfolio, at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the Fund's portfolio securities. Put options also may be purchased by the Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which the Fund does not own. The Fund would ordinarily recognize a gain if the value of the securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if the value of the securities remained at or above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.
The Funds have adopted certain other nonfundamental policies concerning option transactions that are discussed below. A Fund's activities in options may also be restricted by the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for qualification as a regulated investment company.
The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying securities markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets. It is impossible to predict the volume of trading that may exist in such options, and there can be no assurance that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.
OPTIONS ON STOCKS. A Fund may write or purchase options on stocks. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying stock at the exercise price at any time during the option period. Similarly, a put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy the underlying stock at the exercise price at any time during the option period. A covered call option with respect to which a Fund owns the underlying stock sold by the Fund exposes the Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying stock or to possible continued holding of a stock which might otherwise have been sold to protect against depreciation in the market price of the stock. A covered put option sold by a Fund exposes the Fund during the term of the option to a decline in price of the underlying stock.
To close out a position when writing covered options, a Fund may make a "closing purchase transaction" which involves purchasing an option on the same stock with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option which it has previously written on the stock. The Fund will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To close out a position as a purchaser of an option, the Fund may make a "closing sale transaction" which involves liquidating the Fund's position by selling the option previously purchased.
OPTIONS ON SECURITIES INDEXES. Such options give the holder the right to receive a cash settlement during the term of the option based upon the difference between the exercise price and the value of the index. Such options will be used for the purposes described above under "Options on Securities" or, to the extent allowed by law, as a substitute for investment in individual securities.
Options on securities indexes entail risks in addition to the risks of options on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options positions on securities indexes is more likely to occur, although the Fund generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Sub-Advisor believes the option can be closed out.
Use of options on securities indexes also entails the risk that trading in such options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities included in the index is interrupted. The Fund will not purchase such options unless the respective Sub-Advisor believes the market is sufficiently developed such that the risk of trading in such options is no greater than the risk of trading in options on securities.
Price movements in a Fund's portfolio may not correlate precisely with movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the use of options on indexes cannot serve as a complete hedge. Because options on securities indexes require settlement in cash, the Sub-Advisor may be forced to liquidate portfolio securities to meet settlement obligations.
When a Fund writes a put or call option on a securities index it will cover the position by placing liquid securities in a segregated asset account or by earmarking assets with the Fund's custodian.
Options on securities indexes are generally similar to options on stock except
that the delivery requirements are different. Instead of giving the right to
take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a security
index gives the holders the right to receive a cash "exercise settlement amount"
equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option
exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the
closing value of the underlying index on the date of the exercise, multiplied by
(b) a fixed "index multiplier." Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the
closing level of the index upon which the option is based being greater than, in
the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of
the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such difference between
the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in
dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be, times a specified multiple.
The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its position in securities index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange or the option may expire unexercised. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular security, whether the Fund will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of securities prices in the market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in price of a particular security. Accordingly, successful use by a Fund of options on security indexes will be subject to the Sub-Advisor's ability to predict correctly movement in the direction of that securities market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual securities.
RELATED INVESTMENT POLICIES. A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on securities indexes listed on domestic and, in the case of those Funds which may invest in foreign securities, on foreign exchanges. A securities index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the securities included in the index.
OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES. Options on foreign currencies are used for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that in which futures contracts on foreign currencies, or forward contracts, are utilized. For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities, the Fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, a Fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.
Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, the Fund may purchase call options thereon. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to the Fund derived from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options that would require it to forego a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.
Options on foreign currencies may be written for the same types of hedging purposes. For example, where a Fund anticipates a decline in the dollar value of foreign currency denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates, it could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs, the options will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.
Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an anticipated increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired, the Fund could write a put option on the relevant currency, which, if rates move in the manner projected, will expire, unexercised and allow the Fund to hedge such increased cost up to the amount of the premium. As in the case of other types of options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if rates move in the expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be exercised and the Fund would be required to purchase or sell the underlying currency at a loss that may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Fund also may be required to forego all or a portion of the benefits that might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.
The Funds may write covered call options on foreign currencies. A call option written on a foreign currency by a Fund is "covered" if the Fund owns the underlying foreign currency covered by the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that foreign currency without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other foreign currency held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the Fund has a call on the same foreign currency and in the same principal amount as the call written where the exercise price of the call held (a) is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or (b) is greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is maintained by the Fund in cash and liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian.
The Funds may also write call options on foreign currencies that are not covered for cross-hedging purposes. A call option on a foreign currency is for cross-hedging purposes if it is not covered, but is designed to provide a hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a security which the Fund owns or has the right to acquire and which is denominated in the currency underlying the option due to an adverse change in the exchange rate. In such circumstances, the Fund collateralizes the option by maintaining in a segregated account with its custodian, cash or liquid securities in an amount not less than the value of the underlying foreign currency in U.S. dollars marked to market daily.
RELATED INVESTMENT POLICIES. A Fund that invests in foreign securities may write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of protecting against declines in the dollar value of portfolio securities and against increases in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired. The Fund may use options on currency to cross-hedge, which involves writing or purchasing options on one currency to hedge against changes in exchange rates for a different, but related currency. As with other types of options, however, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium received, and the Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may be used to hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to the Fund's position, it may not forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. In addition, the Fund may purchase call options on currency when the Sub-Advisor anticipates that the currency will appreciate in value.
There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying currency or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire. Similarly, if the Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying currency. The Fund pays brokerage commissions or spreads in connection with its options transactions.
As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies are traded over-the-counter and involve liquidity and credit risks that may not be present in the case of exchange-traded currency options. A Fund's ability to terminate over-the-counter options ("OTC Options") will be more limited than the exchange-traded options. It is also possible that broker-dealers participating in OTC Options transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, the Fund will treat purchased OTC Options and assets used to cover written OTC Options as illiquid securities. With respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. Government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase formula.
FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACTS. Because, when investing in foreign securities, a Fund buys and sells securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receives interest, dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such Funds from time to time may enter into forward currency transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. A Fund either enters into these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or uses forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.
A forward currency contract is an obligation by a Fund to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract. Forward currency contracts establish an exchange rate at a future date. These contracts are transferable in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward currency contract generally has no deposit requirement and is traded at a net price without commission. Each Fund maintains with its custodian a segregated account of liquid securities in an amount at least equal to its obligations under each forward currency contract. Neither spot transactions nor forward currency contracts eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the Fund's securities or in foreign exchange rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.
A Fund may enter into foreign currency hedging transactions in an attempt to protect against changes in foreign currency exchange rates between the trade and settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position or an anticipated investment position. Since consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into a Sub-Advisor's long-term investment decisions, a Fund will not routinely enter into foreign currency hedging transactions with respect to security transactions; however, the Sub-Advisors believe that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into foreign currency hedging transactions when they determine that the transactions would be in a Fund's best interest. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should the value of the hedged currency increase. The precise matching of the forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of such securities between the date the forward currency contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
While these contracts are not presently regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC"), the CFTC may in the future assert authority to regulate forward currency contracts. In such event the Fund's ability to utilize forward currency contracts may be restricted. Forward currency contracts may reduce the potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not entered into such contracts. The use of forward currency contracts may not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying U.S. dollar equivalent value of the prices of or rates of return on a Fund's foreign currency denominated portfolio securities and the use of such techniques will subject a Fund to certain risks.
The matching of the increase in value of a forward currency contract and the decline in the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency denominated asset that is the subject of the hedge generally will not be precise. In addition, a Fund may not always be able to enter into forward currency contracts at attractive prices and this will limit the Fund's ability to use such contract to hedge or cross-hedge its assets. Also, with regard to a Fund's use of cross-hedges, there can be no assurance that historical correlations between the movements of certain foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will continue. Thus, at any time poor correlation may exist between movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies underlying a Fund's cross-hedges and the movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies in which the Fund's assets that are the subject of such cross-hedges are denominated.
BORROWING AND LENDING
BORROWING. The Funds may borrow money from banks (including their custodian bank) or from other lenders to the extent permitted under applicable law, for temporary or emergency purposes and to meet redemptions and may pledge their assets to secure such borrowings. The 1940 Act requires the Funds to maintain asset coverage of at least 300% for all such borrowings, and should such asset coverage at any time fall below 300%, the Funds would be required to reduce their borrowings within three days to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act. To reduce their borrowings, the Funds might be required to sell securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, because interest on money borrowed is a Fund expense that it would not otherwise incur, the Funds may have less net investment income during periods when its borrowings are substantial. The interest paid by the Funds on borrowings may be more or less than the yield on the securities purchased with borrowed funds, depending on prevailing market conditions.
A Fund will not make any borrowing that would cause its outstanding borrowings to exceed one-third of the value of its total assets. As a matter of current operating policy, each Fund (except the Large Cap Value Fund) intends to borrow money only as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes. The Large Cap Value Fund intends to borrow money only for temporary purposes to meet redemptions or to pay dividends. These policies are not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.
LENDING. By lending its securities, a Fund can increase its income by continuing to receive interest on the loaned securities as well as by either investing the cash collateral in short-term securities or obtaining yield in the form of interest paid by the borrower when U.S. Government obligations are used as collateral. There may be risks of delay in receiving additional collateral or risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. Each Fund will adhere to the following conditions whenever its securities are loaned: (i) the Fund must receive at least 100 percent cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (ii) the borrower must increase this collateral whenever the market value of the securities including accrued interest rises above the level of the collateral; (iii) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (iv) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (v) the Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (vi) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower; provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, the Board of Trustees must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities.
As a matter of current operating policy, the Large Cap Growth Fund intends to limit the amount of loans of portfolio securities to no more than 25% of its net assets. This policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES
SWAP AGREEMENTS. To help enhance the value of its portfolio or manage its exposure to different types of investments, the Funds may enter into interest rate, currency and mortgage swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest rate "caps," "floors" and "collars."
In a typical interest rate swap agreement, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate on a specified amount (the "notional principal amount") in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the same amount for a specified period. If a swap agreement provides for payment in different currencies, the parties may also agree to exchange the notional principal amount. Mortgage swap agreements are similar to interest rate swap agreements, except that notional principal amount is tied to a reference pool of mortgages. In a cap or floor, one party agrees, usually in return for a fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. For example, the purchaser of an interest rate cap has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed level; the purchaser of an interest rate floor has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls below an agreed level. A collar entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed range.
Swap agreements may involve leverage and may be highly volatile. Swap agreements may have a considerable impact on a Fund's performance, depending on how they are used. Swap agreements involve risks depending upon the other party's creditworthiness and ability to perform, as judged by the Sub-Advisor, as well as the Fund's ability to terminate its swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions. All swap agreements are considered as illiquid securities and, therefore, will be limited, along with all of a Fund's other illiquid securities, to 15% of that Fund's net assets.
WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES. To secure prices deemed advantageous at a particular time, a Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, in which case delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement period; payment for or delivery of the securities would be made prior to the reciprocal delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. A Fund will enter into when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities and not for the purpose of leverage. When-issued securities purchased by a Fund may include securities purchased on a "when, as and if issued" basis under which the issuance of the securities depends on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring.
Securities purchased on a when issued or delayed-delivery basis may expose a Fund to risk because the securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Fund does not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed-delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may be higher than that obtained in the transaction itself.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. Repurchase agreements are transactions by which a Fund purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security to the seller at an agreed upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the term of the agreement. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of the seller of a repurchase agreement, a Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses. To minimize these possibilities, each Fund intends to enter into repurchase agreements only with its custodian, with banks having assets in excess of $10 billion and with broker-dealers who are recognized as primary dealers in U.S. Government obligations by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The Funds will enter into repurchase agreements that are collateralized by U.S. Government obligations. Collateral for repurchase agreements is held in safekeeping in the customer-only account of the Funds' Custodian at the Federal Reserve Bank. At the time a Fund enters into a repurchase agreement, the value of the collateral, including accrued interest, will equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement and, in the case of a repurchase agreement exceeding one day, the seller agrees to maintain sufficient collateral so that the value of the underlying collateral, including accrued interest, will at all times equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement.
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND FORWARD ROLL TRANSACTIONS. In a reverse repurchase agreement a Fund agrees to sell portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers and to repurchase them at a mutually agreed date and price. Forward roll transactions are equivalent to reverse repurchase agreements but involve mortgage-backed securities and involve a repurchase of a substantially similar security. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement or forward roll transaction it will place in a segregated custodial account cash or liquid securities having a value equal to the repurchase price, including accrued interest. Reverse repurchase agreements and forward roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements and forward roll transactions are considered to be borrowings by a Fund.
TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS. For temporary defensive purposes during periods when the Sub-Advisor believes that pursuing the Fund's basic investment strategy may be inconsistent with the best interests of its shareholders, a Fund may invest its assets without limit in the following money market instruments: securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities (including those purchased in the form of custodial receipts), repurchase agreements, certificates of deposit, master notes, time deposits and bankers' acceptances issued by banks or savings and loan associations having assets of at least $500 million as of the end of their most recent fiscal year and high quality commercial paper.
A Fund also may hold a portion of its assets in money market instruments or cash in amounts designed to pay expenses, to meet anticipated redemptions or pending investments in accordance with its objectives and policies. Any temporary investments may be purchased on a when-issued basis.
MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS. A Fund may invest in money market instruments. Money
market securities are high-quality, dollar-denominated, short-term instruments.
They consist of (i) bankers' acceptances, certificates of deposit, notes and
time deposits of highly-rated U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks;
(ii) U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies
and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; (iii) high-quality commercial
paper issued by U.S. foreign corporations; (iv) debt obligations with a maturity
of one year or less issued by corporations with outstanding high-quality
commercial paper ratings; and (v) repurchase agreements involving any of the
foregoing obligations entered into with highly-rated banks and broker-dealers.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. Convertible securities may offer higher income than the common stocks into which they are convertible and include fixed-income or zero coupon debt securities, which may be converted or exchanged at a stated or determinable exchange ratio into underlying shares of common stock. Prior to their conversion, convertible securities may have characteristics similar to both non-convertible debt securities and equity securities. While convertible securities generally offer lower yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality, their prices may reflect changes in the value of the underlying common stock. Convertible securities entail less credit risk than the issuer's common stock.
ASSET COVERAGE. To assure that a Fund's use of futures and related options, as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery transactions, forward currency contracts and swap transactions, are not used to achieve investment leverage, the Fund will cover such transactions, as required under applicable SEC interpretations, either by owning the underlying securities or by establishing a segregated account with its custodian containing liquid securities in an amount at all times equal to or exceeding the Fund's commitment with respect to these instruments or contracts.
WARRANTS AND RIGHTS. Warrants are options to purchase equity securities at a specified price and are valid for a specific time period. Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a short duration and are distributed by the issuer to its shareholders. A Fund may purchase warrants and rights, provided that no Fund presently intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at the time of purchase in warrants and rights other than those that have been acquired in units or attached to other securities.
SHORT-TERM TRADING. Short-term trading involves the selling of securities held for a short time, ranging from several months to less than a day. The object of such short-term trading is to increase the potential for capital appreciation and/or income of the Fund in order to take advantage of what the Sub-Advisor believes are changes in market, industry or individual company conditions or outlook. Any such trading would increase the turnover rate of a Fund and its transaction costs.
DERIVATIVES. A Fund may invest in various instruments that are commonly known as derivatives. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset, or market index. Some "derivatives" such as certain mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are, in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them. There is a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a Fund from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency exchange rates and as a low cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an instrument's price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets, and can in some circumstances, lead to significant losses. A Sub-Advisor will use derivatives only in circumstances where the Sub-Advisor believes they offer the most economic means of improving the risk/reward profile of the Fund. Derivatives will not be used to increase portfolio risk above the level that could be achieved using only traditional investment securities or to acquire exposure to changes in the value of assets or indexes that by themselves would not be purchased for the Fund. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS ("IPOS"). The Mid Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Micro Cap Growth Fund, Growth Opportunities Fund, Large Cap Value Fund and Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund may invest in IPOs. An IPO presents the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transactions costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. When a Fund's asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund's performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As the Fund's assets grow, the effect of the Fund's investments in IPOs on the Fund's performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund's performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, a Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a Fund and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, the Fund may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to obtain allocable portions of IPO shares. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for the Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Investors in IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.
The Fund's investments in IPO shares may include the securities of "unseasoned" companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which present risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies. These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited products.
MICRO CAP SECURITIES. The Micro Cap Growth Fund, the Small Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Value Fund and the Growth Opportunities Fund may invest in companies whose total market capitalization at the time of investment is generally between $30 million and $500 million, referred to as micro cap companies. Micro cap companies may not be well-known to the investing public, may not have significant institutional ownership and may have cyclical, static or only moderate growth prospects. Micro cap companies may have greater risk and volatility than large companies and may lack the management depth of larger, mature issuers. Micro cap companies may have relatively small revenues and limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies. In addition, micro cap companies may be developing or marketing new products or services for which markets are not yet established and may never become established. As a result, the prices of their securities may fluctuate more than those of larger issuers.
SECURITIES OF OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES. A Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The Advisor has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits each Fund to invest its uninvested cash or cash collateral in one or more affiliated money market funds. Each Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in affiliated money market funds, subject to its investment limitations and certain other conditions pursuant to the exemptive order.
MAJORITY. As used in this SAI, the term "majority" of the outstanding shares of the Trust (or of any Fund) means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the outstanding shares of the Trust (or the applicable Fund) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust (or the applicable Fund) are present or represented at such meeting or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust (or the applicable Fund).
RATING SERVICES. The ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations represent their opinions as to the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, each Sub-Advisor also makes its own evaluation of these securities, subject to review by the Board of Trustees of the Trust. After purchase by a Fund, an obligation may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event would require a Fund to eliminate the obligation from its portfolio, but a Sub-Advisor will consider such an event in its determination of whether a Fund should continue to hold the obligation. A description of the ratings used herein and in the Funds' Prospectuses is set forth in the Appendix to this SAI.
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS. The Trust has adopted certain fundamental investment limitations designed to reduce the risk of an investment in the Funds. These limitations may not be changed with respect to any Fund without the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that Fund. The vote of a majority of the outstanding shares means the vote of the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares.
THE FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS FOR THE FUNDS ARE:
1. BORROWING MONEY. The Funds may not engage in borrowing except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.
2. UNDERWRITING. The Funds may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the sale or disposition of portfolio securities, a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws or in connection with investments in other investment companies.
3. LOANS. The Funds may not make loans to other persons except that a Fund
may (1) engage in repurchase agreements, (2) lend portfolio securities,
(3) purchase debt securities, (4) purchase commercial paper, and (5) enter
into any other lending arrangement permitted by the Investment Company Act
of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff
interpretation of the Act.
4. REAL ESTATE. The Funds may not purchase or sell real estate except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund's ownership of securities or other instruments (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by real estate or interests in real estate and (3) purchase or sell securities of entities or investment vehicles, including real estate investment trusts that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests in real estate.
5. COMMODITIES. The Funds may not purchase or sell physical commodities except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell physical commodities acquired as a result of the Fund's ownership of securities or other instruments, (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities, (3) purchase or sell options, and (4) purchase or sell futures contracts.
6. CONCENTRATION OF INVESTMENTS. The Funds may not purchase the securities of an issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of companies whose principal business activities are in the same industry.
7. SENIOR SECURITIES. The Funds may not issue senior securities except as permitted by the 1940 Act, any rule, regulation or order under the 1940 Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the 1940 Act.
NONFUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has adopted the following nonfundamental investment limitations as a matter of "operating policy." These limitations may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder vote.
THE NONFUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS FOR THE LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND ARE:
1. BORROWING MONEY. The Fund will not borrow money (including through reverse repurchase agreements or forward roll transactions involving mortgage-backed securities or similar investment techniques entered into for leveraging purposes), except that the Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes up to 10% of its total assets; provided, however, the Fund may not purchase any security while outstanding borrowings exceed 5%.
2. PLEDGING. The Fund will not pledge, mortgage or hypothecate for any purpose in excess of 10% of its total assets (taken at market value), provided that collateral arrangements with respect to options and futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin, and reverse repurchase agreements are not considered a pledge of assets for purposes of this restriction.
3. MARGIN PURCHASES. The Fund will not purchase any security or evidence of interest therein on margin, except that such short-term credit as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities may be obtained and except that deposits of initial deposit and variation margin may be made in connection with the purchase, ownership, holding or sale of futures.
4. SELLING SECURITIES. The Fund will not sell any security which it does not own unless by virtue of its ownership of other securities it has at the time of sale a right to obtain securities, without payment of further consideration, equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold and provided that if such right is conditional the sale is made upon the same conditions.
5. INVESTING FOR CONTROL. The Fund will not invest for the purpose of exercising control or management.
6. ILLIQUID SECURITIES. The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets (taken at the greater of cost or market value) in securities that are illiquid or not readily marketable (defined as a security that cannot be sold in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the security) not including (a) Rule 144A securities that have been determined to be liquid by the Board of Trustees; and (b) commercial paper that is sold under section 4(2) of the 1933 Act which is not traded flat or in default as to interest or principal and either (i) is rated in one of the two highest categories by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and the Fund's Board of Trustees has determined the commercial paper to be liquid; or (ii) is rated in one of the two highest categories by one nationally recognized statistical rating agency and the Fund's Board of Trustees has determined that the commercial paper is equivalent quality and is liquid.
7. RESTRICTED SECURITIES. The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities that are restricted from being sold to the public without registration under the 1933 Act (other than Rule 144A securities deemed liquid by the Fund's Board of Trustees).
8. SECURITIES OF ONE ISSUER. The Fund will not purchase securities of any issuer if such purchase at the time thereof would cause the Fund to hold more than 10% of any class of securities of such issuer, for which purposes all indebtedness of an issuer shall be deemed a single class and all preferred stock of an issuer shall be deemed a single class, except that futures or option contracts shall not be subject to this restriction.
9. SHORT SALES. The Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, unless at all times when a short position is open it owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of any further consideration, for securities of the same issue and equal in amount to, the securities sold short, and unless not more than 10% of the Fund's net assets (taken at market value) is represented by such securities, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities, at any one time (the Fund has no current intention to engage in short selling).
10. PURCHASE OF PUTS AND CALLS. The Fund will not purchase puts, calls, straddles, spreads and any combination thereof if by reason thereof the value of the Fund's aggregate investment in such classes of securities will exceed 5% of its total assets.
11. WRITING OF PUTS AND CALLS. The Fund will not write puts and calls on securities unless each of the following conditions are met: (a) the security underlying the put or call is within the investment policies of the Fund and the option is issued by the OCC, except for put and call options issued by non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or commodities exchanges; (b) the aggregate value of the obligations underlying the puts determined as of the date the options are sold shall not exceed 50% of the Fund's net assets; (c) the securities subject to the exercise of the call written by the Fund must be owned by the Fund at the time the call is sold and must continue to be owned by the Fund until the call has been exercised, has lapsed, or the Fund has purchased a closing call, and such purchase has been confirmed, thereby extinguishing the Fund's obligation to deliver securities pursuant to the call it has sold; and (d) at the time a put is written, the Fund establishes a segregated account with its custodian consisting of cash or liquid securities equal in value to the amount the Fund will be obligated to pay upon exercise of the put (this account must be maintained until the put is exercised, has expired, or the Fund has purchased a closing put, which is a put of the same series as the one previously written).
12. PUTS AND CALLS ON FUTURES. The Fund will not buy and sell puts and calls on securities, stock index futures or options on stock index futures, or financial futures or options on financial futures unless such options are written by other persons and: (a) the options or futures are offered through the facilities of a national securities association or are listed on a national securities or commodities exchange, except for put and call options issued by non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or commodities exchanges; (b) the aggregate premiums paid on all such options which are held at any time do not exceed 20% of the Fund's total net assets; and (c) the aggregate margin deposits required on all such futures or options thereon held at any time do not exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets.
THE NONFUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATION FOR THE MID CAP GROWTH FUND IS:
1. BORROWING MONEY. The Fund intends to borrow money only as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes. In addition, the Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions involving mortgage-backed securities or other investment techniques entered into for the purpose of leverage.
THE NONFUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS FOR THE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND ARE:
1. ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS. The Fund will not purchase securities for which there are legal or contractual restrictions on resale or for which no readily available market exists (or engage in a repurchase agreement maturing in more than seven days) if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the value of its net assets would be invested in such securities.
2. MARGIN PURCHASES. The Fund will not purchase securities or evidences of interest thereon on "margin." This limitation is not applicable to short-term credit obtained by the Fund for the clearance of purchases and sales or redemption of securities or to the extent necessary to engage in transactions described in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information involving margin purchases.
3. SHORT SALES. The Fund will not make short sales of securities.
NONFUNDAMENTAL 80% INVESTMENT POLICIES. Certain Funds have adopted nonfundamental 80% investment policies that may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in a Fund's nonfundamental 80% investment policy. The notice will be provided in a separate written document containing the following, or similar, statement, in boldface type: "Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy." The statement will also appear on the envelope in which the notice is delivered, unless the notice is delivered separately from other communications to the shareholder.
THE NONFUNDAMENTAL 80% INVESTMENT POLICIES FOR THE LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND, SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND, MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND, LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND, MID CAP GROWTH FUND, LARGE CAP VALUE FUND AND DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND ARE:
1. LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND 80% INVESTMENT POLICY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in common stocks of large cap companies.
2. SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND 80% INVESTMENT POLICY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in common stocks of small cap companies.
3. MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND 80% INVESTMENT POLICY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in the common stocks of U.S. companies whose total market capitalization at the time of investment is generally between $30 million and $500 million, referred to as micro cap companies, and which, in the opinion of the Sub-Advisor, have superior earnings growth characteristics.
4. LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND 80% INVESTMENT POLICY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in common stocks of large cap companies.
5. MID CAP GROWTH FUND 80% INVESTMENT POLICY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in common stocks of mid cap companies.
6. LARGE CAP VALUE FUND 80% INVESTMENT POLICY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in common stocks of large cap companies.
7. DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND 80% INVESTMENT POLICY. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in common stocks of small cap companies. A small cap company has a market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion.
With respect to the percentages adopted by the Trust as maximum limitations on the Funds' investment policies and restrictions, an excess above the fixed percentage (except for the percentage limitations relative to the borrowing of money or investing in illiquid securities) will not be a violation of the policy or restriction unless the excess results immediately and directly from the acquisition of any security or the action taken.
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
The following is a list of the Trustees and executive officers of the Trust, the length of time served, principal occupations for the past 5 years, number of funds overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex and other directorships held. All funds managed by the Advisor are part of the "Touchstone Fund Complex." The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of the Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust (formerly Constellation Funds) and Constellation Institutional Portfolios. The Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as "Independent Trustees."
INTERESTED TRUSTEES(1):
TERM OF NUMBER OFFICE OF FUNDS AND OVERSEEN LENGTH IN THE NAME POSITION OF TIME TOUCHSTONE OTHER ADDRESS HELD WITH IN THE FUND DIRECTORSHIPS AGE TRUST SERVED(2) PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS COMPLEX(3) HELD(4) ---------------------- ----------- ---------- ------------------------------------------- ---------- ------------------ Jill T. McGruder Trustee and Until Senior Vice President of The Western and 52 Director of Touchstone President retirement Southern Life Insurance Company. President LaRosa's (a Advisors, Inc at age 75 and a director of IFS Financial Services, restaurant chain). 303 Broadway or until Inc. (a holding company). She is a director Cincinnati, OH she of Capital Analysts Incorporated (an Year of Birth: 1955 resigns or investment advisor and broker-dealer), IFS is removed Fund Distributors, Inc. (a broker-dealer), Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the Trust's Trustee investment advisor and administrator) and since 1999 Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the Trust's distributor). She is also President and a director of IFS Agency Services, Inc. (an insurance agency), W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc. (an annuity distributor) and IFS Systems, Inc. She is Senior Vice President and a director of W&S Brokerage Services, Inc. (a broker-dealer). She is a director, President and Chief Executive Officer of Integrity Life Insurance Company and National Integrity Life Insurance Company. She is President of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Constellation Institutional Portfolios. She was President of Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Touchstone Securities, Inc. until 2004. John F. Barrett Trustee Until Chairman of the Board, President and Chief 52 Director of The Vice retirement Executive Officer of The Western and Andersons (an The Western and at age 75 Southern Life Insurance Company, Western- agribusiness and Southern Life or until Southern Life Assurance Company and Western retailing Insurance Company he resigns & Southern Financial Group, Inc.; Director company); 400 Broadway or is and Chairman of Columbus Life Insurance Convergys Cincinnati, OH removed Company; Fort Washington Investment Corporation (a Year of Birth: 1949 Advisors, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance provider of Trustee Company and National Integrity Life business support since 2002 Insurance Company; Director of Eagle Realty systems and Group, Inc., Eagle Realty Investments, customer care Inc.; Director, Chairman and CEO of WestAd, operations) and Inc.; President and Trustee of Western & Fifth Third Southern Financial Fund, Inc. Bancorp. |
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
TERM OF NUMBER OFFICE OF FUNDS AND OVERSEEN LENGTH IN THE NAME POSITION OF TIME TOUCHSTONE OTHER ADDRESS HELD WITH IN THE FUND DIRECTORSHIPS AGE TRUST SERVED(2) PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS COMPLEX(3) HELD(4) ---------------------- ----------- ---------- ------------------------------------------- ---------- ------------------ Richard L. Brenan Trustee Until Retired Managing Partner of KPMG LLP (a 52 Director of Wing 1420 Neeb Road retirement certified public accounting firm); Director Eyecare Companies. Cincinnati, OH at age 75 of The National Underwriter Company (a Year of Birth: 1944 or until publisher of insurance and financial he resigns service products) until 2003. or is removed Trustee since 2005 Phillip R. Cox Trustee Until President and Chief Executive Officer of 52 Director of the 105 East Fourth Street retirement Cox Financial Corp. (a financial services Federal Reserve Cincinnati, OH at age 75 company). Bank of Cleveland Year of Birth: 1947 or until and Duke Energy he resigns (a utility or is company); removed Chairman of The Cincinnati Bell Trustee Telephone Company since 1999 LLC; Director of The Timken Company (a manufacturer of bearings, alloy steels and related products and services); Director of Diebold, Incorporated (a provider of integrated self-service delivery and security systems). H. Jerome Lerner Trustee Until Principal of HJL Enterprises (a privately 52 None c/o Touchstone retirement held investment company). Advisors, Inc. at age 75 303 Broadway or until Cincinnati, OH he resigns Year of Birth: 1938 or is removed Trustee since 1989 Donald C. Siekmann Trustee Until Executive for Duro Bag Manufacturing Co. (a 52 Trustee of Jewish c/o Touchstone retirement bag manufacturer); President of Shor Hospital, Greater Advisors, Inc. at age 75 Foundation for Epilepsy Research (a Cincinnati Arts & 303 Broadway or until charitable foundation); Trustee of Education Center Cincinnati, OH he resigns Riverfront Funds (mutual funds) from 1999 - and Cincinnati Year of Birth: 1938 or is 2004. Arts Association. removed Trustee since 2005 |
Robert E. Trustee Until Retired Partner of KPMG LLP (a certified 52 Trustee of Stautberg retirement public accounting firm). He is Vice Tri-Health c/o Touchstone at age 75 President of St. Xavier High School. Physician Advisors, Inc. or until Enterprise 303 Broadway he resigns Corporation. Cincinnati, OH or is Year of Birth: 1934 removed Trustee since 1999 John P. Zanotti Trustee Until CEO, Chairman and Director of Avaton, Inc. 52 Director of QMed c/o Touchstone retirement (a wireless entertainment company) until (a health care Advisors, Inc. at age 75 2006. President of Cincinnati Biomedical management 303 Broadway or until (a life science and economic development company). Cincinnati, OH he resigns company). CEO, Chairman and Director of Year of Birth: 1948 or is Astrum Digital Information (an information removed monitoring company) from 2000 until 2001. Trustee since 2002 |
(1) Ms. McGruder, as a director of the Advisor and the Distributor, and an officer of affiliates of the Advisor and the Distributor, is an "interested person" of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Barrett, as President and Chairman of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, parent companies of the Advisor and the Distributor and an officer of other affiliates of the Advisor and distributor is an "interested person" of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act.
(2) Each Trustee is elected to serve until the age of 75 or until he or she sooner resigns or is removed.
(3) The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 8 series of the Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, 5 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 15 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust, 17 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust and 3 series of Constellation Institutional Portfolios.
(4) Each Trustee is also a Trustee of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Constellation Institutional Portfolios.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS:
NUMBER OF FUNDS OVERSEEN TERM OF IN THE NAME POSITION OFFICE AND TOUCHSTONE OTHER ADDRESS HELD WITH LENGTH OF PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST FUND DIRECTORSHIPS AGE TRUST(1) TIME SERVED 5 YEARS COMPLEX(2) HELD -------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------------------------- ------------ ------------------ Jill T. McGruder President Until See biography above. 52 See biography Touchstone resignation, above. Advisors, Inc. removal or 303 Broadway disqualification Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1955 President since 2004; President from 2000-2002 Brian E. Hirsch Vice Until Senior Vice President-Compliance of 52 None Touchstone President and resignation, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Advisors, Inc. Chief removal or Director of Compliance of W&S 303 Broadway Compliance disqualification Brokerage Services, Inc.; Chief Cincinnati, OH Officer Compliance Officer of Puglisi & Co. Year of Birth: 1956 Vice from 2001 until 2002. President since 2003 James H. Grifo Vice Until President of Touchstone Securities, 52 None Touchstone President resignation, Inc. and Touchstone Advisors, Inc.; Securities, Inc. removal or Managing Director, Deutsche Asset 303 Broadway disqualification Management until 2001. Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1951 Vice President since 2004 |
William A. Dent Vice Until Senior Vice President of Touchstone 52 None Touchstone President resignation, Advisors, Inc.; Marketing Director Advisors, Inc. removal or of Promontory Interfinancial 303 Broadway disqualification Network from 2002-2003. Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1963 Vice President since 2004 Terrie A. Wiedenheft Controller Until Senior Vice President, Chief 52 None Touchstone and resignation, Financial Officer and Treasurer of Advisors, Inc. Treasurer removal or IFS Fund Distributors, Inc.; Senior 303 Broadway disqualification Vice President and Chief Financial Cincinnati, OH Officer of W & S Brokerage Year of Birth: 1962 Controller Services, Inc.; Chief Financial since 2000 Officer of IFS Financial Services, Inc., Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Treasurer Touchstone Securities, Inc.; Senior since 2003 Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.; Assistant Treasurer of Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC.; Assistant Treasurer for Tristate Ventures, LLC. She served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Integrated Investment Services, Inc. up to April 2007. Jay S. Fitton Secretary Until Senior Counsel at JPMorgan 52 None JPMorgan. resignation, 303 Broadway removal or Cincinnati, OH disqualification Year of Birth: 1970 Secretary since 2006. Assistant Secretary from 2002 - 2006 |
(1) Each officer also holds the same office with Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Constellation Institutional Portfolios.
(2) The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 8 series of the Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, 5 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 15 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust, 17 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust and 3 series of Constellation Institutional Portfolios.
TRUSTEE OWNERSHIP IN THE TOUCHSTONE FUNDS
The following table reflects the Trustees' beneficial ownership in the Funds* and the Touchstone Fund Complex as of December 31, 2006.
DOLLAR RANGE OF DOLLAR RANGE OF DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN EQUITY SECURITIES IN EQUITY SECURITIES IN DOLLAR RANGE OF THE LARGE CAP GROWTH THE LARGE CAP CORE THE GROWTH EQUITY SECURITIES IN FUND EQUITY FUND OPPORTUNITIES FUND THE MID CAP GROWTH FUND -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ----------------------- John F. Barrett Over $100,000 $10,001 - $50,000 None None Richard L. Brenan Over $100,000 None $1 - $10,000 $1 - $10,000 Phillip R. Cox None None None Over $100,000 H. Jerome Lerner None None None None Jill T. McGruder $10,001 - $50,000 $50,001 - $100,000 $1 - $10,000 $10,001 - $50,000 Donald C. Siekmann Over $100,000 None None Over $100,000 Robert E. Stautberg $50,001 - $100,000 None $50,001 - $100,000 None John P. Zanotti $10,001 - $50,000 $10,001 - $50,000 $1 - $10,000 $10,001 - $50,000 |
AGGREGATE DOLLAR DOLLAR RANGE OF RANGE OF EQUITY EQUITY SECURITIES IN SECURITIES IN THE THE SMALL CAP TOUCHSTONE FUND GROWTH FUND COMPLEX(1) -------------------- ------------------ John F. Barrett None Over $100,000 Richard L. Brenan None Over $100,000 Phillip R. Cox None Over $100,000 H. Jerome Lerner None Over $100,000 Jill T. McGruder $10,001 - $50,000 Over $100,000 Donald C. Siekmann None Over $100,000 Robert E. Stautberg None Over $100,000 John P. Zanotti None $50,001 - $100,000 |
* The Trustees did not have any beneficial interest in the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Value Fund or the Micro Cap Growth Fund.
(1) The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 8 series of the Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, 5 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 17 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 3 series of Constellation Institutional Portfolios and 15 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
TRUSTEE COMPENSATION
The following table shows the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Trust and the aggregate compensation paid by the Touchstone Fund Complex during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.
AGGREGATE COMPENSATION COMPENSATION FROM THE TOUCHSTONE FUND NAME FROM TRUST(1) COMPLEX(1,2) ---- ------------- ------------------------ John F. Barrett None None Richard L. Brenan $ 8,677 $52,060 Philip R. Cox $ 9,583 $57,500 H. Jerome Lerner $10,097 $60,580 Jill T. McGruder None None Donald C. Siekmann $ 8,667 $52,000 Robert E. Stautberg $10,250 $61,500 John P. Zanotti $ 8,177 $49,060 |
(1) The Independent Trustees are eligible to participate in the Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan that allows the Independent Trustees to defer payment of a specific amount of their Trustee compensation, subject to a minimum quarterly reduction of $1,000. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the Independent Trustees from the Touchstone Family of Funds during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 is as follows: Robert E. Stautberg - $20,000 and Richard L. Brenan - $10,500.
(2) The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 8 series of the Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, 5 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 17 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 3 series of Constellation Institutional Portfolios and 15 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
Each Independent Trustee receives a quarterly retainer of $9,000 and a fee of $4,000 for each Board meeting attended in person and $1,500 for attendance by telephone. Each Committee member receives a fee of $2,000 for each committee meeting attended in person and $1,500 for attendance by telephone. The lead Trustee receives an additional $3,000 quarterly retainer. The Committee Chairmen receive an additional $1,000 - $2,000 quarterly retainer, depending on the committee. All fees are split equally among the Touchstone Fund Complex.
STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
The Board of Trustees is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws and the Trust's Declaration of Trust. The Board has established the following committees to assist in its oversight functions. Each Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees.
AUDIT COMMITTEE. Messrs. Siekmann, Stautberg and Zanotti are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust's accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the Audit Committee held four meetings.
GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE. Messrs. Brenan, Cox and Lerner are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust's compliance program and compliance issues, procedures for valuing securities and responding to any pricing issues. The Governance Committee was formed in February 2007 and held one meeting during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.
In addition, the Governance Committee is responsible for recommending candidates to serve on the Board. The Governance Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for nomination to the Board only in the event that there is a vacancy on the Board. Shareholders who wish to submit recommendations for nominations to the Board to fill the vacancy must submit their recommendations in writing to Phillip R. Cox, Chairman of the Governance Committee, c/o Touchstone, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202. Shareholders should include appropriate information on the background and qualifications of any person recommended to the Governance Committee (e.g., a resume), as well as the candidate's contact information and a written consent from the candidate to serve if nominated and elected. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration in the event of a future vacancy on the Board.
THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR
INVESTMENT ADVISOR. Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor"), is the Funds' investment manager and administrator. The Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of IFS Financial Services, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company. The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Western - Southern Mutual Holding Company. Ms. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Advisor because she is a Director of the Advisor and an officer of affiliates of the Advisor. Mr. Barrett may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Advisor because he is President and Chairman of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and Western - Southern Life Assurance Company, parent companies of the Advisor and an officer of affiliates of the Advisor. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Barrett, by reason of such affiliations, may directly or indirectly receive benefits from the advisory fees paid to the Advisor.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT. Under the terms of the investment advisory agreement between the Trust and the Advisor, the Advisor appoints and supervises each Sub-Advisor, reviews and evaluates the performance of the Sub-Advisors and determines whether or not a Sub-Advisor should be replaced. The Advisor furnishes at its own expense all facilities and personnel necessary in connection with providing these services. Each Fund pays the Advisor a fee computed and accrued daily and paid monthly at an annual rate as shown below:
Mid Cap Growth Fund 0.80% Large Cap Core Equity Fund 0.65% on the first $100 million 0.60% from $100 million to $200 million 0.55% from $200 million to $300 million 0.50% thereafter Large Cap Growth Fund 0.75% on the first $200 million 0.70% from $200 million to $1 billion 0.65% thereafter Growth Opportunities Fund 1.00% on the first $50 million 0.90% from $50 million to $100 million 0.80% from $100 million to $1 billion 0.75% thereafter Small Cap Growth Fund 1.25% Micro Cap Growth Fund 1.25% Large Cap Value Fund 0.75% Diversified Small Cap 1.05% Growth Fund |
Each Fund shall pay the expenses of its operation, including but not limited to
(i) charges and expenses of outside pricing services, (ii) the charges and
expenses of auditors; (iii) the charges and expenses of its custodian, transfer
agent and administrative agent appointed by the Trust with respect to a Fund;
(iv) brokers' commissions, and issue and transfer taxes chargeable to a Fund in
connection with securities transactions to which a Fund is a party; (v)
insurance premiums, interest charges, dues and fees for membership in trade
associations and all taxes and fees payable to federal, state or other
governmental agencies; (vi) fees and expenses involved in registering and
maintaining registrations of the Funds with the SEC, state or blue sky
securities agencies and foreign countries; (vii) all expenses of meetings of
Trustees and of shareholders of the Trust and of preparing, printing and
distributing prospectuses, notices, proxy statements and all reports to
shareholders and to governmental agencies; (viii) charges and expenses of legal
counsel to the Trust; (ix) compensation of the Independent Trustees of the
Trust; (x) compliance fees and expenses; and (xi) interest on borrowed money, if
any. The compensation and expenses of any officer, Trustee or employee of the
Trust who is an affiliated person of the Advisor is paid by the Advisor.
By its terms, the Funds' investment advisory agreement will remain in force for an initial period of two years and from year to year thereafter, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board of Trustees or (b) a vote of the majority of a Fund's outstanding voting securities; provided that in either event continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval. The Funds' investment advisory agreement may be terminated at any time, on sixty days' written notice, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees, by a vote of a majority of a Fund's outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor. The investment advisory agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT. Pursuant to an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor has agreed to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses in order to limit the Funds' annual operating expenses as follows:
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND 1.25% for Class A shares 2.00% for Class B shares 2.00% for Class C shares 1.00% for Class Y shares MID CAP GROWTH FUND 1.50% for Class A shares 2.25% for Class B shares 2.25% for Class C shares LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND 1.15% for Class A shares 1.90% for Class C shares SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND 1.70% for Class A shares 2.45% for Class B shares 2.45% for Class C shares 1.30% for Class Y shares MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND 1.95% for Class A shares 2.70% for Class C shares 1.70% for Class Y shares LARGE CAP VALUE FUND 1.35% for Class A shares 2.10% for Class C shares GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND 1.55% for Class A shares 2.30% for Class B shares 2.30% for Class C shares DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND 1.40% for Class A shares 2.15% for Class C shares 1.15% for Class Y shares |
These fee waivers and expense limitations will remain in effect until at least March 31, 2008, except the fee waivers and expense reimbursements for the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund Class C which will remain in effect until at least August 1, 2008.
SPONSOR AGREEMENT. Prior to January 1, 2007, the Advisor and the Trust entered into a Sponsor Agreement on behalf of all Funds except the Large Cap Growth Fund and the Growth Opportunities Fund. Under the Sponsor Agreement, the Advisor provided certain management support and administrative oversight services to the Funds in exchange for payment of a sponsor fee of 0.20% of a Fund's average daily net assets. The Sponsor Agreement also provided that the Advisor would waive a portion of its fees and/or reimburse Fund expenses in order to limit a Fund's net operating expenses to the amounts stated in the Sponsor Agreement. On January 1, 2007, the Sponsor Agreement was terminated and the Funds are no longer subject to any sponsor fees. The expense limitations contained in the Sponsor Agreement are now provided in the Expense Limitation Agreement.
ADVISORY FEES, SPONSOR FEES AND FEE WAIVERS. Set forth below are the advisory and sponsor fees incurred by the Funds during the last three fiscal periods. The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse certain expenses, as indicated in the footnotes below:
ADVISORY FEES INCURRED
3-31- 3-31- 3-31- 2007 2006 2005 ---------- ---------- ---------- Mid Cap Growth Fund(1) $8,436,781 $7,640,242 $6,885,663 Growth Opportunities Fund(2) 705,662 1,053,963 1,125,654 Large Cap Core Equity Fund(3) 474,047 130,011 82,797 Small Cap Growth Fund(4) 2,560,791 3,192,578 1,248,883 Micro Cap Growth Fund(5) 1,029,804 831,824 253,379 Large Cap Value Fund(6) 204,009 5,781 -- |
3-31-06 3-31-05- 12-31-04- 12-31-03- 3-31-07 3-31-06 3-31-05 12-31-04 ---------- --------- --------- --------- Large Cap Growth Fund(7) $7,703,319 5,021,672 1,302,547 131,585 |
Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund(8) $ 65,039
SPONSOR FEES INCURRED FISCAL PERIOD ENDED ------------------------------------ 3-31- 3-31- 3-31- 2007 2006 2005 ---------- ---------- ---------- Mid Cap Growth Fund(1) $1,555,989 $1,910,078 $1,721,426 Large Cap Core Equity Fund(3) 95,624 40,002 25,476 Small Cap Growth Fund(4) 377,148 510,816 199,694 Micro Cap Growth Fund(5) 127,496 133,093 40,541 Large Cap Value Fund(6) 34,389 1,542 -- |
(1) Pursuant to a Sponsor Agreement and an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $373,593, $438,781 and $651,105 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(2) Pursuant to a Sponsor Agreement and an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $35,763, $0 and $0 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(3) Pursuant to a Sponsor Agreement and an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $170,908, $181,253 and $182,574 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(4) Pursuant to a Sponsor Agreement and an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $455,362, $286,282 and $230,345 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(5) Pursuant to a Sponsor Agreement and an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $213,738 and $176,366 for the fiscal periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
(6) Pursuant to a Sponsor Agreement and an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $131,921 for the fiscal period ended March 31, 2007.
(7) Pursuant to an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $728,209, $0 and $8,913 for the fiscal periods ended March 31, 2007, March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005.
(8) Pursuant to a Sponsor Agreement and an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, the Advisor waived fees and/or reimbursed the Fund $74,361 for the period from September 6, 2006 to March 31, 2007.
DISCUSSION OF BOARD OF TRUSTEE CONSIDERATIONS REGARDING THE AMENDMENT OF THE LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND'S ADVISORY FEE SCHEDULE. On November 18, 2004, the Board of Trustees of the Trust met to review certain information with respect to amending the Fee Schedule to the Advisory Agreement with the Advisor for the Large Cap Growth Fund. Specifically, the Board met to consider whether to approve a change in the Fund's breakpoint schedule to increase the advisory fee applicable to Fund assets in excess of $500 million. The Advisor proposed this change because, for historical reasons, the Fund's fee structure at higher levels was lower than the fee structure applicable to the Trust's other equity funds such that, under the pre-existing breakpoint levels, the Advisor anticipated that at higher asset levels it would be unable to earn a reasonable economic return on the Fund and that it might therefore be necessary to close the Fund to investment by new and existing shareholders. Accordingly, the Advisor proposed that the fee structure be changed to levels commensurate with its peers in the Trust and unaffiliated funds. After its deliberations, the Board, including Independent Trustees, determined to recommend that shareholders of the Fund vote for the amendment of the Fee Schedule to the Advisory Agreement, and after approval by the shareholders that change went into effect.
The Board reevaluated its decision at a meeting on May 18, 2006 in response to a request from the SEC staff. The Board reconsidered the amendment of the Advisory Agreement's Fee Schedule and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, again concluded that the new Fee Schedule was in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.
In evaluating and approving the proposal, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, in consultation with their independent counsel, requested and evaluated information provided by the Advisor which, in the view of the Board, constituted information necessary for the Board to form a judgment as to whether implementation of the proposed new investment advisory Fee Schedule would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The Board reconsidered the new Fee Schedule without reference to any costs or potential losses incurred by the Advisor's affiliates from distribution and shareholder servicing; at the November 2004 board meeting the Advisor had indicated that if it and its affiliates together were to suffer losses from the operation of the Fund (as was expected if the new Fee Schedule had not been approved), it might have been necessary to recommend the closure of the Fund to new investors and new investment by current shareholders after the Fund attained $500 million in assets.
The information provided to the Board included: (1) industry data comparing advisory fees and expense ratios of comparable investment companies, (2) comparative performance information; (3) the Advisor's revenues and costs of providing services to the Fund; and (4) information about the Advisor's personnel. Prior to voting, the Independent Trustees reviewed with management and with experienced independent counsel the amendment of the Fee Schedule and received materials from such counsel discussing the legal standards for their consideration. The Independent Trustees also reviewed the amendment in private sessions with their independent counsel, at which no representatives of management were present.
In evaluating and approving the proposal, the Board considered various factors, including:
(i) the rate of the investment advisory fees and other expenses that would be paid by the Fund under the amended Fee Schedule as compared to those of representative comparable funds managed by other investment advisers. The Trustees noted in particular that for the Fund, the proposed new investment advisory fee would be reasonable because it is within the range of contractual advisory fee rates at comparable asset levels for representative comparable funds, as indicated in material prepared for the Board by the Advisor based on information contained in various publicly available documents. Specifically, the fee contained in the amended Fee Schedule was at the median of comparable funds;
(ii) The portion of the advisory fee that would be retained by the Advisor after payment of the Fund's Sub-Advisor, as compared to the comparable portion retained by the Advisor with respect to other funds it manages and retained by the advisers to representative sub-advised funds managed by other investment advisers. The Trustees noted in particular that at higher asset levels the portion of the advisory fee retained by the Advisor under the old breakpoint schedule was significantly lower than both the portion retained by the Advisor of the advisory fee it charges other funds it manages and the comparable amounts retained by other advisers with respect to representative sub-advised funds. The portion of the advisory fee to be retained by the Advisor under the new Fee Schedule, on the other hand, was substantially the same as both the portion retained by the Advisor of the advisory fee it charges other funds it manages and the comparable amounts retained by other advisers with respect to representative sub-advised funds.
(iii) the impact of the proposed changes in investment advisory fee rates on the Fund's Net Expense ratio both before and after any waivers or reimbursements;
(iv) the outstanding investment performance of the Fund and its consistent top tier rankings based on comparisons with the same funds used for the advisory fee comparisons described above;
(v) the nature and quality of investment advisory services provided by the Advisor to the Fund;
(vi) other benefits to the Advisor in providing investment advisory services to the Fund, both under the current Fee Schedule and the proposed new Fee Schedule; and
(vii) the inclusion of a breakpoint in the new Fee Schedule for assets above $1 billion to reflect potential economies of scale. At the May 2006 meeting the Advisor informed the Board that it would consider the possibility of introducing further breakpoints into the Fee Schedule if warranted by further potential economies of scale at higher levels.
In considering the proposal, the Board concluded that the new Fee Schedule should: (i) over the long-term, enable the Advisor to continue to provide high-quality investment advisory services to the Fund at reasonable and competitive fee rates; and (ii) enable the Advisor to provide investment advisory services to the Fund at levels consistent with the increased demands of the current marketplace, while maintaining the current investment sub-advisory structure. The Board concluded that the amendment to the Fee Schedule was on balance more favorable for shareholders than the alternative presented to it of closing the Fund to new investors and new investments, as the Advisor indicated might be necessary if the new Fee Schedule was not implemented.
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT. Effective January 1, 2007, the Advisor began providing administrative services to the Trust under an Administration Agreement. The Advisor supervises the performance of the service providers, provides performance and compliance reports, supervises the disbursement of expenses and assists with the development of new series. The Administration Agreement provides that the Trust will pay an administrative fee to the Advisor of 0.20% of aggregate net assets up to $6 billion; 0.16% of the next $4 billion of aggregate net assets and 0.12% on assets in excess of 10 billion. Aggregate net assets include the average daily net assets of all series of Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Investment Trust, except the TINT Institutional Money Market Fund. The Advisor has sub-contracted certain administrative and accounting services to JPMorgan and pays JPMorgan a sub-administrative fee out of its administrative fee. (See "Transfer and Sub-Administrative Agent" in this SAI).
THE SUB-ADVISORS
The Advisor has retained one or more Sub-Advisor(s) to serve as the discretionary portfolio manager(s) of each Fund. The Sub-Advisor selects the portfolio securities for investment by a Fund, purchases and sells securities of a Fund and places orders for the execution of such portfolio transactions, subject to the general supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Advisor. The Sub-Advisor receives a fee from the Advisor that is paid monthly at an annual rate of a Fund's average daily net assets as set forth below.
MID CAP GROWTH FUND*
TCW Investment Management Company 0.50% Westfield Capital Management Company LLC 0.50% LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND Navellier & Associates, Inc. 0.40% of the first $1 billion 0.35% thereafter LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. 0.325% on the first $100 million 0.30% on the next $100 million 0.275% on the next $100 million 0.25% thereafter GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND Westfield Capital Management Company LLC 0.60% on the first $50 million 0.50% on the next $450 million 0.40% on the next $500 million 0.35% thereafter SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND** Bjurman, Barry & Associates 0.90% Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. 0.85% MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND Bjurman, Barry & Associates 0.85% LARGE CAP VALUE FUND JS Asset Management, LLC 0.40% on the first $250 million 0.35% thereafter DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. 0.50% |
* The Advisor has allocated responsibility for managing the Mid Cap Growth Fund between TCW Investment Management Company and Westfield Capital Management Company LLC. TCW uses a value style management process and Westfield uses a growth style process.
** The Advisor has allocated to Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. responsibility for managing approximately 70% of the Small Cap Growth Fund's assets and has allocated to Bjurman, Barry & Associates responsibility for managing approximately 30% of the Fund's assets. These allocations may be larger or smaller at various times, but the Advisor will not reallocate the Fund's assets between Sub-Advisors to reduce these differences in size until the assets vary from the percentages above by approximately 10% or more of the Fund's average daily net assets for a period of 3 consecutive months. In such event, the Advisor may, but is not obligated to, reallocate assets among the Sub-Advisors to provide for a more equal distribution of the Fund's assets. Bjurman Barry & Associates and Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. have each voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their sub-advisory fees by 0.25% until at least January 1, 2008. The reduced sub-advisory fees are 0.65% of average net assets for Bjurman and 0.60% of average net assets for Longwood.
The Advisor paid to the Sub-Advisors the following amounts for each Fund for the periods indicated:
FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR FISCAL YEAR FISCAL YEAR ENDED ENDED ENDED 03/31/07 03/31/06 03/31/05 ----------- ----------- ----------- Mid Cap Growth Fund - TCW $2,470,247 $2,308,714 $2,141,789 - Westfield $2,817,252 $2,468,066 $2,038,198 Large Cap Growth Fund - Navellier $4,321,638 $2,818,473 $ 777,643 Large Cap Core Equity Fund - Todd $ 200,757 $ 50,112 $ 31,846 Growth Opportunities Fund - Mastrapasqua $ 160,341 $ 601,964 $ 637,673 - Westfield* $ 253,053 $ 0 $ 0 Small Cap Growth Fund - Bjurman $ 584,917 $ 709,081 $ 272,759 - Longwood $1,180,454 $1,508,101 $ 593,232 Micro Cap Growth Fund - Bjurman $ 699,716 $ 566,749 $ 173,428 Large Cap Value Fund - JS Asset Management $ 109,162 $ 0 $ 0 |
* Since Westfield replaced Mastrapasqua as Sub-Advisor to the Growth Opportunities Fund on July 18, 2006, Touchstone paid sub-advisory fees to both Mastrapasqua and Westfield for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.
The services provided by the Sub-Advisors are paid for wholly by the Advisor. The compensation of any officer, director or employee of the Sub-Advisor who is rendering services to a Fund is paid by the Sub-Advisor.
Each sub-advisory agreement will remain in force for an initial two year period and from year to year thereafter, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board of Trustees or (b) a vote of the majority of a Fund's outstanding voting securities; provided that in either event continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval. A sub-advisory agreement may be terminated at any time, on sixty days' written notice, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees, by a vote of a majority of a Fund's outstanding voting securities, by the Advisor, or by the Sub-Advisor. Each sub-advisory agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.
The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or the Advisor, under certain circumstances, to select or change non-affiliated Sub-Advisors, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any changes in its Sub-Advisor.
SUB-ADVISOR CONTROL. Listed below is a description of the persons or entities that control the Sub-Advisors.
WESTFIELD CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Boston Private Financial Holdings Company, Inc., a publicly traded company listed on the NASDAQ exchange.
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY is a subsidiary of The TCW Group, Inc. The TCW Group, Inc. is a subsidiary of Societe Generale Asset Management S.A., which is owned by Societe Generale S.A.
NAVELLIER & ASSOCIATES, INC. is wholly owned by Louis G. Navellier.
TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company. The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Barrett may be deemed to be affiliates of Todd Investment Advisors, Inc.
FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company. The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Western-Southern Mutual Holding Company. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Barrett may be deemed to be affiliates of Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.
BJURMAN, BARRY & ASSOCIATES is owned by the George A. Bjurman Trust dated March 5, 2003 and the Tom Barry Living Trust U/D/T Dated 3-03-1998 as restated 3-31-1999.
LONGWOOD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. is majority owned by Robert Davidson, Jennifer Pawloski, Kathleen Jordan and Leonard Sorgini.
JS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC is controlled by John Schneider.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The following charts list the Funds' portfolio managers, the number of their other managed accounts per investment category, the total assets in each category of managed accounts and the beneficial ownership in the Fund(s) managed at the end of the March 31, 2007 fiscal year. Listed below the charts is (i) a description of accounts managed where the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account, if any, (ii) a description of the portfolio managers' compensation structure as of March 31, 2007, and (iii) a description of any material conflicts that may arise in connection with the portfolio manager's management of the Fund's investments and the investments of the other accounts included in the chart and any material conflicts in allocation of investment opportunities between the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager.
MID CAP GROWTH FUND - TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY
WESTFIELD CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
TOTAL NUMBER OF ASSETS IN BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER TYPE OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND -------------------------- ----------------------- --------- -------------- -------------------- Nicholas Galluccio (TCW) Registered Investment 7 $1.3 Billion None Companies Other Pooled Investment 10 $812 Million Vehicles Other Accounts 41 $3.3 Billion Susan Suvall Registered Investment 7 $1.3 Billion None (TCW) Companies Other Pooled Investment 10 $812 Million Vehicles Other Accounts 41 $3.3 Billion William Muggia (Westfield) Registered Investment 10 $2,752,809,688 None Companies Other Pooled Investment 4 $673,164,484 Vehicles Other Accounts 515 $5,523,987,642 Arthur Bauernfeind Registered Investment 10 $2,752,809,688 None (Westfield) Companies Other Pooled Investment 1 $18,600,259 Vehicles Other Accounts 520 $6,170,669,574 Ethan Meyers Registered Investment 10 $2,752,809,688 None (Westfield) Companies Other Pooled Investment 1 $18,600,259 Vehicles Other Accounts 513 $6,134,335,477 Scott Emerman Registered Investment 10 $2,752,809,688 None (Westfield) Companies Other Pooled Investment 1 $18,600,259 Vehicles Other Accounts 514 $6,135,034,759 |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE (TCW). Mr. Galluccio and Ms. Suvall co-manage four "Pooled Investment Vehicles" and seven "Other Accounts" where the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. The total assets in the "Pooled Investment Vehicles" are $34.6 million and the total assets in the "Other Accounts" are $566 million.
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE (WESTFIELD). Mr. Muggia is the portfolio manager for four "Pooled Investment Vehicles" (limited partnerships) where the advisory fee is based partially on the performance of the account. The total assets in these accounts are $673,164,484.41. The remaining primary managers of Westfield's Investment Committee manage one "Other Pooled Investment Vehicle" (limited partnership) with total assets of $18,600,259.23. The four primary managers also manage 14 "Other Accounts" (separately managed accounts) where the advisory fee is based partially on the performance of the account. The total assets in the separately managed accounts are $975,633,074.25.
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE (TCW). Mr. Galluccio and Ms. Suvall are paid a fixed base salary and fee sharing based compensation (fee sharing). Fee sharing generally represents most of the portfolio managers' total compensation and is linked quantitatively to a fixed percentage of fee revenues of accounts in the investment strategy areas for which the managers are responsible. Fee sharing applies to all TCW accounts managed by the portfolio managers and is paid quarterly.
Fee sharing revenues for the portfolio managers are allocated to a pool and fee sharing compensation is paid out after the deduction of group expenses. Fee sharing revenues included in this pool include only those from the products managed by the portfolio managers. The fee sharing percentage used to compensate the portfolio managers for management of the Fund is the same as that used to compensate them for all other TCW client accounts they manage. In general, portfolio managers do not receive discretionary bonuses.
Certain accounts of TCW have a performance fee in addition to or in lieu of a flat asset-based fee. These performance fees can be (a) asset-based fees, the percentage of which is tied to the performance of the account relative to a benchmark or (b) a percentage of the net gains of the account over a threshold gain tied to a benchmark. For these accounts, the portfolio managers' fee sharing compensation will apply to such performance fees. The fee sharing percentage in the case of performance fees is generally the same as it is for the fee sharing compensation applicable to the Fund.
Each portfolio manager also participates in other TCW compensation programs, which are not tied to the accounts managed by such portfolio manager. Each portfolio manager is a holder of stock and/or stock options of TCW and/or TCW's parent company, Societe Generale.
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE (WESTFIELD). Mr. Emerman and Mr. Meyers are eligible for a fixed base salary and an annual bonus. The bonus is based on their individual overall performance, as well as the financial performance of the company. Specific performance criteria include the quantity and quality of recommendations submitted to the investment committee, as well as attitude, teamwork, communication and motivation. Individual performance attribution also is reviewed. Both Mr. Emerman and Mr. Meyers also may receive stock options from Westfield's parent company, Boston Private Financial Holdings. As members of the investment committee, they may each receive a bonus derived from the performance fees earned on the limited partnerships managed by Mr. Muggia who has discretion to distribute such bonuses.
Mr. Muggia and Mr. Bauernfeind are eligible for a fixed base salary and an annual bonus, which is paid the month after year end. The bonus is based on the overall financial performance of the company and can vary depending on company results. They are also eligible to participate in the Boston Private Financial Holdings Deferred Compensation Plan. Each also may receive stock options from Westfield's parent company, Boston Private Financial Holdings. Mr. Muggia also is entitled to receive, and has discretion to distribute, a portion of the performance fees earned on the limited partnerships he manages.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (TCW). Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund), such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager or TCW has a greater financial incentive, such as a performance fee account or where an account or fund managed by a portfolio manager has a higher fee sharing arrangement than the portfolio manager's fee sharing percentage with respect to the Fund. TCW has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts and TCW believes its policies and procedures serve to operate in a manner that is fair and equitable among its clients, including the Fund.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (WESTFIELD). Westfield seeks to identify areas of potential conflicts of interest resulting from managing both the Fund and other accounts. Westfield has adopted polices and procedures to address such potential conflicts.
The management of multiple funds and accounts may result in allocating unequal attention and time to the management of each fund and account if each has different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons and fees, as the lead portfolio manager must allocate his time and the team's investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. A conflict of interest can also arise between those portfolios that incorporate a performance fee with a base advisory fee and the Fund. From time to time, the same securities may be recommended for both types of accounts. If this is the case, the securities are allocated in a manner Westfield believes to be fair and equitable to all effected funds and accounts. Although Westfield seeks best execution for security transactions, a potential conflict can exist in determining which broker to use to execute transaction orders because Westfield may be limited by a client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Westfield executes such directed arrangements last. Furthermore, personal accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest; trading in personal accounts is regulated by the firm's Code of Ethics.
LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND - TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
TOTAL BENEFICIAL NUMBER OF ASSETS IN OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER TYPE OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND ----------------- ------------------------------- --------- ------------- ---------- Curtiss Scott Registered Investment Companies 1 $48.4 Million None Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 80 $ 2.6 Billion John White Registered Investment Companies 1 $48.4 Million None Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 80 $ 2.6 Billion Robert Bordogna Registered Investment Companies 1 $48.4 Million None Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 80 $ 2.6 Billion Bosworth Todd Registered Investment Companies 1 $48.4 Million None Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 80 $ 2.6 Billion |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE. None
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE. Each portfolio manager is paid a fixed base salary and short-term bonus arrangement. The specific compensation a portfolio manger receives from the short-term bonus pool is based primarily on the firm's profitability and secondarily on how each individual contributes to the organization. Todd's parent also has long-term deferred compensation arrangement that provides significant additional incentives for key professionals to remain within the organization.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Todd believes the management of its accounts, including the Fund, does not present any material conflicts of interest in either the devotion of time, attention or the allocation of investment opportunities. The Fund focuses on the top 200 stocks within the Russell 1000, a group of large companies with securities that trade well in the marketplace. Other strategies managed by Todd concentrate on larger capitalization, well-traded securities. Allocation of investment opportunities is not an issue within this universe.
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND - NAVELLIER & ASSOCIATES, INC.
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
TOTAL NUMBER OF ASSETS IN BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER TYPE OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND ----------------- ------------------------------- --------- -------------- -------------------- Louis Navellier Registered Investment Companies 5 $ 270 Million $100,001-$500,000 Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 2,031 $ 920 Million Shawn Price Registered Investment Companies 1 $ 7 Million $100,001-$500,000 Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 2,149 $2,030 Million |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE. Mr. Navellier manages 153 other accounts where the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. The total assets in these accounts are $102.11 million. Mr. Price manages 47 other accounts where the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. The total assets in these accounts are $24.73 million.
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE. Portfolio managers receive a fixed base salary and incentive compensation. Incentive compensation is based upon the asset growth of the portfolio(s) for which they are responsible. Incentive compensation is based upon reaching certain asset levels and is measured on a quarterly basis. Incentive compensation is paid as a percentage of the management fees received from those portfolios for which the portfolio manager is directly responsible. Each portfolio manager is eligible to participate in Navellier's options program. The number of options granted to a portfolio manager is dependent upon various measures such as asset growth and performance.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund), such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager has a greater financial incentive, such as a pooled investment vehicle or other account with a performance based fee. Navellier manages separate managed accounts that conform to the same investment model as the Fund; however a portfolio manager is not compensated differently on other account types. Additionally, the portfolio manager issues orders to buy and sell securities to Navellier's Trading Department and does not give specific instructions as to whether a particular account should receive priority in the trading process.
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND - WESTFIELD CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF ASSETS IN BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER TYPE OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND ------------------ ----------------------- --------- -------------- -------------------- William Muggia Registered Investment 10 $3,309,686,879 None Companies Other Pooled Investment 4 $ 673,164,484 Vehicles Other Accounts 515 $5,523,987,642 Arthur Bauernfeind Registered Investment 10 $3,309,686,879 None Companies Other Pooled Investment 1 $ 18,600,259 Vehicles Other Accounts 520 $6,170,669,574 Ethan Meyers Registered Investment 10 $3,309,686,879 None Companies Other Pooled Investment 1 $ 18,600,259 Vehicles Other Accounts 513 $6,134,335,477 Scott Emerman Registered Investment 10 $3,309,686,879 None Companies Other Pooled Investment 1 $ 18,600,259 Vehicles Other Accounts 514 $6,135,034,758 |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE. See
description under "Mid Cap Growth Fund (Westfield)."
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE. See description under "Mid Cap Growth Fund (Westfield)."
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. See description under "Mid Cap Growth Fund (Westfield)."
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND - BJURMAN BARRY & ASSOCIATES
LONGWOOD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
TOTAL BENEFICIAL NUMBER OF ASSETS IN OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER TYPE OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND ------------------- ------------------------------- --------- ------------ ---------- O. Thomas Barry III Registered Investment Companies 7 $592 Million None (Bjurman) Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 16 $169 Million Stephen Shipman Registered Investment Companies 7 $592 Million None (Bjurman) Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 45 $ 62 Million Robert Davidson Registered Investment Companies 0 $ 0 None (Longwood) Other Pooled Investment 150 $455 Million Vehicles Other Accounts 1 $ 8 Million |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE (BJURMAN). Mr. Shipman manages 12 "Small Cap Absolute Return Strategy" accounts where the advisory fee may be subject to a performance fee in addition to the annual management fee. The total assets in these accounts are $8.77 million.
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE (BJURMAN). Mr. Barry and Mr. Shipman receive a fixed salary, year-end profit sharing, bonus and account retention commissions. Bonuses are determined using subjective decisions by management based upon a number of factors, including term of employment, level of demonstrated effort and attitude. Account retention commissions are a specific percentage of the account fees paid to the portfolio account manager while the manager and account are still with the firm. Mr. Barry and Mr. Shipman may also receive an incentive bonus based upon an account's performance, including the performance of the Fund. Incentive bonuses are paid as a specific percentage of the account fees when that account's pre-tax annual returns are in the top quartile of the returns achieved by other managers having the same investment objective as the managed account. They are calculated using the top 25% of the universe provided by Effron-PSN for that investment style.
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE (LONGWOOD). Mr. Davidson receives a fixed salary and a bonus. Bonuses are based on the firm's profitability and are determined by Mr. Davidson. Mr. Davidson also participates in the firm's profit sharing plan and medical plan.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BJURMAN). Mr. Barry and Mr. Shipman manage other accounts that may have an investment focus similar to one of their managed Funds. The management of multiple funds and accounts may create potential conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities, and the aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, Mr. Shipman manages accounts where the advisory fee may be subject to a performance fee in addition to the annual management fee. A conflict of interest could arise between an account Mr. Shipman manages that may have a performance based fee and the Fund. From time to time the same securities may be recommended for both types of accounts.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (LONGWOOD). Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when Mr. Davidson has management responsibilities to more that one account (including the Fund) such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts and inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts.
MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND - BJURMAN BARRY & ASSOCIATES
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
TOTAL BENEFICIAL NUMBER OF ASSETS IN OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER TYPE OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND ------------------- ------------------------------- --------- ------------ ---------- O. Thomas Barry III Registered Investment Companies 7 $544 Million None Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 16 $169 Million Stephen Shipman Registered Investment Companies 7 $544 Million None Other Pooled Investment 0 $ 0 Vehicles Other Accounts 45 $ 62 Million |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE. See
description under "Small Cap Growth Fund (Bjurman)."
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE. See description under "Small Cap Growth Fund (Bjurman)"
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. See description under "Small Cap Growth Fund (Bjurman)"
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND - JS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
TOTAL NUMBER OF ASSETS IN BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER TYPE OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND ----------------- -------------------------------- --------- -------------- -------------------- John Schneider Registered Investment Companies 5 $179.6 Million None Other Pooled Investment Vehicles 3 $ 41.6 Million Other Accounts 4 $ 44.8 Million |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE. Mr. Schneider manages 2 "Pooled Investment Vehicles" and 1 "Other Account" where the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. The total assets in these accounts are $24.2 million.
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE. Mr. Schneider's compensation is primarily based on a fixed salary. There is currently no bonus structure in place for Mr. Schneider. Mr. Schneider's compensation package also includes amounts paid by certain accounts subject to performance-based fee arrangements. Furthermore, Mr. Schneider, as a majority shareholder of JS Asset Management, LLC, may receive additional compensation based on the net earnings of the firm. This additional compensation would not be considered a bonus as it would represent the distribution of profits proportionate to Mr. Schneider's ownership in the firm.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when Mr. Schneider has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund), such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts and the inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts. While Mr. Schneider manages three accounts that are entitled to receive a performance-based adjustment, JSAM does not believe that such adjustment presents a significant incentive for JSAM to unfairly favor such accounts because JSAM has a policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions. JSAM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities across all accounts, generally on a pro rata basis.
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND - FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED
TOTAL TYPE OF NUMBER OF ASSETS IN BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PORTFOLIO MANAGER ACCOUNT ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS IN FUND ----------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Richard R. Registered Investment Companies 1 $ 12 Million $100,001-$500,000 Jandrain III Other Pooled Investment Vehicles 0 0 Other Accounts 4 $185.2 Million Daniel J. Kapusta Registered Investment Companies 1 $ 12 Million $50,001 - $100,000 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles 0 0 Other Accounts 4 $185.2 Million David K. Robinson Registered Investment Companies 1 $ 12 Million $10,001 - $50,000 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles 0 0 Other Accounts 4 $185.2 Million Bihag Patel Registered Investment Companies 1 $ 12 Million $10,001 - $50,000 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles 0 0 Other Accounts 4 $185.2 Million |
ACCOUNTS WHERE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE ACCOUNT'S PERFORMANCE. None
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE. All of Fort Washington's portfolio managers receive a fixed base salary and annual performance bonuses. Bonuses are based primarily on the overall performance of Fort Washington as well as the pre-tax performance (relative to the appropriate benchmark) of their respective asset category over a one-year and a three-year time horizon. Secondarily, portfolio managers are also assessed on their ability to retain clients and attract new clients. Additionally a long-term retention plan was instituted in 2000, whereby certain investment professionals are periodically granted participation units with a 7-year cliff vesting schedule. The structure includes long-term vesting provisions. The percentage of compensation allocated to performance bonuses, asset-increase incentives and long-term incentive compensation is determined annually by the firm's President and approved by the Board of Directors.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund). This would include devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad array of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager has a greater financial incentive, such as allocation opportunities for performance based accounts. Fort Washington has adopted policies and procedures to address such conflicts.
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES
The Funds have adopted the Sub-Advisors' policies and procedures for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds, including procedures used when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of a Fund's shareholders and those of the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates. Information about how the Funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent year ending June 30 is available by August 31st of that year without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-543-0407 and on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov. Listed below is a summary of the Sub-Advisors' proxy voting procedures:
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY. TCW has adopted proxy voting guidelines on issues involving governance, capital structure, mergers and restructuring, board of directors, anti-takeover provisions, compensation and other issues. When voting proxies, TCW's utmost concern is that all decisions be made solely in the interests of the Fund and with the goal of maximizing the value of the Fund's investments. The voting guidelines generally specify whether TCW will vote for or against a particular type of proposal. TCW's underlying philosophy is that its portfolio managers are best able to determine how best to further the Fund's interests and goals. The portfolio managers may, in their discretion, take into account the recommendations of TCW management, the Proxy Committee and an outside proxy voting service.
Consistent with the approaches described above, the following are examples of TCW's voting position on specific matters.
o TCW will vote for director nominees in uncontested elections.
o TCW will vote against proposals to authorize preferred stock if the Board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions.
o TCW will vote against proposals to ratify or adopt poison pill plans.
o TCW will vote against proposals to establish or increase super majority vote requirements.
o TCW will vote for executive and director compensation plans unless they are dilutive beyond pre-determined levels, in which case such votes will be determined on a case-by-case basis.
o TCW will vote for mergers and acquisitions.
If a potential conflict of interest arises, the primary means by which TCW will avoid a conflict is by casting such votes solely in the interests of the Fund and in the interests of maximizing the value of its portfolio holdings. If a conflict of interest arises and the proxy vote is predetermined, TCW will vote accordingly. If a conflict of interest arises and there is no predetermined vote, TCW will refer the vote to an outside service for its consideration in the event the client's relationship is determined to be material to TCW. If TCW identifies a conflict of interest between a portfolio manager and an issuer soliciting proxy votes from TCW clients, the Proxy Committee will cast the vote.
WESTFIELD CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC. Westfield's policy is to vote all proxies in the best interest of the Fund in accordance with its fiduciary obligations and applicable law. Westfield has a Proxy Committee composed of individuals from the investment committee, operations staff and compliance department. The Proxy Committee is responsible for setting general policy as to proxies. Westfield has contracted with Glass, Lewis & Co. to assist in the proxy voting process by providing the proxy voting platform and research. Glass, Lewis also manages and maintains documentation to substantiate the manner in which Westfield votes. Westfield maintains written voting guidelines, that are available on its website (www.westfieldcapital.com), setting forth the voting positions determined by its Proxy Committee on those issues believed most likely to arise day to day. These issues include board-approved proposals (election of directors, executive compensation, capitalization, acquisitions, mergers, reorganizations and anti-takeover measures) and shareholder proposals. Westfield will vote proxies in accordance with these guidelines, subject to the following exceptions: 1) if the portfolio manager believes that following the guidelines would not be in the Fund's best interests, 2) for clients with plan assets subject to ERISA, Westfield may accept instructions to vote proxies in accordance with AFL-CIO proxy voting guidelines except when voting in accordance with AFL-CIO guidelines would be inconsistent with ERISA, 3) for clients who support social responsible issues, Westfield may accept instructions to vote proxies in accordance with Westfield policy, coupled with Glass, Lewis' Social Responsible guidelines, when specific SRI issues are not covered in Westfield's policy, 4) for issues not specifically covered by the proxy voting guidelines adopted by the Committee or in situations where the Proxy Manager or members of the Committee determine that consultation is prudent, the Proxy Manager will consult with the Analyst and Committee in determining how to vote, and 5) for all Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs), if the stock is not in our research universe, Westfield will default to Glass, Lewis' standard policy guidelines.
The following are examples of Westfield's voting position on specific matters.
o Westfield will withhold votes for any nominee for director if the board does not have a two-thirds majority of independent directors or the board does not have a nominating, audit and compensation committee composed solely of independent directors.
o Westfield will vote on a case-by-case basis board approved proposals relating to executive compensation. Westfield may vote against executive compensation proposals on a case-by-case basis where compensation is excessive by reasonable corporate standards or where a company fails to provide transparent disclosure of executive compensation.
o Westfield will vote against board approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures such as a shareholder rights plan, supermajority voting provisions, issuance of blank check preferred stock and the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights, except Westfield will vote on a case-by-case basis poison pill proposals and will vote for proposals to adopt fair price provisions.
If a conflict of interest should arise when voting proxies of an issuer that has a significant business relationship with Westfield, Westfield will vote proxies based solely on the investment merits of the proposal.
TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. Todd will vote proxies solely in the best long-term interests of the Fund. Todd has adopted guidelines on key issues such as election of directors, stock incentive plans, expensing of options, severance agreements, takeover provisions, and social and environmental issues. Todd employs Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") to help it analyze particular issues. The following are examples of Todd's position on specific matters.
Todd will generally vote for proposals seeking to end the staggered election of directors and prefers that all directors be elected annually.
o Todd will generally support proposals requiring a majority of independent directors on the board.
o Todd prefers to see the separation of Chairman and CEO positions.
o Todd prefers that all incumbent directors own company stock.
o Todd prefers that all stock incentive plans be limited to restricted stock or other truly long-term incentive plans, but recognizes that short-term incentive plans do have a place in providing key executives with a balanced compensation program.
o Todd supports proposals requiring the expensing of options.
If a conflict of interest should arise, Todd will inform its Executive Committee of the conflict and notify the Fund why Todd's vote may differ from the Fund's request. Todd will consider a Fund's request but will vote only for what it believes will best advance the long-term interests of the Fund.
BJURMAN, BARRY & ASSOCIATES. Bjurman, Barry & Associates ("Bjurman") seeks to avoid material conflicts of interests by using an Independent Third Party ("ITP") service provider to vote proxies in accordance with detailed, pre-determined written proxy voting guidelines (the "Voting Guidelines") in an objective and consistent manner across client accounts. Effective February 1, 2007, BB&A elected Glass, Lewis to serve as the ITP for providing proxy voting services. The voting process involves an assessment performed by the ITP service provider in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. BB&A reviews all proxies and the recommendations of the ITP service provider in formulating its vote, but the ultimate voting decision belongs to Bjurman. In the event that Bjurman votes against the ITP recommendations, documentation must be prepared to describe the basis for the decisions and to substantiate that Bjurman clients' interests were not subrogated to is own. The Voting Guidelines address issues involving board of directors, proxy contest defenses, election of auditors, tender offer defenses, miscellaneous governance provisions, capital structure, executive and director compensation, mergers and corporate restructuring, mutual fund proxies and social and environmental issues. The following are examples of Voting Guidelines on specific matters:
o Votes on corporate governance generally provide that the ITP will recommend a vote for proposals to allow shareholders holding at least 15% of a company's outstanding voting power to call a special meeting of the shareholders; permit shareholders to act by written consent; and require a majority vote for the election of directors unless such a requirement would clearly disadvantage the company of put shareholders at risk.
The ITP will generally recommend a vote against shareholder rights plans ("poison pills"); advance notice requirements for shareholder ballot proposals; and supermajority voting requirements. On matters of capital structure, the ITP will generally recommend a vote for authorizing additional shares to be used for financing acquisitions and operations of the company if the company's historical capital structure and use of stock for such purposes are in line with the proposal, and a vote against proposals for additional authorized shares to bolster the efficacy of takeover defenses such as a poison pill.
o On matters relating to management compensation, the ITP will generally recommend a vote for stock incentive plans that are performance-based equity compensation plans, and a vote against proposals to allow for repricing of management stock options, except where the stock price has declined dramatically because of macroeconomic or industry trends (rather than specific company issues) and repricing is necessary to motivate and retain employees.
o The ITP will recommend a vote relating to proposed mergers, capital reorganizations, and similar transactions in accordance with the general Voting Guidelines based upon the ITP's analysis of the proposed transaction. The ITP will recommend withholding votes for some of the inside or affiliated directors, where the company's board is composed of less than two-thirds of members who are independent.
LONGWOOD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. Longwood's proxy voting policy and procedures are designed to ensure that Longwood votes proxies in the best interest of the Fund and to prevent and detect fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts by Longwood and its advisory affiliates. Longwood's policy is to vote proxies in the interest of maximizing shareholder value. To that end, Longwood will vote in a way that it believes, consistent with its fiduciary duty, will cause the value of the issue to increase the most or decline the least. Longwood has contracted with Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") to assist it in the proxy voting process. Accordingly, ISS shall be a source of proxy voting research and also maintain the documentation to substantiate the manner in which Longwood votes proxies. In general, Longwood will support management if management's position appears reasonable, is not detrimental to the long-term equity ownership of the corporation and reflects consideration of the impact of societal values and attitudes on the long-term viability of the corporation. The position of management on any resolution will typically not be supported if it:
o Would enrich management excessively.
o Would entrench incumbent officers or members of the board of directors.
o Would not reflect consideration of short and long-term costs and gains, including effects on the basic human rights of its employees and goodwill both in the U.S. and foreign countries in which the company operates.
o Would result in unreasonable costs.
o Would disadvantage the corporation relative to other corporations.
o Would oppose a proposal to have the shareholders approve the selection of an independent auditor.
o Would not support equal and fair employment practices for all employees.
If Longwood detects a conflict of interest with respect to voting of the Fund's proxies, such conflict will be addressed by ISS, or another independent third party, to vote proxies that involve such conflict. Any vote cast by ISS is binding and may not be overridden by Longwood.
NAVELLIER & ASSOCIATES, INC. Navellier's proxy voting policies and procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in an appropriate manner. In the absence of specific voting guidelines from the Fund, Navellier will vote proxies in a manner that is in the best interests of the Fund, which may result in different voting results for proxies for the same issuer. Navellier shall consider only those factors that relate to the Fund's investment or dictated by the Fund's written instructions, including how its vote will economically impact and affect the value of the Fund's investment (keeping in mind that, after conducting an appropriate cost-benefit analysis, not voting at all on a presented proposal may be in the best interest of the Fund). Navellier has adopted specific voting policies for voting proxies with respect to routine issues, such as board of directors, reclassification of common stock and independent auditors. Navellier has adopted specific voting policies for voting non-routine issues, such as mergers and anti-greenmail provisions. The following are examples of Navellier's policies on specific matters involving routine and non-routine issues:
o Navellier will generally vote for the election of directors (where no corporate governance issues are implicated).
o Navellier will generally vote for proposals that maintain or increase the rights of shareholders.
o Navellier will generally vote for management proposals for merger or reorganization if the transaction appears to offer fair value.
If the proxy includes a routine item that implicates corporate governance changes, a non-routine item where no specific policy applies or a conflict of interest where no specific policy applies, Navellier may engage ISS to determine how the proxies should be voted. If an actual or potential conflict is found to exist, written notification of the conflict will be given to the Fund describing Navellier's vote recommendation or requesting the Fund to vote the proxy directly. If the Fund has not responded before the response deadline, Navellier may engage a non-interested party to independently review Navellier's vote recommendation if the vote is in favor of Navellier's interest, cast its vote as recommended if the vote is against Navellier's interest or abstain from voting if Navellier determines this to be in the best interest of the Fund.
JS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC. JSAM forwards all proxies to ISS and reviews the analysis of the proxy issues provided by ISS. JSAM then communicates its voting position to ISS and ISS executes the vote. JSAM votes proxies in a way that is consistent and facilitates voting solely in the interests of the Fund and for the exclusive purpose of providing economic benefits to the Fund. In general, JSAM votes "FOR" those proposals that more closely link the fortunes of employees and management to the performance of the corporation's stock and/or aid in accountability to shareholders. Proxy proposals that serve to entrench management or to reduce management's accountability to shareholders are typically voted "AGAINST."
FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. Fort Washington's policy is to vote proxies in the best interests of the Fund at all times. Fort Washington has adopted procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of the Fund in accordance with its fiduciary duties and SEC rules governing investment advisers. Reflecting a basic investment philosophy that good management is shareholder focused, proxy votes will generally be cast in support of management on routine corporate matters and in support of any management proposal that is plainly in the interest of all shareholders. Specifically, proxy votes generally will be cast in favor of proposals that:
o maintain or strengthen the shared interests of stockholders and management;
o increase shareholder value; and
o maintain or increase shareholder rights generally.
Proxy votes will generally be cast against proposals having the opposite effect of the above. Where Fort Washington perceives that a management proposal, if approved, would tend to limit or reduce the market value of the company's securities, it will generally vote against it. Fort Washington generally supports shareholder rights and recapitalization measures undertaken unilaterally by boards of directors properly exercising their responsibilities and authority, unless such measures could have the effect of reducing shareholder rights or potential shareholder value. In cases where shareholder proposals challenge such actions, Fort Washington's voting position will generally favor not interfering with the directors' proper function in the interest of all shareholders.
Fort Washington may delegate its responsibilities under its proxy voting procedures to a third party, provided that Fort Washington retains final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting. Fort Washington has retained ISS to assist it in the proxy voting process and will use ISS's proxy voting guidelines as a resource in its proxy voting.
Fort Washington will review each proxy to assess the extent, if any, to which there may be a material conflict between it and the interests of the Fund. If Fort Washington determines that a potential conflict may exist, it will be reported to the Proxy Voting Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee is authorized to resolve any conflict in a manner that is in the collective best interests of the Fund (excluding a potential conflict). The Proxy Voting Committee may resolve a potential conflict in any of the following manners:
o If the proposal is specifically addressed in the proxy voting procedures, Fort Washington may vote the proxy in accordance with these policies, provided that such pre-determined policy involves little discretion on Fort Washington's part;
o Fort Washington may engage an independent third party to determine how the proxy should be voted;
o Fort Washington may establish an ethical wall or other informational barriers between the person involved in the potential conflict and the persons making the voting decision in order to insulate the potential conflict from the decision maker.
THE DISTRIBUTOR
Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the "Distributor"), 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, is the principal distributor of the Trust and, as such, the exclusive agent for distribution of shares of the Funds. The Distributor is an affiliate of the Advisor by reason of common ownership. The Distributor is obligated to sell the shares on a best efforts basis only against purchase orders for the shares. Shares of the Funds are offered to the public on a continuous basis.
The Distributor currently allows concessions to dealers who sell shares of the Funds. The Distributor receives that portion of the sales charge that is not reallowed to the dealers who sell shares of a Fund. The Distributor retains the entire sales charge on all direct initial investments in a Fund and on all investments in accounts with no designated dealer of record.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the aggregate underwriting commissions on sales of the Trust's shares were $2,464,893 of which the Distributor paid $1,914,488 to unaffiliated broker-dealers in the selling network, earned $176,019 as a broker-dealer in the selling network and retained $374,004 in underwriting commissions.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the aggregate underwriting commissions on sales of the Trust's shares were $3,520,315 of which the Distributor paid $2,723,888 to unaffiliated broker-dealers in the selling network, earned $284,723 as a broker-dealer in the selling network and retained $516,664 in underwriting commissions.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, the aggregate underwriting commissions on sales of the Trust's shares were $2,947,552 of which the Distributor paid $2,275,014 to unaffiliated broker-dealers in the selling network, earned $267,114 as a broker-dealer in the selling network and retained $405,423 in underwriting commissions.
The Distributor retains the contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions of shares of the Funds that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the Distributor collected $10,423, $3,827, $157,796, $1,505, $11,558, $160,553 and $39,234 of contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund, Large Cap Core Equity Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Cap Value Fund, Micro Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund, respectively.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Distributor collected $193,948, $3,659, $7,916, $79,558 and $9,494 of contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares of the Mid Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Core Equity Fund, the Small Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Growth Fund and the Micro Cap Growth Fund, respectively.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, the Distributor collected $192,384, $16,041, $10,187, $28,097, $14,841 and $4,008 of contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares of the Mid Cap Growth Fund, the Growth Opportunities Fund, the Large Cap Core Equity Fund, the Large Cap Growth Fund, the Small Cap Growth Fund and the Micro Cap Growth Fund, respectively.
Ms. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Distributor because she is the President of the Distributor and an officer of affiliates of the Distributor. Mr. Barrett may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Distributor because he is President and Chairman of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, parent companies of the Distributor, and an officer of other affiliates of the Distributor. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Barrett, by reason of such affiliations, may directly or indirectly receive benefits from the underwriting fees paid to the Distributor.
The Distributor may from time to time pay from its own resources cash bonuses or other incentives to selected dealers in connection with the sale of shares of the Funds. On some occasions, such bonuses or incentives may be conditioned upon the sale of a specified minimum dollar amount of the shares of the Funds and/or other funds in the Touchstone Funds during a specific period of time. Such bonuses or incentives may include financial assistance to dealers in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for their employees, seminars for the public, advertising, sales campaigns and other dealer-sponsored programs or events. The Advisor, at its expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for distribution, administrative and/or shareholder servicing activities. The Advisor may also reimburse the Distributor for making these payments.
The Funds may compensate dealers, including the Distributor and its affiliates, based on the average balance of all accounts in the Funds for which the dealer is designated as the party responsible for the account. See "Distribution Plans" below.
DISTRIBUTION PLANS
CLASS A SHARES. The Funds have adopted a plan of distribution (the "Class A Plan") pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act which permits a Fund to pay for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of its shares, including but not limited to, the printing of prospectuses, SAIs, and reports used for sales purposes, advertisements, expenses of preparation and printing of sales literature, promotion, marketing and sales expenses, and other distribution-related expenses, including any distribution fees paid to securities dealers or other firms who have executed a distribution or service agreement with the Distributor. The Class A Plan expressly limits payment of the distribution expenses listed above in any fiscal year to a maximum of .25% of the average daily net assets of Class A shares of a Fund. Unreimbursed expenses will not be carried over from year to year.
For the fiscal period ended March 31, 2007, the aggregate distribution-related expenditures of the Growth Opportunities Fund, the Mid Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Core Equity Fund, the Small Cap Growth Fund, the Micro Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Value Fund and the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund under the Class A Plan were $135,061, $1,627,063, $1,989,677, $172,667, $96,624, $130,015, $50,584 and $7,742, respectively. Payments were to broker-dealers and others for advertising, printing and mailing, asset growth and retention and other expenses.
CLASS B SHARES. Each Fund (except the Large Cap Core Equity Fund, Micro Cap Growth Fund, Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund and Large Cap Value Fund) has also adopted a plan of distribution (the "Class B Plan") with respect to its Class B shares. The Class B Plan provides for two categories of payments. First, the Class B Plan provides for the payment to the Distributor of an account maintenance fee, in an amount equal to an annual rate of .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class B shares, which may be paid to other dealers based on the average value of Class B shares owned by clients of such dealers. In addition, a Fund may pay up to an additional .75% per annum of the daily net assets of the Class B shares for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of the shares, including prospectus costs for prospective shareholders, costs of responding to prospective shareholder inquiries, payments to brokers and dealers for selling and assisting in the distribution of Class B shares, costs of advertising and promotion and any other expenses related to the distribution of the Class B shares. Unreimbursed expenditures will not be carried over from year to year. A Fund may make payments to dealers and other persons in an amount up to .75% per annum of the average value of Class B shares owned by their clients, in addition to the .25% account maintenance fee described above.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the aggregate distribution-related expenditures of the Growth Opportunities Fund, the Mid Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Core Equity Fund and the Small Cap Growth Fund under the Class B Plan were $26,783, $750,916, $270,106, $6,116 and $71,011, respectively. Payments were to broker-dealers and others for advertising, printing and mailing, asset growth and retention and other expenses.
CLASS C SHARES. The Funds have also adopted a plan of distribution (the "Class C Plan") with respect to their Class C shares. The Class C Plan provides for two categories of payments. First, the Class C Plan provides for the payment to the Distributor of an account maintenance fee, in an amount equal to an annual rate of .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class C shares, which may be paid to other dealers based on the average value of Class C shares owned by clients of such dealers. In addition, a Fund may pay up to an additional .75% per annum of the daily net assets of the Class C shares for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of the shares, including prospectus costs for prospective shareholders, costs of responding to prospective shareholder inquiries, payments to brokers and dealers for selling and assisting in the distribution of Class C shares, costs of advertising and promotion and any other expenses related to the distribution of the Class C shares. Unreimbursed expenditures will not be carried over from year to year. The Funds may make payments to dealers and other persons in an amount up to .75% per annum of the average value of Class C shares owned by their clients, in addition to the .25% account maintenance fee described above.
For the fiscal period ended March 31, 2007, the aggregate distribution-related expenditures of the Growth Opportunities Fund, the Mid Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Growth Fund, the Large Cap Core Equity Fund, the Small Cap Growth Fund, the Micro Cap Growth Fund and the Large Cap Value Fund under the Class C Plan were $165,569, $3,286,805, $1,983,256, $31,603, $142,779, $296,934 and $69,678, respectively. Payments were to broker-dealers and others for advertising, printing and mailing, asset growth and retention and other expenses.
GENERAL INFORMATION. Agreements implementing the Plans (the "Implementation Agreements"), including agreements with dealers wherein such dealers agree for a fee to act as agents for the sale of the Funds' shares, are in writing and have been approved by the Board of Trustees. All payments made pursuant to the Plans are made in accordance with written agreements. Some financial intermediaries charge fees in excess of the amounts available under the Plans, in which case the Advisor pays the additional fees.
The continuance of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements must be specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the Trust's Board of Trustees and by a vote of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans or any Implementation Agreement at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. A Plan may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund or the applicable class of a Fund. In the event a Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the affected Fund (or class) will not be required to make any payments for expenses incurred by the Distributor after the termination date. Each Implementation Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment and may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund (or the applicable class) on not more than 60 days' written notice to any other party to the Implementation Agreement. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution without shareholder approval. All material amendments to the Plans must be approved by a vote of the Trust's Board of Trustees and by a vote of the Independent Trustees.
In approving the Plans, the Trustees determined, in the exercise of their business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties as Trustees, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and their shareholders. The Board of Trustees believes that expenditure of the Funds' assets for distribution expenses under the Plans should assist in the growth of the Funds, which will benefit each Fund and its shareholders through increased economies of scale, greater investment flexibility, greater portfolio diversification and less chance of disruption of planned investment strategies. The Plans will be renewed only if the Trustees make a similar determination for each subsequent year of the Plans. There can be no assurance that the benefits anticipated from the expenditure of the Funds' assets for distribution will be realized. While the Plans are in effect, all amounts spent by the Funds pursuant to the Plans and the purposes for which such expenditures were made must be reported quarterly to the Board of Trustees for its review. Distribution expenses attributable to the sale of more than one class of shares of a Fund will be allocated at least annually to each class of shares based upon the ratio in which the sales of each class of shares bears to the sales of all the shares of the Fund. In addition, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust are committed to the discretion of the Independent Trustees during such period.
Jill T. McGruder and John F. Barrett, as interested persons of the Trust, may be deemed to have a financial interest in the operation of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements.
SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
Decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and the placing of the Funds' securities transactions and negotiation of commission rates where applicable are made by the Sub-Advisors and are subject to review by the Advisor and the Board of Trustees. In the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, the Sub-Advisor's primary objective will be to obtain the most favorable price and execution for a Fund, taking into account such factors as the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available but ordinarily should not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future.
Set forth below are the brokerage commissions paid by the Funds during their three most recent fiscal years (or periods):
NAME OF FUND FISCAL PERIOD COMMISSION AMOUNT --------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------- Growth Opportunities Fund 4-1-06 - 3-31-07 $ 315,965 Growth Opportunities Fund 4-1-05 - 3-31-06 $ 196,719 Growth Opportunities Fund 4-1-04 - 3-31-05 $ 211,648 Large Cap Core Equity Fund 4-1-06 - 3-31-07 $ 63,017 Large Cap Core Equity Fund 4-1-05 - 3-31-06 $ 7,805 Large Cap Core Equity Fund 4-1-04 - 3-31-05 $ 772 Mid Cap Growth Fund 4-1-06 - 3-31-07 $1,668,351 Mid Cap Growth Fund 4-1-05 - 3-31-06 $1,925,105 Mid Cap Growth Fund 4-1-04 - 3-31-05 $2,344,174 Small Cap Growth Fund 4-1-06 - 3-31-07 $2,356,407 Small Cap Growth Fund 4-1-05 - 3-31-06 $2,162,721 Small Cap Growth Fund 4-1-04 - 3-31-05 $ 955,074 Large Cap Growth Fund 4-1-06 - 3-31-07 $1,391,344 Large Cap Growth Fund 4-1-05 - 3-31-06 $1,130,573 Large Cap Growth Fund 4-1-04 - 3-31-05 $ 486,588 Micro Cap Growth Fund 4-1-06 - 3-31-07 $ 447,141 Micro Cap Growth Fund 4-1-05 - 3-31-06 $ 401,769 Micro Cap Growth Fund 6-22-04 - 3-31-05 $ 232,462 Large Cap Value Fund 4-1-06 - 3-31-07 $ 132,470 Large Cap Value Fund 3-6-06 - 3-31-06 $ 26,668 Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund 9-6-06 - 3-31-07 $ 35,918 |
The Large Cap Value Fund's brokerage commissions increased significantly from the previous year due to the Fund having a full year of operations from March 31, 2006 through March 31, 2007.
The Growth Opportunities Fund's brokerage commissions increased significantly from the previous year because of the rebalancing of the portfolio due to the change in Sub-Advisors that occurred in July of 2006.
Each Sub-Advisor is specifically authorized to pay a broker who provides research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting such transaction, in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer, but only if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor's overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonably significant benefit from such research services.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions for the Funds directed to brokers due to research services provided were as follows:
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS DIRECTED TO RESEARCH FROM RESEARCH ---------------------- --------------------- Growth Opportunities Fund $ 67,612,100 $ 86,320 Mid Cap Growth Fund $104,435,811 $127,109 Small Cap Growth Fund $275,577,286 $234,154 Large Cap Growth Fund $153,201,979 $161,486 Micro Cap Growth Fund $ 3,676,336 $ 11,703 Large Cap Value Fund $ 16,537,365 $ 31,763 Large Cap Core Equity Fund $ 17,367,318 $ 21,816 Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund $ 636,301 $ 1,263 |
Research services include securities and economic analyses, reports on issuers' financial conditions and future business prospects, newsletters and opinions relating to interest trends, general advice on the relative merits of possible investment securities for the Funds and statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. Although this information is useful to the Funds and the Sub-Advisors, it is not possible to place a dollar value on it. Research services furnished by brokers through whom a Fund effects securities transactions may be used by the Sub-Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Sub-Advisor in connection with a Fund. The Funds have no obligation to deal with any broker or dealer in the execution of securities transactions. However, the Funds may effect securities transactions that are executed on a national securities exchange or transactions in the over-the-counter market conducted on an agency basis. A Fund will not effect any brokerage transactions in its portfolio securities with an affiliated broker if such transactions would be unfair or unreasonable to its shareholders. Over-the-counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker-dealers. Although the Funds do not anticipate any ongoing arrangements with other brokerage firms, brokerage business may be transacted from time to time with other firms. Affiliated broker-dealers of the Trust will not receive reciprocal brokerage business as a result of the brokerage business transacted by the Funds with other brokers. The Funds may direct transactions to certain brokers in order to reduce brokerage commissions through a commission recapture program offered by Lynch Jones & Ryan, Inc. The Funds may also participate in a custody offset program offered by Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("BBH"), the Trust's custodian, that provides a custody offset credit and a low commission rate for agency trades placed through BBH's brokerage firm that do not include research services. Under the BBH custody offset program, any payments or benefits accrued by or credited to a particular Fund are applied against the Fund's gross expenses. Accordingly, in the event that the Advisor waives or limits its fees or assumes other expenses of a Fund in accordance with the Expense Limitation Agreement described herein (collectively, "expense reimbursements"), payments or benefits accrued by or credited to the Fund under the custody offset program may reduce the expense reimbursements owed by the Advisor to the Fund.
In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for a Fund as well as for one or more of the respective Sub-Advisor's other clients. Investment decisions for a Fund and for the Sub-Advisor's other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as a Fund is concerned. However, it is believed that the ability of a Fund to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Fund.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the Funds acquired common stock of the Trust's regular broker-dealers as follows:
NUMBER OF SHARES MARKET VALUE FUND BROKER-DEALER ON 3-31-07 ON 3-31-07 -------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------- ------------ Large Cap Core Equity Fund Citigroup Global Markets 60,549 $ 3,108,586 Large Cap Value Fund J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. 24,400 $ 1,180,472 Citigroup Global Markets 24,300 $ 1,247,562 Mid Cap Growth Fund E*Trade 990,400 $21,016,288 Small Cap Growth Fund Thomas Weisel Partners 55,500 $ 1,056,561 |
CODE OF ETHICS
The Trust, the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits Fund personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts and may permit personnel to invest in securities that may be purchased by a Fund. The Code of Ethics adopted by each of the Trust, the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Distributor is on public file with, and is available from, the SEC.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
A Fund's portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by the Fund. High turnover may result in a Fund recognizing greater amounts of income and capital gains, which would increase the amount of commissions. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of the Fund's portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions, and will not be a limiting factor when the Sub-Advisor believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. A Fund may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goals and, as a result, may have substantial portfolio turnover.
The higher portfolio turnover for the Growth Opportunities Fund during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 is due to the change in Sub-Advisor for the Fund in July 2006.
The higher portfolio turnover for the Small Cap Growth Fund during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 is due to a change in the asset allocation strategy and portfolio strategies at Wachovia which forced a significant drawdown of the asset levels of the Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Touchstone Funds have adopted policies and procedures for disclosing the Funds' portfolio holdings to any person requesting this information. These policies and procedures are monitored on an on-going basis by the Board of Trustees through periodic reporting by the Funds' Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer will report any material violations immediately to the Board of Trustees and will report any immaterial violations to the Board at the next quarterly meeting. No compensation will be received by a Fund, the Advisor, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of information about portfolio securities.
The procedures prohibit the disclosure of portfolio holdings except under the following conditions:
1) A request made by a Sub-Advisor for a Fund (or that portion of a Fund) that it manages;
2) A request by executive officers of the Advisor for routine oversight and management purposes;
3) For use in preparing and distributing routine shareholder reports, including disclosure to the Funds' independent registered public accounting firm, typesetter and printer. Routine shareholder reports are filed as of the end of each calendar quarter with the SEC within 60 days after the quarter end and routine shareholder reports are distributed to shareholders within 60 days after the six-month period. The Funds provide their full holdings to their registered public accounting firm annually, as of the end of their fiscal year, within one to ten business days after fiscal year end. The Funds provide their full holdings to their typesetter at least 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter. The Funds provide their full holdings to their printer at least 45 days after the six-month period.
o The Funds (except the Sands Capital Select Growth Fund) provide their top ten holdings on their publicly available website and to market data agencies monthly, as of the end of a calendar month, at least seven business days after month end.
o The Funds (except the Sands Capital Select Growth Fund) provide their full holdings on their publicly available website, and to market data agencies, their typesetter and printer, quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, at least fifteen days after quarter end.
o The Sands Capital Select Growth Fund provides its top five holdings on its publicly available website and to market data agencies quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, at least seven business days after quarter end.
o The Sands Capital Select Growth Fund provides its full holdings on its publicly available website and to market data agencies quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, within sixty days after quarter end, and to its typesetter and printer quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, at least fifteen days after quarter end.
You may access the public website at www.touchstoneinvestments.com.
Employees of Touchstone Investments and the Funds' Sub-Advisor that are access persons under the Funds' Code of Ethics have access to Fund holdings on a regular basis, but are subject to confidentiality requirements and trading prohibitions in the Code of Ethics. In addition, custodians of the Funds' assets and the Funds' accounting services agent, each of whose agreements contains a confidentiality provision, have access to the current Fund holdings on a daily basis.
The Chief Compliance Officer is authorized to determine whether disclosure of a Fund's portfolio securities is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Any conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Advisor, the Distributor, or any affiliates, will be reported to the Board, which will make a determination that is in the best interests of shareholders.
CALCULATION OF SHARE PRICE AND PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
The share price or net asset value ("NAV") and the public offering price (NAV plus applicable sales load) of shares of the Funds are normally determined as of the close of the regular session of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m. eastern time), each day the Trust is open for business. The Trust is open for business every day except Saturdays, Sundays and the following holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. The Trust may also be open for business on other days when there is sufficient trading in a Fund's portfolio securities that its NAV might be materially affected. If a Fund holds foreign securities, they may be primarily listed on foreign exchanges or traded in foreign markets that are open on days (such as Saturdays and U.S. holidays) when the New York Stock Exchange is not open for business. As a result the NAV of a Fund holding foreign securities may be significantly affected by trading on days when the Trust is not open for business. For a description of the methods used to determine the share price and public offering price, see "Pricing of Fund Shares" in the Prospectuses.
Securities held by a Fund that do not have readily available market quotations, or securities for which the available market quotation is not reliable, are priced at their fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. Any debt securities held by a Fund for which market quotations are not readily available are generally priced at their most recent bid prices as obtained from one or more of the major market makers for such securities. If a Fund holds foreign securities, it may invest in foreign securities traded on markets that close prior to the time the Fund determines its NAV. The Funds may use fair value pricing if the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closes early or if trading in a particular portfolio security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Fund's NAV calculation. The Funds may use fair value pricing if the value of a security has been materially affected by events occurring before the Fund's pricing time but after the close of the primary markets on which the security is traded. The Funds may also use fair value pricing if reliable market quotations are unavailable due to infrequent trading. The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. With respect to any portion of a Fund's assets that is invested in other mutual funds, that portion of the Fund's NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that mutual fund. The prospectus for the other mutual fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that fund.
CHOOSING A SHARE CLASS
Each Fund offers the following classes of shares.
CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C CLASS Y* --------------------------------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund X X X Growth Opportunities Fund X X X Large Cap Core Equity Fund X X Large Cap Growth Fund X X X X Large Cap Value Fund X X Micro Cap Growth Fund X X X Mid Cap Growth Fund X X X Small Cap Growth Fund X X X X |
* Prior to November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were named "Class I" shares.
Each class represents an interest in the same portfolio of investments and has the same rights, but differs primarily in sales charges, distribution expense amounts and shareholder features. Before choosing a class, you should consider the following factors, as well as any other relevant facts and circumstances.
The decision as to which class of shares is more beneficial to you depends on the amount of your investment, the intended length of your investment and the quality and scope of the value-added services provided by financial advisors who may work with a particular sales load structure as compensation for their services. If you qualify for reduced front-end sales charges or, in the case of purchases of $1 million or more, no initial sales charge, you may find Class A shares attractive. Moreover, Class A shares are subject to lower ongoing expenses than Class B or Class C shares over the term of the investment. As an alternative, Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge so the entire purchase price is immediately invested in a Fund. Any investment return on these investments may be partially or wholly offset by the higher annual expenses. However, because a Fund's future returns cannot be predicted, there can be no assurance that this would be the case. If your initial investment in the Small Cap Growth Fund, Micro Cap Growth Fund, Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund or Large Cap Growth Fund is $250,000 or more, you may find Class Y shares attractive since Class Y shares are sold without a sales charge or 12b-1 distribution fee. However, if you purchased your Class Y shares through an asset allocation program offered by your financial advisor, you must pay your financial advisor an annual fee and meet the financial advisor's minimum investment requirements in order to participate in the asset allocation program offered by your financial advisor.
When determining which class of shares to purchase, you may want to consider the services provided by your financial advisor and the compensation provided to these financial advisors under each share class. The Distributor works with many financial advisors throughout the country that may provide assistance to you through ongoing education, asset allocation programs, personalized financial planning reviews or other services vital to your long-term success. Touchstone believes these value-added services can benefit you through market cycles.
Finally, you should consider the effect of the contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") and any conversion rights of each class in the context of your investment timeline. For example, Class C shares are generally subject to a significantly lower CDSC upon redemption than Class B shares, however, unlike Class B shares, they do not convert to Class A shares after a stated period of time. Class C shares, therefore, are subject to a 1.00% annual 12b-1 fee for an indefinite period of time, while Class B shares will convert to Class A shares after approximately eight years and will be subject to only a .25% annual 12b-1 fee. Thus, Class B shares may be more attractive than Class C shares if you have a longer-term investment outlook. On the other hand, if you are unsure of the length of time you intend to invest or the conversion feature is not attractive to you, you may wish to elect Class C shares.
THE CHART BELOW SHOW SALES CHARGES, 12B-1 FEES AND CONVERSION FEATURES FOR EACH CLASS:
CLASS SALES CHARGE FEE CONVERSION FEATURE 12B-1 ----- ----------------------------------------- ---------------------------- A Maximum 5.75% initial sales charge 0.25% None reduced for purchases of $50,000 and over; purchases of $1 million or more sold without an initial sales charge may be subject to a 1.00% CDSC if redeemed during 1st year and a commission was paid to an unaffiliated dealer B Maximum 5.00% CDSC during 1st year 1.00% Class B Shares automatically that decreases incrementally and is convert to Class A shares 0 after 6 years after approximately 8 years C 1.00% CDSC during 1st year 1.00% None Y None None None |
CLASS A SHARES. Class A shares are sold at NAV plus an initial sales charge as shown in the table below. In some cases, reduced or waived initial sales charges for the purchase of Class A shares may be available, as described below. Class A shares are also subject to an annual 12b-1 distribution fee of up to .25% of a Fund's average daily net assets allocable to Class A shares
Sales Sales Dealer Charge as Charge as % Reallowance % of Offering of Net Amount as % of Net Price Invested Amount Invested ------------- ------------- --------------- Less than $50,000 5.75% 6.10% 5.00% $50,000 but less than $100,000 4.50% 4.71% 3.75% $100,000 but less than $250,000 3.50% 3.63% 2.75% $250,000 but less than $500,000 2.95% 3.04% 2.25% $500,000 but less than $1,000,000 2.25% 2.30% 1.75% $1,000,000 or more None None |
For initial purchases of Class A shares of $1 million or more and subsequent purchases further increasing the size of the account, participating unaffiliated dealers may receive compensation of up to 1.00% of such purchases from the Distributor according to the following schedule:
Amount of Investment Dealer Fee ------------------------------------ ---------- $1 million but less than $3 million 1.00% $3 million but less than $5 million 0.75% $5 million but less than $25 million 0.50% $25 million or more 0.25% |
The Distributor does not have an annual reset for these fees. In determining a dealer's eligibility for such commission, purchases of Class A shares of the Funds may be aggregated with concurrent purchases of Class A shares of other Touchstone Funds. If a commission was paid to a participating unaffiliated dealer and the Class A shares are redeemed within a year of their purchase, a CDSC of 1.00% will be charged on the redemption. Dealers should contact the Distributor for more information on the calculation of the dealer's commission in the case of combined purchases.
An exchange from other Touchstone funds will not qualify for payment of the dealer's commission unless the exchange is from a Touchstone fund with assets as to which a dealer's commission or similar payment has not been previously paid. No commission will be paid if the purchase represents the reinvestment of a redemption from a Fund made during the previous twelve months. Redemptions of Class A shares may result in the imposition of a CDSC if the dealer's commission described in this paragraph was paid in connection with the purchase of such shares. See "CDSC for Certain Redemptions of Class A shares" below.
CLASS B SHARES. Class B shares are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge. Class B shares are subject to a CDSC if you redeem Class B shares within 6 years of their purchase. The CDSC will be a percentage of the dollar amount of shares redeemed and will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class B shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class B shares being redeemed. A CDSC will not be imposed upon redemptions of Class B shares held for at least six years. The amount of sales charge will depend on how long you have held your shares, as set forth in the following table:
YEAR SINCE PURCHASE PAYMENT MADE CDSC AS A % OF AMOUNT SUBJECT TO CHARGE -------------------------------- --------------------------------------- First 5.00% Second 4.00% Third 3.00% Fourth 2.00% Fifth 1.00% Sixth 1.00% Seventh and thereafter* None |
* Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares after they have been held for approximately 8 years.
Class B shares are subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 1.00% of a Fund's average daily net assets allocable to Class B shares. The Distributor intends to pay a commission of 4.00% of the purchase amount to your broker at the time you purchase Class B shares.
CLASS C SHARES. Class C shares are sold at NAV, without an initial sales charge and are subject to a CDSC of 1.00% on redemptions of Class C shares made within one year of their purchase. The CDSC will be a percentage of the dollar amount of shares redeemed and will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class C shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class C shares being redeemed. A CDSC will not be imposed upon redemptions of Class C shares held for at least one year. Class C shares are subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 1.00% of a Fund's average daily net assets allocable to Class C shares. The Distributor intends to pay a commission of 1.00% of the purchase amount to your broker at the time you purchase Class C shares.
CLASS Y SHARES. Class Y shares are sold at NAV, without an initial sales charge and are not subject to a 12b-1 fee or CDSC, but are subject to higher initial investment requirements than other classes of shares of a Fund. Class Y shares are offered through certain broker-dealers or financial institutions that have distribution agreements with the Distributor. These agreements are generally limited to discretionary managed, asset allocation, or wrap products offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions and may be subject to fees by the participating broker-dealer or financial institution. Class Y shares may also be purchased directly through the Distributor.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE CDSC
The CDSC is waived under the following circumstances:
o Any partial or complete redemption following death or disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) of a shareholder (including one who owns the shares with his or her spouse as a joint tenant with rights of survivorship) from an account in which the deceased or disabled is named. The Distributor may require documentation prior to waiver of the charge, including death certificates, physicians' certificates, etc.
o Redemptions from a systematic withdrawal plan. If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed dollar amount or number of shares, systematic withdrawal redemptions are limited to no more than 10% of your account value or number of shares per year, as of the date the transfer agent receives your request. If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed percentage of your account value, each redemption is limited to an amount that would not exceed 10% of your annual account value at the time of withdrawal.
o Redemptions from retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The CDSC will be waived for benefit payments made by Touchstone directly to plan participants. Benefit payments will include, but are not limited to, payments resulting from death, disability, retirement, separation from service, required minimum distributions (as described under Section 401(a)(9)) of the Internal Revenue Code, in-service distributions, hardships, loans and qualified domestic relations orders. The CDSC waiver will not apply in the event of termination of the plan or transfer of the plan to another financial institution.
o Redemptions that are mandatory withdrawals from a traditional IRA account after age 70 1/2
GENERAL. All sales charges imposed on redemptions are paid to the Distributor. In determining whether the CDSC is payable, it is assumed that shares not subject to the CDSC are the first redeemed followed by other shares held for the longest period of time. The CDSC will not be imposed upon shares representing reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions, or upon amounts representing share appreciation.
CDSC FOR CERTAIN REDEMPTIONS OF CLASS A SHARES. A CDSC is imposed upon certain redemptions of Class A shares of the Funds (or shares into which such Class A shares were exchanged) purchased at NAV in amounts totaling $1 million or more, if the dealer's commission described above was paid by the Distributor and the shares are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. The CDSC will be paid to the Distributor and will be equal to the commission percentage paid at the time of purchase as applied to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class A shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class A shares at the time of redemption. If a purchase of Class A shares is subject to the CDSC, you will be notified on the confirmation you receive for your purchase. Redemptions of such Class A shares of the Funds held for at least one year will not be subject to the CDSC.
EXAMPLES. The following example will illustrate the operation of the CDSC. Assume that you open an account and purchase 1,000 shares at $10 per share and that six months later the NAV per share is $12 and, during such time, you have acquired 50 additional shares through reinvestment of distributions. If at such time you should redeem 450 shares (proceeds of $5,400), 50 shares will not be subject to the charge because of dividend reinvestment. With respect to the remaining 400 shares, the charge is applied only to the original cost of $10 per share and not to the increase in NAV of $2 per share. Therefore, $4,000 of the $5,400 redemption proceeds will pay the charge. At the rate of 5.00%, the CDSC would be $200 for redemptions of Class B shares. At the rate of 1.00%, the CDSC would be $40 for redemptions of Class C shares. In determining whether an amount is available for redemption without incurring a deferred sales charge, the purchase payments made for all shares in your account are aggregated.
The following example will illustrate the operation of the CDSC for Class B shares. Assume that you open an account and purchase 1,000 shares at $10 per share and that twenty-eight months later the NAV per share is $14 and, during such time, you have acquired (a) 150 additional shares through reinvestment of distributions and (b) 500 shares through purchases at $11 per share during the second year. If at such time you should redeem 1,450 shares (proceeds of $20,300), 150 shares will not be subject to the charge because of dividend reinvestment. With respect to the remaining 1,300 shares, the charge is applied only to the (a) original cost of $10 per share for the first 1,000 shares and not to the increase in NAV of $4 per share and (b) to the original cost of $11 per share for the next 300 shares and not to the increase in NAV of $3 per share. Therefore, $18,200 of the $20,300 redemption proceeds will pay the charge. The redemption of the first 1,000 shares is in the third year of the CDSC schedule and will be charged at the rate of 3.00%, or $300. The redemption of the next 300 shares is in the second year of the CDSC schedule and will be charged at the rate of 4.00%, or $132. After this transaction is completed, the account has 200 shares remaining with an initial purchase value of $11 per share and these shares are in the second year of the CDSC schedule.
OTHER PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION
WAIVER OF MINIMUM INVESTMENT REQUIREMENTS. The minimum and subsequent investment requirements for purchases in the Funds may not apply to:
1. Any director, officer or other employee (and their immediate family members) of Western & Southern Life Insurance Company or any of its affiliates or any portfolio advisor or service provider to the Trust.
2. Any employee benefit plan that is provided administrative services by a third-party administrator that has entered into a special service arrangement with the Distributor.
The minimum investment waivers are not available for Class Y shares of the Funds. Accounts that opened prior to November 20, 2006 are not subject to the minimum initial investment increases that became effective November 20, 2006.
WAIVER OF CLASS A SALES CHARGES. In addition to the categories of purchasers described in the prospectus from whom the sales charge on purchases of Class A shares of the Funds may be waived, Class A shares issued or purchased in the following transactions are not subject to sales charges (and no concessions are paid by the Distributor on such purchases):
1. purchases into a Fund by any director, officer, employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below), or current separate account client of or referral by a Sub-Advisor to that particular Fund;
2. purchases by any director, officer or other employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below) of Western & Southern Financial Group or any of its affiliates; and
3. purchases by any employees of JPMorgan (formerly Integrated Investment Services, Inc.), who provide services for Touchstone Investments.
Exemptions must be qualified in advance by the Distributor. At the option of the Trust, the front-end sales charge may be included on purchases by such persons in the future.
Immediate family members are defined as the spouse, parents, siblings, domestic partner, natural or adopted children, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, and sister-in-law of a director, officer or employee. The term "employee" is deemed to include current and retired employees.
WAIVER OF LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND CLASS A SALES CHARGE FOR FORMER NAVELLIER SHAREHOLDERS. Effective October 6, 2003, sales charges do not apply to Class A shares of the Large Cap Growth Fund purchased by former shareholders of the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio who are purchasing additional shares for their account or opening new accounts in the Large Cap Growth Fund.
WAIVER OF CLASS A SALES CHARGE FOR FORMER CONSTELLATION SHAREHOLDERS. Shareholders who owned shares of the Touchstone Fund Group Trust (formerly Constellation Funds) as of November 17, 2006 who are purchasing additional shares for their accounts or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund are not subject to the frond-end sales charge for purchases of Class A Shares. If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.
PURCHASES IN KIND. Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and is otherwise acceptable to the Advisor.
REDEMPTION IN KIND. Under unusual circumstances, when the Board of Trustees deems it in the best interests of a Fund's shareholders, the Fund may make payment for shares repurchased or redeemed in whole or in part in securities of the Fund taken at current value. Should payment be made in securities, the redeeming shareholder will generally incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. Portfolio securities that are issued in an in-kind redemption will be readily marketable. The Trust has filed an irrevocable election with the SEC under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act wherein the Funds are committed to pay redemptions in cash, rather than in kind, to any shareholder of record of a Fund who redeems during any ninety day period, the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund's NAV at the beginning of such period.
UNCASHED DISTRIBUTION CHECKS. If you have chosen to receive your distributions in cash and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver your checks or if your checks remain uncashed for 90 days, your dividends may be reinvested in your account at the then current NAV and any future distributions will automatically be reinvested. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed distribution checks.
TAXES
The Trust intends to qualify annually and to elect that each Fund be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code. To qualify as a regulated investment company, each Fund must, among other things: (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund's assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies); and (c) distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) and its net tax-exempt interest income, if any, each taxable year.
As a regulated investment company, each Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal
income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if
any, that it distributes to shareholders. The Fund intends to distribute to its
shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company
taxable income and net capital gains. Amounts not distributed on a timely basis
in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a
nondeductible 4% excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund
must distribute during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of: (1) at
least 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or
losses) for the calendar year; (2) at least 98% of its capital gains in excess
of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses, as prescribed by
the Code) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and
(3) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that was not
distributed during those years. A distribution will be treated as paid on
December 31 of the current calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in
October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the
Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be
taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are
declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.
To prevent application of the excise tax, the Fund intends to make its
distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.
A Fund's net realized capital gains from securities transactions will be distributed only after reducing such gains by the amount of any available capital loss carryforwards. Capital losses may be carried forward to offset any capital gains for eight years, after which any undeducted capital loss remaining is lost as a deduction. As of March 31, 2007, the following Funds had capital loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.
AMOUNT EXPIRATION DATE ----------- --------------- Growth Opportunities Fund $ 6,800,899 March 31, 2010 $21,975,058 March 31, 2011 $17,098,132 March 31, 2012 $ 1,974,416 March 31, 2013 Large Cap Growth Fund* $12,837,110 March 31, 2009 $ 2,396,670 March 31, 2010 $ 7,655,647 March 31, 2011 $ 3,322,314 March 31, 2012 $ 1,798,659 March 31, 2013 $77,025,030 March 31, 2015 Micro Cap Growth Fund $ 1,123,992 March 31, 2013 $ 1,673,731 March 31, 2014 $ 3,916,213 March 31, 2015 Small Cap Growth Fund $ 1,422,586 March 31, 2013 $19,584,402 March 31, 2015 |
* A portion of these capital loss carryforwards may be limited under tax regulations.
Each shareholder will receive, if appropriate, various written notices at the end of the calendar year as to the federal income status of his dividends and distributions that were received from the Fund during the year. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors as to any state and local taxes that may apply to these dividends and distributions.
FOREIGN TAXES. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of each applicable Fund's assets to be invested in various countries will vary. If the Fund is liable for foreign taxes, and if more than 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations, it may make an election pursuant to which certain foreign taxes paid by it would be treated as having been paid directly by shareholders of the entities, such as the corresponding Fund, which have invested in the Fund. Pursuant to such election, the amount of foreign taxes paid will be included in the income of the corresponding Fund's shareholders, and such Fund shareholders (except tax-exempt shareholders) may, subject to certain limitations, claim either a credit or deduction for the taxes. Each such Fund shareholder will be notified after the close of the Fund's taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid will "pass through" for that year and, if so, such notification will designate (a) the shareholder's portion of the foreign taxes paid to each such country and (b) the portion which represents income derived from sources within each such country. The amount of foreign taxes for which a shareholder may claim a credit in any year will generally be subject to a separate limitation for "passive income," which includes, among other items of income, dividends, interest and certain foreign currency gains. Because capital gains realized by the Fund on the sale of foreign securities will be treated as U.S.-source income, the available credit of foreign taxes paid with respect to such gains may be restricted by this limitation.
DISTRIBUTIONS. Dividends paid out of the Fund's investment company taxable income will be taxable to U.S. shareholders, other than corporations, at the qualified dividend income rate of 15%, or 5% for lower income levels and may qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, to the extent derived from qualified dividend income. Distributions of net capital gains, if any, designated as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the shareholder has held the Fund's shares, and are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares, rather than cash, generally will have a cost basis in each such share equal to the NAV of a share of the Fund on the reinvestment date. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions.
SALE OF SHARES. Any gain or loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of any shares of a Fund, or upon receipt of a distribution in complete liquidation of a Fund, generally will be a capital gain or loss which will be long-term or short-term, generally depending upon the shareholder's holding period for the shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced (including shares acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of net capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.
TIMING OF INVESTMENT. At the time of a shareholder's purchase of a Fund's shares, a portion of the purchase price may be attributable to realized or unrealized appreciation in the Fund's portfolio or undistributed taxable income of the Fund. Consequently, subsequent distributions by the Fund with respect to these shares from such appreciation or income may be taxable to such shareholder even if the NAV of the shareholder's shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the shareholder's cost for such shares and the distributions economically represent a return of a portion of the investment.
FOREIGN WITHHOLDING TAXES. Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING. A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and sales payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. The current backup-withholding rate is 28%. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Internal Revenue Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability.
FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS. The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder of an investment in a Fund may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors with respect to their particular tax consequences from an investment in a Fund.
OTHER TAXATION. Shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on their Fund distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.
PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS
As of July 5, 2007, the following shareholders owned of record or beneficially over 5% of the outstanding shares of a class of a Fund.
FUND SHAREHOLDER % OF CLASS ------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------------- ---------- Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A Charles Schwab & Company, Inc. 21.79% Cust SPL Custody Bnft 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated** 27.86% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Large Cap Growth Fund - Class B Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated** 37.60% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Large Cap Growth Fund - Class C Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated** 47.36% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL |
Large Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Dingle Company 5.06% P.O. Box 75000 Detroit, MI Large Cap Growth Fund - Class Y Fidelity Investments Institutional 11.39% 100 Magellan Way Covington, KY Large Cap Growth Fund - Class Y SEI Private Trust Company** 25.53% C/O Suntrust Bank One Freedom Valley Drive Oaks, PA Large Cap Growth Fund - Class Y US Bank 23.52% FBO Newport Net P.O. Box 1787 Milwaukee, WI Growth Opportunities Fund - Class A Fifth Third Bank - Trustee 15.45% FBO Various Fascorp Record Kept Plans 8515 E. Orchard Centennial, CO Growth Opportunities Fund-Class C Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 7.41% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Mid Cap Growth Fund-Class A Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 9.86% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Mid Cap Growth Fund-Class A Charles Schwab & Company, Inc. 6.68% Mutual Funds - Special Custody 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA Mid Cap Growth Fund-Class B Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 15.94% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Mid Cap Growth Fund-Class C Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated** 31.27% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Large Cap Core Equity Fund-Class A Fifth Third Bank - Trustee 16.06% FBO Various Fascorp Record Kept Plans 8515 E. Orchard 2T2 Centennial, CO Large Cap Core Equity Fund-Class A The Western & Southern Life Insurance Co.*,** 37.09% 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Large Cap Core Equity Fund-Class A The Western & Southern Financial Group*,** 25.89% 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Large Cap Core Equity Fund - Class C Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 17.85% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Large Cap Core Equity Fund - Class C The Western & Southern Life Insurance Co.* 9.07% 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Large Cap Core Equity Fund - Class C The Western & Southern Financial Group* 6.39% 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Small Cap Growth Fund-Class A Fifth Third Bank - Trustee 18.44% FBO Various Fascorp Record Kept Plans 8515 E. Orchard Centennial, CO Small Cap Growth Fund-Class A Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 5.27% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Small Cap Growth Fund-Class B Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 5.83% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL |
Small Cap Growth Fund-Class C Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 23.26% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Small Cap Growth Fund-Class Y Prudential Investment Management Service** 91.91% FBO Mutual Fund Clients 100 Mulberry Street Newark, NJ Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class A Western & Southern Life Insurance Co.* 15.21% 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class A Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 18.98% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class C Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated** 35.30% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class Y LPL Financial Services FBO An 17.67% Account* 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class Y LPL Financial Services FBO An 6.31% Account* 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class Y LPL Financial Services FBO An 9.02% Account* 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class Y RBC Dain Rauscher Custodian for Luther S. Hawley 5.71% Micro Cap Growth Fund-Class Y RBC Dain Rauscher FBO Thomas Richmond 6.22% Large Cap Value Fund-Class A Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 9.72% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Large Cap Value Fund-Class A Western & Southern Life Insurance Co.*,** 35.78% 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Large Cap Value Fund -Class C Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated 15.64% For the Sole Benefit of its Customers 4800 Deer Lake Drive East Jacksonville, FL Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund Western & Southern Financial Group*,** 95.58% -Class A 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund Western & Southern Financial Group*,** 95.03% -Class Y 400 Broadway Cincinnati, OH |
* Indicates that shares are held beneficially.
** May be deemed to control a class because it owned beneficially more than 25% of the outstanding shares as of July 5, 2007.
As of July 5, 2007, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned of record or beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust and of each Fund (or class thereof).
CUSTODIAN
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("BBH"), 40 Water Street, Boston, MA 02109, serves as the Trust's custodian. BBH acts as the Trust's depository, safe keeps its portfolio securities, collects all income and other payments with respect thereto, disburses funds as instructed and maintains records in connection with its duties.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The firm of Ernst & Young has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2008. The independent accountants will perform an audit of the Trust's financial statements for its fiscal year end and advise the Trust as to certain accounting matters.
TRANSFER AND SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
TRANSFER AGENT. The Trust's transfer agent, JPMorgan, is located at 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. JPMorgan maintains the records of each shareholder's account, answers shareholders' inquiries concerning their accounts, processes purchases and redemptions of the Funds' shares, acts as dividend and distribution disbursing agent and performs other shareholder service functions. For providing transfer agent and shareholder services to the Trust, JPMorgan receives a monthly per account fee from each Fund, plus out of-pocket expenses.
The Funds may also pay a fee to certain servicing organizations (such as broker-dealers and financial institutions) that provide sub-transfer agency services. These services include maintaining shareholder records, processing shareholder transactions and distributing communications to shareholders.
SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Effective January 1, 2007, the Advisor began providing administrative services to the Trust under an Administration Agreement and has sub-contracted certain accounting and administrative services to JPMorgan. The sub-administrative services sub-contracted to JPMorgan include accounting and pricing services, SEC and state security filings, providing executive and administrative services and providing reports for meetings of the Board of Trustees. The Advisor pays JPMorgan a sub-administrative fee out of its administration fee. Prior to January 1, 2007, the Funds paid JPMorgan an accounting service fee based on the asset size of the Fund, plus out-of-pocket expenses and the costs of outside pricing services. Set forth below are the accounting service fees paid by the Funds to JPMorgan during the stated fiscal periods:
ACCOUNTING SERVICE FEES
3-31-06 - 3-31-05 - 3-31-04 - 12-31-06 3-31-06 3-31-05 --------- --------- --------- Mid Cap Growth Fund $51,750 $69,000 $69,000 Large Cap Core Equity Fund $29,125 $39,000 $39,000 Growth Opportunities Fund $34,750 $51,000 $51,000 Small Cap Growth Fund $48,375 $66,550 $54,300 Micro Cap Growth Fund $33,750 $43,976 $28,126 Large Cap Value Fund $23,625 $ 2,621 -- Large Cap Growth Fund $57,375 $76,500 $56,450 |
Prior to January 1, 2007, JPMorgan provided administrative services to the Funds and the Funds paid JPMorgan an administrative service fee based on the asset size of the Funds. Set forth below are the administrative service fees as well as the sub-administrative service fees paid by the Funds to JPMorgan during the stated fiscal periods:
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE FEES
3-31-06 3-31-05 - 3-31-04 - 3-31-07 3-31-06 3-31-05 -------- --------- --------- Mid Cap Growth Fund $863,192 $384,261 $351,145 Large Cap Core Equity Fund $ 59,032 $ 11,000 $ 6,647 Growth Opportunities Fund $ 60,688 $ 61,496 $ 65,986 Small Cap Growth Fund $123,324 $128,546 $ 54,471 Micro Cap Growth Fund $ 72,334 $ 36,599 $ 28,126 Large Cap Value Fund $ 29,471 $ 424 -- Large Cap Growth Fund $829,815 $296,223 $ 90,716 |
COMPLIANCE SERVICE FEES. JPMorgan provides compliance program development, implementation and administration services to the Trust pursuant to a Compliance Services Agreement entered into on October 5, 2004. For providing compliance services to the Trust, the Funds pay a one-time compliance program development and implementation fee plus an annual compliance administration fee. The Funds also pay other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the services provided under the Compliance Services Agreement. Set forth below are the compliance fees and expenses paid by the Funds during the stated periods:
3-31-06 3-31-05 10-05-04- 3-31-07 3-31-06 3-31-05 -------- ------- --------- Mid Cap Growth Fund $ 4,714 $ 3,601 $8,391 Large Cap Core Equity Fund $ 1,514 $ 24 $ 162 Large Cap Growth Fund $ 5,093 $ 1,975 $1,346 Growth Opportunities Fund $ 657 $ 553 $1,107 Small Cap Growth Fund $ 1,248 $ 628 $1,288 Micro Cap Growth Fund $ 736 $ 219 $ 183 Large Cap Value Fund $ 700 $ 10 $ -- 09-06-06 03-31-07 -------- Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund $ 600 |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Funds' annual financial statements as of March 31, 2007 appear in the Trust's Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Trust's annual financial statements were audited by Ernst & Young. The Funds' semiannual financial statements as of September 30, 2006 appear in the Trust's Semiannual Report, which is incorporated by reference into this SAI. The Trust's semiannual financial statements are unaudited.
APPENDIX
BOND AND COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
Set forth below are descriptions of the ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch, which represent their opinions as to the quality of the securities which they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality.
MOODY 'S BOND RATINGS
Aaa Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues. Aa Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuations of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. A Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future. Baa Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. Ba Bonds that are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class. B Bonds that are rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small. Caa Bonds that are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest. |
Ca Bonds that are rated Ca represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.
C Bonds that are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
S&P'S BOND RATINGS
AAA Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong. AA Bonds rated AA have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differ from higher rated issues only in a small degree. A Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in the highest rated categories. BBB Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for bonds in this category than in higher rated categories. |
BB, B, Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded, on balance, as predominantly CCC, speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance CC, C with the terms of this obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, they are outweighed by large uncertainties of major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
D Bonds rated D are in default, and payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.
Plus (+) or Minus (-). The ratings from "AA" to "CCC" may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR Not rated.
FITCH RATINGS:
AAA - "AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events."
AA - "AA ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events."
A - "A ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings."
BBB - "BBB ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. Capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category."
BB - "BB ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade."
B - "B ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment."
CCC, CC, C - "Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A 'CC' rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. 'C' ratings signal imminent default."
DDD, DD and D - "Securities are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For U.S. corporates, for example, 'DD' indicates expected recovery of 50%-90% of such outstanding, and 'D' the lowest recovery potential, i.e. below 50%."
UNRATED. Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been suspended or withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the quality of the issue.
Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:
1. An application for rating was not received or accepted.
2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities that are not rated as a matter of policy.
3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.
4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody's publications.
Suspension or withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effect of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.
Note: Those bonds in the Aa, A, Baa, Ba and B groups which Moody's believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aa-1, A-1, Baa-1, Ba-1 and B-1.
S&P'S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
A. S& P's commercial paper rating is a current opinion of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from "A" for the highest-quality obligations to "D" for the lowest. These categories are as follows:
A-1 This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2 Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated "A-1."
A-3 Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. The are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
B Issues rated "B" are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.
C This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.
D Debt rated "D" is in payment default. The "D" rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes such payments will be made during such grace period.
MOODY'S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics: leading market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on funds employed; conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.
Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Issuers rated Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and the requirement for relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.
MOODY'S CORPORATE NOTE RATINGS
MIG-1 "Notes which are rated MIG-1 are judged to be of the best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing."
MIG-2 "Notes which are rated MIG-2 are judged to be of high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group."
S&P'S CORPORATE NOTE RATINGS
SP-1 "Debt rated SP-1 has very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a plus (+) designation." SP-2 "Debt rated SP-2 has satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest." SP-3 "Debt rated SP-3 has speculative capacity to pay principal and interest." |
PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 23. EXHIBITS:
(a)(1) Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Amendment No. 1 dated
May 24, 1994, Amendment No. 2 dated February 28, 1997 and Amendment No.
3 dated August 11, 1997, are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(b)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 002-80859), filed with the SEC on July
31, 1998.
(a)(2) Amendment No. 4 to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 12, 1998 and Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 16, 2000 and April 6, 2000 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 002-80859), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2000.
(a)(3) Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 21, 2000 and March 27, 2001 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001.
(a)(4) Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 28, 2002 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 6, 2002.
(a)(5) Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 7, 2002 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.
(a)(6) Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated April 14, 2004 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004.
(a)(7) Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated January 3, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 1, 2006.
(b) By-Laws and Amendments to By-Laws dated July 17, 1984 and April 5, 1989 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 31, 1998.
(c) Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on November 20, 2006.
(d)(1) Advisory Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith.
(d)(2) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and TCW Investment Management Company dated May 1, 2001 with respect to the Mid Cap Growth Fund (formerly the Emerging Growth Fund) is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001.
(d)(3) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Westfield Capital Management, Inc. with respect to the Mid Cap Growth Fund (formerly the Emerging Growth Fund) ) is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 2, 2005.
(d)(4) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Navellier & Associates, Inc. for the Large Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004.
(d)(5) Amendment to Sub-Advisory Agreement with Navellier & Associates, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(vi)(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 2, 2005.
(d)(6) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. for the Large Cap Core Equity Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(vii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.
(d)(7) Amendment to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Large Cap Core Equity Fund is filed herewith.
(d)(8) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Bjurman, Barry & Associates with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 6, 2002.
(d)(9) Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Bjurman, Barry & Associates with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund is filed herewith.
(d)(10) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 6, 2002.
(d)(11) Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund is filed herewith.
(d)(12) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Bjurman, Barry & Associates for the Micro Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004.
(d)(13) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and JS
Asset Management LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(d)(xi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with
the SEC on March 1, 2006.
(d)(14) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisor, Inc. and Westfield Capital Management Company, Inc. with respect to the Growth Opportunity Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(xi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 15, 2006.
(d)(15) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisor, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund is filed herewith.
(d)(16) Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisor, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund is filed herewith
(e)(1) Distribution Agreement with Touchstone Securities, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001.
(e)(2) Form of Underwriter's Dealer Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 10, 2004.
(f) Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 1, 2001.
(g)(1) Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.
(g)(2) Form of Securities Lending Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.
(g)(3) Custody Fee Offset Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(iii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2005.
(h)(1) Form of Accounting Services Agreement dated December 31, 2002 with Integrated Fund Services, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.
(h)(2) Form of Transfer Agency Agreement dated December 31, 2002 with Integrated Fund Services, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(ii) of Post- Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.
(h)(3) Recordkeeping Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(h)(vii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with
the SEC on March 5, 2005.
(h)(4) Integrated Fund Services Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program Service Agreement Addendum is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(viii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 5, 2005.
(h)(5) Addendum to Transfer Agency Agreements is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(i)(d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 1, 2006.
(h)(6) Transfer Agency Agreement dated January 1, 2007 is filed herewith.
(h)(7) Administration Agreement dated December 31, 2002 with Integrated Fund Services, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(iii) of Post- Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.
(h)(8) Administration Agreement dated January 1, 2007 is filed herewith.
(h)(9) Sub-Administration Agreement dated January 1, 2007 is filed herewith.
(h)(10) Allocation Agreement for Allocation of Fidelity Bond Proceeds is filed herewith.
(h)(11) Amended Expense Limitation Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith.
(h)(12) Amended i-Compliance Services Agreement with Integrated Fund Services, Inc. is filed herewith.
(i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel is filed herewith.
(j) Auditor's Consent is filed herewith.
(k) Not Applicable.
(l) Copy of Letter of Initial Stockholder, which was filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(m)(1) Registrant's Plans of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class A Shares and Class C Shares are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(1) of Post- Effective Amendment No. 42 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2000.
(m)(2) Registrant's Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class B Shares is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001.
(n) Amended Rule 18f-3 Plan Adopted with Respect to the Multiple Class Distribution System is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (n) of Post- Effective Amendment No. 56 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 10, 2004.
(o) Not Applicable.
(p)(1) Code of Ethics for Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Securities, Inc. is filed herewith.
(p)(2) Code of Ethics for Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith.
(p)(3) Code of Ethics for Westfield Capital Management Company LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (o)(v) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on December 16, 2005.
(p)(4) Code of Ethics for Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith.
(p)(5) Code of Ethics for The TCW Group, Inc. is filed herewith.
(p)(6) Code of Ethics for Bjurman, Barry & Associates is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (o)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 2, 2005.
(p)(7) Code of Ethics for Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (o)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on December 16, 2005.
(p)(8) Code of Ethics for Navellier & Associates is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004.
(p)(9) Code of Ethics for JS Asset Management LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 1, 2006.
(q) Powers of Attorney for Jill T. McGruder, John F. Barrett, Richard L.
Brenan, Philip R. Cox, H. Jerome Lerner, Donald C. Siekmann, Robert E.
Stautberg and John P. Zanotti are herein incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (p)(i) of Post- Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651),
filed with the SEC on June 1, 2006.
Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Registrant
None
Item 25. INDEMNIFICATION
(a) Article VI of the Registrant's Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of officers and Trustees as follows:
Section 6.4 Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc.
The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers, including persons who serve at the Trust's request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a "Covered Person") against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and expenses, including reasonable accountants' and counsel fees, incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Trustee or officer, director or trustee, and except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office ("disabling conduct"). Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, no Covered Person shall be indemnified for any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject unless (1) a final decision on the merits is made by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or, (2) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination is made, based upon a review of the facts, that the Covered Person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, by (a) the vote of a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are neither "interested persons" of the Company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the proceeding "disinterested, non-party Trustees"), or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
Section 6.5 Advances of Expenses.
The Trust shall advance attorneys' fees or other expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a proceeding, upon the undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay the advance unless it is ultimately determined that such Covered Person is entitled to indemnification, so long as one of the following conditions is met: (i) the Covered Person shall provide security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested non-party Trustees of the Trust, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
Section 6.6 Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc.
The right of indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article VI, "Covered Person" shall include such person's heirs, executors and administrators, an "interested Covered Person" is one against whom the action, suit or other proceeding in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened, and a "disinterested" person is a person against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened. Nothing contained in this article shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any such person.
(b) The Registrant maintains a mutual fund and investment advisory professional and directors and officer's liability policy. The policy provides coverage to the Registrant, its trustees and officers and includes losses by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty. The Registrant may not pay for insurance that protects the Trustees and officers against liabilities rising from action involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their offices.
The Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreements provide that Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (or a Subadvisory) shall not be liable for any act or omission in the course of rendering services, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard by Touchstone (or a Subadvisor) of its obligations under the Agreement.
Item 26. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISORS
A. TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. (the "Adviser") is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Touchstone Fund Complex.
The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the Directors and Executive Officers of the Adviser. Unless otherwise noted with an (*), the address of the corporations listed below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
(1) Jill T. McGruder - CEO and Director Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) President and Chief Executive Officer-IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(b) President and Chief Executive Officer-Integrity Life Insurance Co.
(c) President and Chief Executive Officer, National Integrity Life Insurance Co.
(d) Chief Executive Officer-Touchstone Fund Complex
(e) Senior Vice President-Western & Southern Financial Group*
(f) President-IFS Systems, Inc.
(g) Senior Vice President-W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(h) Director - Western & Southern Financial Group*, Capital Analysts, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., IFS Systems, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Co., National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Touchstone Securities, Inc., Western & Southern Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, LaRosa's, Inc.*
(2) James H. Grifo - President-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) President-Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(b) Vice President-Touchstone Fund Complex
(3) Brian E. Hirsch - Vice President & Chief Compliance Officer-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Senior Vice President-IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(b) Vice President & Chief Compliance Officer-Touchstone Fund Complex
(c) Chief Compliance Officer-MMA Praxis Funds, Inc.*
(4) Donald J. Wuebbling - Director & Chief Legal Officer-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Director-AM Concepts, Inc.*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., IFS Agency
Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, IFS Systems,
Inc., Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Insurance Profillment Solutions,
LLC.*, Capital Analysts Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company,* National
Integrity Life Insurance Company,* WestAd Inc*, Server Vault Corp.*, Todd
Investment Advisors, Inc.*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC.*, IFS Financial
Services, Inc., Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.*, Fort Washington
Investment Advisors, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(b) Senior Vice President and General Counsel-Western & Southern Life Insurance Company
(c) Senior Vice President -W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Columbus Life Insurance Co.*
(d) Secretary -Eagle Realty Group, LLC.*, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., AM Concepts, Inc.*, Columbus Life Insurance Co.*
(e) Assistant Secretary-Eagle Realty Investments, Inc*.
(f) Vice President-AM Concepts, Inc.*
(5) Richard K. Taulbee-Vice President-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President-Capital Analysts, Inc., Eagle Realty Group, LLC.*, Eagle Realty Investments*, IFS Financial Services, Inc., IFS Fund Distributors, Inc., IFS Systems, Inc., IIS Broadway Corporation*, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Insurance Company*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., WestAd, Inc.*, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Western & Southern Agency Service, Inc.*
(b) Assistant Treasurer-AM Concepts, Inc.*, Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC., Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., Tri-State Ventures, LLC*.
(6) James J. Vance-Vice President & Treasurer-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President & Treasurer-Western & Southern Life Insurance Company*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., IFS Agency Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, IFS Systems, Inc., Touchstone Securities, Inc., Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, WestAd Inc.*, AM Concepts, Inc*.
(b) Treasurer-W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC., Insurance Profillment Solutions*, Tristate Ventures, LLC.*
(c) Assistant Treasurer-IFS Fund Distributors, Inc.
(7) Terrie A. Wiedenheft - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer-Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, IFS Financial Services, IFS Fund Distributors, Inc., and Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(b) Treasurer & Controller-Touchstone Fund Complex
(8) James N. Clark - Director-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President, Director and Secretary-Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company*, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company*, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company.*
(b) Director and Secretary-WestAd, Inc.*
(c) Director-Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC.*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, IFS Agency Services, Inc., IFS Systems, Inc., Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributirs, Inc.*, Capital Analysts, Inc., AM Concepts*, IFS Financial Services, Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.*, Lafayette Life Insurance Company*.
(9) William A. Dent-Senior Vice President - Product Management and Marketing-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President-Touchstone Fund Complex
(10) Gregory A. Harris-Vice President-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President Fund Administration-Touchstone Fund Complex
(11) Jeffrey K. Ringdahl-Vice President-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President Product Management-Touchstone Fund Complex
(12) Rhonda S. Malone-Secretary-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Secretary-Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, IFS Systems, Inc., IFS Fund Distributors, Inc.
(b) Associate Counsel - Securities-Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*
B. FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. ("Fort Washington") is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund. Fort Washington serves as the Sub-Advisor to Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust and certain series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust. Fort Washington also provides investment advice to institutional and individual clients. The address of Fort Washington is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati Ohio 45202
The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of Fort Washington.
(1) Maribeth S. Rahe, President and Director
(a) Director of Todd Investment Advisors, Inc., 3160 National City Tower, Louisville, KY 40202, Capital Analysts Incorporated, Eagle Realty Group LLC and Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.
(b) Senior Vice President of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company
(c) President of Tristate Ventures, LLC*
(2) Nicholas P. Sargen, Chief Investment Officer and Director
(a) Director of Todd Investment Advisors, Inc.
(b) Senior Vice President & Chief Investment Officer of TheWestern and Southern Life Insurance Company, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company and National Integrity Life Insurance Company
(c) Chief Investment Officer of Tristate Ventures, LLC*
(3) John F. Barrett, Chairman and Director
(a) President, Director and Chief Executive Officer of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company and Western & Southern Financial Group
(b) Trustee of Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust and Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Constellation Institutional Portfolios.
(c) A Director and Chairman of Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company and Lafayette Life Insurance Company.
(d) A Director of Eagle Realty Group LLC, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc. and Todd Investment Advisors, Inc.
(e) Director, Chairman & CEO of WestAd, Inc.
(4) Brendan M. White, Managing Director & Senior Portfolio Manager
(5) James A. Markley, Managing Director, Senior Relationship Manager
(6) Roger M. Lanham - Managing Director & Senior Portfolio Manager
(7) John J. O'Connor, Investment and Equity Strategist
(a) Vice President of Tristate Ventures LLC*
(8) Timothy J. Policinksi, Managing Director
(9) Michele Hawkins, Chief Compliance Officer & Vice President
(a) Chief Compliance Officer, Todd Investment Advisors, Inc.
(10) Donald J. Wuebbling - Secretary & Director - See biography above
(11) Margaret C. Bell, Managing Director, Marketing and Business Development
(12) Robert L. Walker, Director
(a) Director of Eagle Realty Group, LLC, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc., Todd Investment Advisors, Inc, Insurance Profillment Solutions, LLC* and Lafayette Insurance Company.
(b) Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and Columbus Life Insurance Company
(13) Richard Jandrain III - Vice President & Managing Director
(a) Chief Equity Strategist of Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation until 2004
(14) Terrie A. Wiedenheft, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer - See biography above
(15) James J. Vance, Vice President & Treasurer - See biography above.
(16) Stephen A. Baker, Managing Director of Private Equity
(a) Director of SeverVault Corp.*
(b) Vice President of Tristate Ventures, LLC*
(17) Christopher L. Baucom, Managing Director of Private Equity
(a) Private Equity Investment Manager of Tristate Ventures, LLC*
(18) John P. Bessone, Vice President
(19) Gerald K. Butterworth, Vice President of Finance
(a) Vice President of Finance of IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(20) Paul D. Cohn, Vice President of Private Equity
(21) Rance G. Duke, Vice President, Senior Portfolio Manager
(22) Thomas L. Finn, Vice President
(23) Mark A. Frietch, Vice President, Investment Operations,
(24) John J. Goetz, Vice President, Senior Portfolio Manager
(25) Daniel J. Kapusta, Vice President, Senior Portfolio Manager
(26) Howard R. Lodge, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(27) Bihag N. Patel, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager
(28) David K. Robinson, Vice President, Senior Portfolio Manager
(29) Nancy E. Schultz, Vice President and Controller
(a) Vice President and Controller of IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(30) Charles A. Ulbricht, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(31) Scott D. Weston, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager
(32) Stephen Ball, Vice President
(33) Marty Flesher, Vice President
C. TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY ("TCW") is a registered investment adviser providing sub-advisory services to the Mid Cap Growth Fund. The address of TCW 865 South Figueroa Street, Los Angeles, California 90017. The following are the executive officers and directors of TCW:
(1) Robert D. Beyer - Director & Chairman
(2) Alvin R. Albe - Director, President & CEO
(3) Jeffrey E. Gundlach - Director & Chief Investment Officer
(4) William C. Sonneborn - Director & Vice Chairman
(5) Marc I. Stern - Director & Vice Chairman
(6) Thomas E. Larkin Jr. - Vice Chairman
(7) Michael E. Cahill - General Counsel & Secretary
(8) David S. Devito - Chief Financial Officer
(9) Hilary G. Lord - Chief Compliance Officer
D. WESTFIELD CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC ("WESTFIELD") is a registered adviser providing sub-advisory services to the Mid Cap Growth Fund and the Growth Opportunities Fund. The address of Westfield is One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111. The following are executive officers and directors of Westfield:
(1) Charles M. Hazard - Director
(2) Arthur J. Bauernfeind - Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(3) William A. Muggia - Director, President and Chief Investment Officer
(4) Timothy L. Vaill - Director
(5) Karen A. Digravio - Director, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Executive Vice President
E. TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. ("TODD") is a registered adviser providing sub-advisory services to the Large Cap Core Equity Fund. The address of Todd is 3160 National City Tower, Louisville, KY 40202. The following are executive officers and directors of Todd:
(1) Bosworth M. Todd - Chairman Emeritus, Director
(2) Robert P. Bordogna - Chairman, Director
(3) Maribeth S. Rahe - Director
(4) Curtiss M. Scott, Jr. - President, Director & Chief Executive Officer
(5) Gayle S. Dorsey - Partner, Private Client Services & Director
(6) Jennifer J. Doss, Partner, Secretary/Treasurer
(7) John J. White, Partner, Director of Research
(8) John F. Barrett - Director
(9) Nicholas P. Sargen- Director
(10) Michele Hawkins - Chief Compliance Officer
(11) William P. O'Connor - Director of Marketing
(12) Robert L. Walker, Director
(13) Donald J. Wuebbling, Director
(14) John C. Holden, Partner, Sr. Portfolio Manager
(15) J. Christian Feduchak, Sr. Vice President Business Development
F. BJURMAN, BARRY & ASSOCIATES ("BJURMAN") is a registered adviser providing sub-advisory services to the Small Cap Growth Fund and the Micro Cap Growth Fund. The address of Bjurman is 10100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, CA. The following are officers and directors of Bjurman:
(1) G. Andrew Bjurman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(2) O. Thomas Barry III, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Director
(3) Kathy K. Pommet, Chief Compliance Officer
(4) Stephen W. Shipman, Director of Research and Executive Vice President.
(5) Patrick Bradford, Assistant Vice President
G. LONGWOOD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. ("LONGWOOD") is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Small Cap Growth Fund. The address of Longwood is One International Place, Suite 240, Boston, MA. The following are officers of Longwood:
(1) Robert A. Davidson, President
(2) Leonard M. Sorgini, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer
(3) Jennifer M. Pawloski - Director of Research
(4) Kathleen J. Jordan - Director of Marketing
H. NAVELLIER & ASSOCIATES, Inc. ("Navellier") is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Large Cap Growth Fund. The address of Navellier is One East Liberty Street, Third Floor, Reno, Nevada. The following are officers of Navellier.
(1) Louis G. Navellier, Chief Executive Officer
(2) Arjen P. Kuyper, President & Chief Operating Officer
(3) Peter R. Knapp, Vice President & Chief Compliance Officer
(4) Keith M. Basso, Vice President
(5) James H. O'Leary, Vice President
(6) Paula M. Boyd, Vice President
I. JS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC ("JSAM") is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Large Cap Value Fund. The address of JSAM is One Tower Bridge, 100 Front Street, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania, 19428. The following are officers of JSAM.
(1) John K. Schneider, Chief Executive Officer/Chief Investment Officer
(2) Marvin H. Barge, Chief Compliance Officer
(3) William L. Norton, Analyst
(4) Jennifer L. Baker, Analyst
Item 27 Principal Underwriters
(a) Touchstone Securities, Inc. also acts as underwriter for Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Constellation Funds and Constellation Institutional Portfolios.
Unless otherwise noted, the address of the persons named below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. *The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
(b)
POSITION WITH POSITION WITH NAME UNDERWRITER REGISTRANT -------------------- ------------------------ --------------------- James H. Grifo President Vice President Jill T. McGruder Director Trustee/President James N. Clark* Director None Donald J. Wuebbling* Director None Patricia J. Wilson Chief Compliance Officer None Richard K. Taulbee* Vice President None James J. Vance* Treasurer None Terrie A. Wiedenheft Chief Financial Officer Controller/ Treasurer Rhonda Malone Secretary None |
(c) None
Item 28. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
Accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder will be maintained by the Registrant.
Item 29. MANAGEMENT SERVICES NOT DISCUSSED IN PART A OR PART B
None.
Item 30. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions of Massachusetts law and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Registrant or the Bylaws of the Registrant, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(b) Within five business days after receipt of a written application by shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 1% of the shares then outstanding or shares then having a net asset value of $25,000, whichever is less, each of whom shall have been a shareholder for at least six months prior to the date of application (hereinafter the "Petitioning Shareholders"), requesting to communicate with other shareholders with a view to obtaining signatures to a request for a meeting for the purpose of voting upon removal of any Trustee of the Registrant, which application shall be accompanied by a form of communication and request which such Petitioning Shareholders wish to transmit, Registrant will:
(i) provide such Petitioning Shareholders with access to a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders of the Registrant;
or
(ii) inform such Petitioning Shareholders of the approximate number of shareholders and the estimated costs of mailing such communication, and to undertake such mailing promptly after tender by such Petitioning Shareholders to the Registrant of the material to be mailed and the reasonable expenses of such mailing.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this Post Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registration Statement No. 002-80859 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on the 1st day of August, 2007.
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
By: /s/ Jill T. McGruder ------------------------------------ Jill T. McGruder President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacity on the dates indicated.
/s/ Jill T. McGruder ------------------------------------- Jill T. McGruder Trustee & President August 1, 2007 /s/ Terrie A. Wiedenheft ------------------------------------- Terrie A. Wiedenheft Controller, Treasurer August 1, 2007 and Principal Financial Officer * ------------------------------------- John F. Barrett Trustee August 1, 2007 |
* ------------------------------------- Richard L. Brenan Trustee August 1, 2007 * ------------------------------------- Phillip R. Cox Trustee August 1, 2007 |
* ------------------------------------- H. Jerome Lerner Trustee August 1, 2007 * ------------------------------------- Donald C. Siekmann Trustee August 1, 2007 * ------------------------------------- Robert E. Stautberg Trustee August 1, 2007 * ------------------------------------- John P. Zanotti Trustee August 1, 2007 By: /s/ Jay S. Fitton --------------------------------- Jay S. Fitton |
*Attorney-in-Fact
August 1, 2007
Exhibits
(d)(1) Advisory Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(d)(7) Amendment to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Large Cap Core Equity Fund
(d)(9) Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Bjurman, Barry & Associates with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund
(d)(11) Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund
(d)(15) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisor, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
(d)(16) Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisor, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund
(h)(6) Transfer Agency Agreement dated January 1, 2007
(h)(8) Administration Agreement dated January 1, 2007
(h)(9) Sub-Administration Agreement dated January 1, 2007
(h)(10) Allocation Agreement for Allocation of Fidelity Bond Proceeds
(h)(11) Amended Expense Limitation Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(h)(12) Amended i-Compliance Services Agreement with Integrated Fund Services, Inc.
(i) Opinion of Counsel
(j) Auditor's Consent
(p)(1) Code of Ethics for Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(p)(2) Code of Ethics for Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.
(p)(4) Code of Ethics for Todd Investment Advisors, Inc.
(p)(5) Code of Ethics for the TCW Group, Inc.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2000, amended December 31, 2002, by and between TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC., an Ohio corporation (the "Advisor"), and TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST, a Massachusetts business trust created pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 18, 1982, as amended from time to time (the "Trust").
WHEREAS, the Trust is an open-end diversified management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the "1940 Act"); and
WHEREAS, shares of beneficial interest in the Trust are divided into separate series (each, along with any series which may in the future be established, a "Fund"); and
WHEREAS, the Trust desires to avail itself of the services, information, advice, assistance and facilities of an investment advisor and to have an investment advisor perform for it various investment advisory and research services and other management services; and
WHEREAS, the Advisor is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and desires to provide investment advisory services to the Trust;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, it is agreed as follows:
1. EMPLOYMENT OF THE ADVISOR. The Trust hereby employs the Advisor to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of each Fund subject to the control and direction of the Trust's Board of Trustees, for the period on the terms hereinafter set forth. The Advisor hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render the services and to assume the obligations herein set forth for the compensation herein provided. The Advisor shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise), have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.
2. OBLIGATIONS OF AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE ADVISOR. In providing the services and assuming the obligations set forth herein, the Advisor may, at its expense, employ one or more sub-advisors for any Fund. Any agreement between the Advisor and a sub-advisor shall be subject to the renewal, termination and amendment provisions of paragraph 10 hereof. The Advisor undertakes to provide the following services and to assume the following obligations:
a) The Advisor will manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of each Fund, subject to and in accordance with the respective investment objectives and policies of each Fund and any directions which the Trust's Board of Trustees may issue from time to time. In pursuance of the foregoing, the Advisor may engage separate investment advisors ("Sub-Advisor(s)") to make all determinations with respect to the investment of the assets of each Fund, to effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and to take such steps as may be necessary to implement the same. Such determination and services by each Sub-Advisor shall also include determining the manner in which voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the portfolio securities shall be exercised. The Advisor shall, and shall cause each Sub-Advisor to, render regular reports to the Trust's Board of Trustees concerning the Trust's and each Fund's investment activities.
b) The Advisor shall, or shall cause the respective Sub-Advisor(s) to place orders for the execution of all portfolio transactions, in the name of the respective Fund and in accordance with the policies with respect thereto set forth in the Trust's registration statements under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as such registration statements may be amended from time to time. In connection with the placement of orders for the execution of portfolio transactions, the Advisor shall create and maintain (or cause the Sub-Advisors to create and maintain) all necessary brokerage records for each Fund, which records shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to records required by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act. All records shall be the property of the Trust and shall be available for inspection and use by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the Trust or any person retained by the Trust. Where applicable, such records shall be maintained by the Advisor (or Sub-Advisor) for the periods and in the places required by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act.
c) In the event of any reorganization or other change in the Advisor, its investment principals, supervisors or members of its investment (or comparable) committee, the Advisor shall give the Trust's Board of Trustees written notice of such reorganization or change within a reasonable time (but not later than 30 days) after such reorganization or change.
d) The Advisor shall bear its expenses of providing services to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement except such expenses as are undertaken by the Trust. In addition, the Advisor shall pay the salaries and fees, if any, of all Trustees, officers and employees of the Trust who are affiliated persons, as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act, of the Advisor.
e) The Advisor will manage, or will cause the Sub-Advisors to manage, the Fund assets and the investment and reinvestment of such assets so as to comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act and with Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
3. EXPENSES. The Trust shall pay the expenses of its operation, including
but not limited to (i) charges and expenses for Trust accounting, pricing and
appraisal services and related overhead, (ii) the charges and expenses of the
Trust's auditors; (iii) the charges and expenses of any custodian, transfer
agent, plan agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar appointed by the
Trust with respect to the Funds; (iv) brokers' commissions, and issue and
transfer taxes, chargeable to the Trust in connection with securities
transactions to which the Trust is a party; (v) insurance premiums, interest
charges, dues and fees for Trust membership in trade associations and all taxes
and fees payable by the Trust to federal, state or other governmental agencies;
(vi) fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registrations of
the Trust and/or shares of the Trust with the SEC, state or blue sky securities
agencies and foreign countries, including the preparation of Prospectuses and
Statements of Additional Information for filing with the SEC; (vii) all expenses
of meetings of Trustees and of shareholders of the Trust and of preparing,
printing and distributing prospectuses, notices, proxy statements and all
reports to shareholders and to governmental agencies; (viii) charges and
expenses of legal counsel to the Trust; (ix) compensation of Trustees of the
Trust; and (x) interest on borrowed money, if any.
4. COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISOR.
a) As compensation for the services rendered and obligations assumed hereunder by the Advisor, the Trust shall pay to the Advisor monthly a fee that is equal on an annual basis to that percentage of the average daily net assets of each Fund set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto (and with respect to any future Fund, such percentage as the Trust and the Advisor may agree to from time to time). Such fee shall be computed and accrued daily. If the Advisor serves as investment advisor for less than the whole of any period specified in this Section 4a, the compensation to the Advisor shall be prorated. For purposes of calculating the Advisor's fee, the daily value of each Fund's net assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the net asset value of that Fund.
b) The Advisor will pay all fees owing to each Sub-Advisor, and the Trust shall not be obligated to the Sub-Advisors in any manner with respect to the compensation of such Sub-Advisors.
c) The Advisor reserves the right to waive all or a part of its fee.
5. ACTIVITIES OF THE ADVISOR. The services of the Advisor to the Trust hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Advisor shall be free to render similar services to others. It is understood that the Trustees and officers of the Trust are or may become interested in the Advisor as stockholders, officers or otherwise, and that stockholders and officers of the Advisor are or may become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Advisor may become interested in the Trust as a shareholder or otherwise.
6. USE OF NAMES. The Trust will not use the name of the Advisor in any prospectus, sales literature or other material relating to the Trust in any manner not approved prior thereto by the Advisor; except that the Trust may use such name in any document which merely refers in accurate terms to its appointment hereunder or in any situation which is required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld. The Advisor will not use the name of the Trust in any material relating to the Advisor in any manner not approved prior thereto by the Trust; except that the Advisor may use such name in any document which merely refers in accurate terms to the appointment of the Advisor hereunder or in any situation which is required by the SEC or a state securities commission. In all other cases, the parties may use such names to the extent that the use is approved by the party named, it being agreed that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld.
The Trustees of the Trust acknowledge that the Advisor has reserved for itself the rights to the name "Touchstone Strategic Trust" (or any similar names) and that use by the Trust of such name shall continue only with the continuing consent of the Advisor, which consent may be withdrawn at any time, effective immediately, upon written notice thereof to the Trust.
7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE ADVISOR.
a) Absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Advisor, the Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to any shareholder in any Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security. As used in this Section 7, the term "Advisor" shall include Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and/or any of its affiliates and the directors, officers and employees of Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and/or any of its affiliates.
b) The Trust will indemnify the Advisor against, and hold it
harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and
expenses) resulting from acts or omissions of the Trust.
Indemnification shall be made only after: (i) a final decision
on the merits by a court or other body before whom the
proceeding was brought that the Trust was liable for the
damages claimed or (ii) in the absence of such a decision, a
reasonable determination based upon a review of the facts,
that the Trust was liable for the damages claimed, which
determination shall be made by either (a) the vote of a
majority of a quorum of Trustees of the Trust who are neither
"interested persons" of the Trust nor parties to the
proceeding ("disinterested non-party Trustees") or (b) an
independent legal counsel satisfactory to the parties hereto,
whose determination shall be set forth in a written opinion.
The Advisor shall be entitled to advances from the Trust for
payment of the reasonable expenses incurred by it in
connection with the matter as to which it is seeking
indemnification in the manner and to the fullest extent that
would be permissible under the applicable provisions of the
General Corporation Law of Ohio. The Advisor shall provide to
the Trust a written affirmation of its good faith belief that
the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under
such law has been met and a written undertaking to repay any
such advance if it should ultimately be determined that the
standard of conduct has not been met. In addition, at least
one of the following additional conditions shall be met: (i)
the Advisor shall provide security in form and amount
acceptable to the Trust for its undertaking; (ii) the Trust is
insured against losses arising by reason of the advance; or
(iii) a majority of a quorum of the Trustees of the Trust, the
members of which majority are disinterested non-party
Trustees, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion,
shall have determined, based on a review of facts readily
available to the Trust at the time the advance is proposed to
be made, that there is reason to believe that the Advisor will
ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification.
8. LIMITATION OF TRUST'S LIABILITY. The Advisor acknowledges that it has received notice of and accepts the limitations upon the Trust's liability set forth in its Declaration of Trust. The Advisor agrees that the Trust's obligations hereunder in any case shall be limited to the Trust and to its assets and that the Advisor shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the holders of the shares of any Fund nor from any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust.
9. FORCE MAJEURE. The Advisor shall not be liable for delays or errors occurring by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including but not limited to acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, work stoppages, fire, flood, catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riot, or failure of communication or power supply. In the event of equipment breakdowns beyond its control, the Advisor shall take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto.
10. RENEWAL, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.
a) This Agreement shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, for a period of one year from the date hereof and it shall continue indefinitely thereafter as to each Fund, provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the parties hereto and, in addition, at least annually by (i) the vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Fund or by vote of a majority of the Trust's Board of Trustees and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of the Advisor, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, with respect to any Fund(s), without payment of any penalty, by the Trust's Board of Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Fund(s) upon 60 days' prior written notice to the Advisor and by the Advisor upon 60 days' prior written notice to the Trust.
c) This Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties hereto, subject to approval by the Trust's Board of Trustees and, if required by applicable SEC rules and regulations, a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of any Fund affected by such change. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
d) The terms "assignment," "interested persons" and "majority of the outstanding voting securities" shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the 1940 Act.
11. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
12. MISCELLANEOUS. Each party agrees to perform such further actions and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered in their names and on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written. Pursuant to the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of November 18, 1982, the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders of the Trust individually, but bind only the Trust estate.
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
By: /s/ Patrick T. Bannigan ------------------------------- Patrick T. Bannigan President |
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
By: /s/ Michael S. Spangler ------------------------------- Michael S. Spangler Vice President |
EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 25, 2005
SCHEDULE 1
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $200 million of average daily net assets; 0.70% from $200 million to $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.65% of such assets in excess of $1 billion.
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.00% on the first $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.90% of the next $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.80% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.75% of such assets in excess of $200 million.
EMERGING GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.80% of average daily net assets.
LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.65% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.60% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.55% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.50% of such assets in excess of $300 million.
VALUE PLUS FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.70% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.65% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.60% of such assets in excess of $300 million.
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
SCHEDULE 1
EFFECTIVE MARCH 6, 2006
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $200 million of average daily net assets; 0.70% from $200 million to $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.65% of such assets in excess of $1 billion.
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.00% on the first $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.90% of the next $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.80% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.75% of such assets in excess of $200 million.
MID CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.80% of average daily net assets.
LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.65% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.60% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.55% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.50% of such assets in excess of $300 million.
VALUE PLUS FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.70% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.65% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.60% of such assets in excess of $300 million.
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% of average daily net assets.
SCHEDULE 1
EFFECTIVE AUGUST 15, 2006
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $200 million of average daily net assets; 0.70% from $200 million to $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.65% of such assets in excess of $1 billion.
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.00% on the first $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.90% of the next $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.80% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.75% of such assets in excess of $200 million.
MID CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.80% of average daily net assets.
LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.65% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.60% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.55% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.50% of such assets in excess of $300 million.
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% of average daily net assets.
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.05% of average daily net assets.
SCHEDULE 1
EFFECTIVE NOVEMBER 10, 2006
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $200 million of average daily net assets; 0.70% from $200 million to $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.65% of such assets in excess of $1 billion.
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.00% on the first $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.90% of the next $50 million of average daily net assets; 0.80% of the next $900 million of average daily net assets; and 0.75% of such assets in excess of $1 billion.
MID CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.80% of average daily net assets.
LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.65% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.60% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.55% of the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.50% of such assets in excess of $300 million.
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.25% of average daily net assets.
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 0.75% of average daily net assets.
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
The Fund pays the Advisor a fee equal to the annual rate of 1.05% of average daily net assets.
ADDENDUM TO INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
AND TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
This Agreement is entered into as of August 14, 2006 by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor") and Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. (the "Sub- Advisor").
WHEREAS, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement dated as of May 1, 2000, amended December 31, 2002, on behalf of the Enhanced 30 Fund (subsequently renamed the Large Cap Core Equity Fund) (the "Sub-Advisory Agreement").
WHEREAS, the Advisor and the Sub-Adviser wish to enter into this Addendum to the Sub-Advisory Agreement in order to change the compensation paid to the Sub-Advisor by the Advisor for the services provided to the Large Cap Core Equity Fund;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
1. As compensation for the services to be rendered and duties undertaken hereunder by the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor will pay to the Sub-Advisor a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to 0.325% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.30% on the next $100 million of average daily net assets; 0.275% on the next $100 million of average daily net assets; and 0.250% of such assets in excess of $300 million. If the Sub-Advisor serves in such capacity for less than the whole of any period specified herein, the compensation to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated. For purposes of calculating the Sub-Advisor's fee, the daily value of the Fund's net assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the net asset value of the Fund for purposes of purchases and redemption of shares thereof.
2. This Addendum shall supersede the Addendum to the Sub-Advisory Agreement entered into on December 31, 2002.
3. Except for the revised compensation schedule to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, this Sub-Advisory Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and be binding upon the parties notwithstanding the execution and delivery of this Addendum.
4. This Addendum shall be binding upon the parties and, to the extent permitted by the Sub-Advisory Agreement, their respective successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Addendum to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. By: /s/ William Dent By: /s/ Curtis M. Scott, Jr. --------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Print Name: William Dent Print Name: Curtis M. Scott, Jr. Print Title: Senior Vice President Print Title: President & CEO Date: April 18, 2007 Date: May 1, 2007 |
ADDENDUM TO SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
This Agreement is entered into as of January 1, 2007 by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. ("Touchstone") and Bjurman, Barry & Associates ("Bjurman").
WHEREAS, Touchstone and Bjurman entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement dated as of September 10, 2002 (the "Sub-Advisory Agreement") with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund (the "Fund"), a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust; and
WHEREAS, Touchstone and Bjurman wish to enter into this Addendum to the Sub-Advisory Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
1. Pursuant to Section 3 of the Sub-Advisory Agreement Bjurman will receive a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to 0.65% of the Fund's average daily net assets until such time as is mutually agreed upon by Touchstone and Bjurman.
2. Except as amended by this Addendum, the Sub-Advisory Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
3. This Addendum shall be binding upon the parties and, to the extent permitted by law and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, their respective successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Addendum to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. BJURMAN, BARRY & ASSOCIATES By: /s/ James H. Grifo By: /s/ G. Andrew Bjurman --------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Print Name: Print Name: ------------------------- ---------------------------- Print Title: President Print Title: President Date: 06-01-07 Date: 06-05-07 |
ADDENDUM TO SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
This Agreement is entered into as of January 1, 2007 by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. ("Touchstone") and Longwood Investment Advisors, Inc. ("Longwood").
WHEREAS, Touchstone and Longwood entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement dated as of September 10, 2002 (the "Sub-Advisory Agreement") with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund (the "Fund"), a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust; and
WHEREAS, Touchstone and Longwood wish to enter into this Addendum to the Sub-Advisory Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
1. Pursuant to Section 3 of the Sub-Advisory Agreement Longwood will receive a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to 0.60% of the Fund's average daily net assets until such time as is mutually agreed upon by Touchstone and Longwood.
2. Except as amended by this Addendum, the Sub-Advisory Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
3. This Addendum shall be binding upon the parties and, to the extent permitted by law and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, their respective successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Addendum to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. LONGWOOD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. By: /s/ James H. Grifo By: /s/ Robert Davidson --------------------------------- ---------------------------------- Print Name: Print Name: ------------------------- -------------------------- Print Title: President Print Title: President Date: 6-1-07 Date: 06-04-07 |
SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
TOUCHSTONE DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
This SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of September 5, 2006, by and between TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC., an Ohio corporation (the "Advisor"), and FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC., an Ohio corporation (the "Sub-Advisor").
WHEREAS, the Advisor is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and has been retained by Touchstone Strategic Trust (the "Trust"), a Massachusetts business trust organized pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated May 19, 1993 and registered as an open-end diversified management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), to provide investment advisory services with respect to certain assets of the Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund (the "Fund"); and
WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor also is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; and
WHEREAS, the Advisor desires to retain the Sub-Advisor to furnish it with portfolio management services in connection with the Advisor's investment advisory activities on behalf of the Fund, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services to the Advisor and the Fund;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, it is agreed as follows:
1. EMPLOYMENT OF THE SUB-ADVISOR. In accordance with and subject to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor, attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Advisory Agreement"), the Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to manage the investment and reinvestment of that portion of the assets of the Fund allocated to it by the Advisor (the "Fund Assets"), in conformity with the Fund's currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and subject to the control and direction of the Advisor and the Trust's Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms hereinafter set forth. The Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render the services and to perform the duties called for by this Agreement for the compensation herein provided. The Sub-Advisor shall at all times maintain its registration as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal. The Sub-Advisor shall for all purposes herein be deemed an independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise), have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust or the Fund.
2. DUTIES OF THE SUB-ADVISOR. The Sub-Advisor will provide the following services and undertake the following duties:
a. The Sub-Advisor will manage the investment and reinvestment of the Fund Assets, subject to and in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and in conformity with the Fund's currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and any directions which the Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees may give from time to time with respect to the Fund. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor will make all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund Assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and shall take such steps as may be necessary or advisable to implement the same. The Sub-Advisor also will determine the manner in which voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the portfolio securities will be exercised. The Sub-Advisor will render regular reports to the Trust's Board of Trustees and to the Advisor (or such other advisor or advisors as the Advisor shall engage to assist it in the evaluation of the performance and activities of the Sub-Advisor). Such reports shall be made in such form and manner and with respect to such matters regarding the Fund and the Sub-Advisor as the Trust or the Advisor shall from time to time request; provided, however, that in the absence of extraordinary circumstances, the individual primarily responsible for management of Fund Assets for the Sub-Advisor will not be required to attend in person more than one meeting per year with the trustees of the Trust.
b. The Sub-Advisor shall provide support to the Advisor with respect to the marketing of the Fund, including but not limited to: (i) permission to use the Sub-Advisor's name as provided in Section 5, (ii) permission to use the past performance and investment history of the Sub-Advisor with respect to a composite of other funds managed by the Sub-Advisor that are comparable, in investment objective and composition, to the Fund, (iii) access to the individual(s) responsible for day-to-day management of the Fund for marketing conferences, teleconferences and other activities involving the promotion of the Fund, subject to the reasonable request of the Advisor, (iv) permission to use biographical and historical data of the Sub-Advisor and individual manager(s), and (v) permission to use the names of those clients pre-approved by the Sub-Advisor to which the Sub-Advisor provides investment management services, subject to receipt of the consent of such clients to the use of their names.
c. The Sub-Advisor will, in the name of the Fund, place orders for the execution of all portfolio transactions in accordance with the policies with respect thereto set forth in the Trust's registration statements under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as such registration statements may be in effect from time to time. In connection with the placement of orders for the execution of portfolio transactions, the Sub-Advisor will create and maintain all necessary brokerage records of the Fund in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to records required by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act. All records shall be the property of the Trust and shall be available for inspection and use by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the Trust or any person retained by the Trust. Where applicable, such records shall be maintained by the Advisor for the periods and in the places required by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act. When placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor's primary objective shall be to obtain the most favorable price and execution available for the Fund, and in placing such orders the Sub-Advisor may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available but ordinarily should not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future. Consistent with the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and subject to seeking most favorable price and execution and compliance with Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions of the Fund that promote or sell shares of the Fund. The Sub-Advisor is specifically authorized, to the extent authorized by law (including, without limitation, Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), to pay a broker or dealer who provides research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting such transaction, in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer, but only if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor's overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonable benefit from such research services. The Sub-Advisor will present a written report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, at least quarterly, indicating total brokerage expenses, actual or imputed, as well as the services obtained in consideration for such expenses, broken down by broker-dealer and containing such information as the Board of Trustees reasonably shall request.
d. In the event of any reorganization or other change in the Sub-Advisor, its investment principals, supervisors or members of its investment (or comparable) committee, the Sub-Advisor shall give the Advisor and the Trust's Board of Trustees written notice of such reorganization or change within a reasonable time (but not later than 30 days) after such reorganization or change.
e. The Sub-Advisor will bear its expenses of providing services to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement except such expenses as are undertaken by the Advisor or the Trust.
f. The Sub-Advisor will manage the Fund Assets and the investment and reinvestment of such assets so as to comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act and with Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
3. COMPENSATION OF THE SUB-ADVISOR.
a. As compensation for the services to be rendered and duties undertaken hereunder by the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor will pay to the Sub-Advisor a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to 0.65% of average daily net assets of the Fund without regard to any total expense limitation of the Trust or the Advisor. Such fee shall be computed and accrued daily. If the Sub-Advisor serves in such capacity for less than the whole of any period specified in this Section 3a, the compensation to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated. For purposes of calculating the Sub-Advisor's fee, the daily value of the Fund Assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the net asset value of the Fund for purposes of purchases and redemptions of shares thereof.
b. The Sub-Advisor reserves the right to waive all or a part of its fees hereunder.
4. ACTIVITIES OF THE SUB-ADVISOR. It is understood that the Sub-Advisor may perform investment advisory services for various other clients, including other investment companies. The Trust and the Advisor further acknowledge that the Sub-Advisor may form or serve as an investment advisor or sub-advisor to future funds, which have the same, similar, or overlapping investment objectives.
The Sub-Advisor will report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust (at regular quarterly meetings and at such other times as such Board of Trustees reasonably shall request, subject to the limitation on personal attendance at such meetings set forth in Section 2a) (i) the financial condition and prospects of the Sub-Advisor, (ii) the nature and amount of transactions affecting the Fund that involve the Sub-Advisor and affiliates of the Sub-Advisor, (iii) information regarding any potential conflicts of interest arising by reason of its continuing provision of advisory services to the Fund and to its other accounts, and (iv) such other information as the Board of Trustees shall reasonably request regarding the Fund, the Fund's performance, the services provided by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund as compared to its other accounts and the plans of, and the capability of, the Sub-Advisor with respect to providing future services to the Fund and its other accounts. The Sub-Advisor agrees to submit to the Trust a statement defining its policies with respect to the allocation of business among the Fund and its other clients.
It is understood that the Sub-Advisor may become interested in the Trust as a shareholder or otherwise.
The Sub-Advisor has supplied to the Advisor and the Trust copies of its Form ADV with all exhibits and attachments thereto (including the Sub-Advisor's statement of financial condition) and will hereafter supply to the Advisor, promptly upon the preparation thereof, copies of all amendments or restatements of such document.
5. USE OF NAMES. Neither the Advisor nor the Trust shall use the name of the Sub-Advisor in any prospectus, sales literature or other material relating to the Advisor or the Trust in any manner not approved in advance by the Sub-Advisor; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will approve all uses of its name which merely refer in accurate terms to its appointment hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld. The Sub-Advisor shall not use the name of the Advisor or the Trust in any material relating to the Sub-Advisor in any manner not approved in advance by the Advisor or the Trust, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Advisor and the Trust shall each approve all uses of their respective names which merely refer in accurate terms to the appointment of the Sub-Advisor hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and, provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld.
6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE SUB-ADVISOR. Absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, its agents, officers, trustees, employees or affiliates or to any shareholder in the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security. As used in this Section 6, the term "Sub-Advisor" shall include the Sub-Advisor and/or any of its affiliates and the directors, officers and employees of the Sub-Advisor and/or any of its affiliates.
7. LIMITATION OF TRUST'S LIABILITY. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that it
has received notice of and accepts the limitations upon the Trust's liability
set forth in its Declaration of Trust. The Sub-Advisor agrees that (i) the
Trust's obligations to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement (or indirectly under
the Advisory Agreement) shall be limited in any event to the Fund Assets and
(ii) the Sub-Advisor shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the
holders of shares of the Fund, other than the Advisor, nor from any Trustee,
officer, employee or agent of the Trust.
8. FORCE MAJEURE. The Sub-Advisor shall not be liable for delays or errors occurring by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including but not limited to acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, work stoppages, fire, flood, catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riot, or failure of communication or power supply. In the event of equipment breakdowns beyond its control, the Sub-Advisor shall take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto.
9. RENEWAL, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.
a. This Agreement shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated
as hereinafter provided, until March 31, 2008; and it shall continue
thereafter provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the
parties and, in addition, at least annually by (i) the vote of the holders
of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as herein defined) of
the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Trust's Board of Trustees and
(ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this
Agreement or interested persons of either the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor,
cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
approval.
b. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, (i) by the Advisor, by the Trust's Board of Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in any such case upon not less than 60 days' prior written notice to the Sub-Advisor and (ii) by the Sub-Advisor upon not less than 60 days' prior written notice to the Advisor and the Trust. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
c. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties hereto, subject to approval by the Trust's Board of Trustees and, if required by applicable SEC rules and regulations, a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund affected by such change.
d. The terms "assignment," "interested persons" and "majority of the outstanding voting securities" shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the 1940 Act.
10. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement shall become or shall be found to be invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
11. NOTICE. Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing addressed and delivered personally (or by telecopy) or mailed postage-paid, to the other party at such address as such other party may designate in accordance with this paragraph for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Trust and that of the Advisor for this purpose shall be 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 and that the address of the Sub-Advisor shall be 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
12. MISCELLANEOUS. Each party agrees to perform such further actions and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered in their names and on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
Attest:
/s/ Elizabeth F. Gibson BY James H. Grifo ----------------------------- ---------------------------- James H. Grifo Name: Elizabeth F. Gibson President Title: Executive Assistant FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. Attest: /s/ Kathy A. Louden BY /s/ Maribeth S. Rahe ----------------------------- ----------------------------- Name: Kathy A. Louden Name: Maribeth S. Rahe Title: Executive Assistant Title: President & CEO |
ADDENDUM TO SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
This Agreement is entered into as of September 5, 2006 by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. ("Touchstone") and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. ("Fort Washington").
WHEREAS, Touchstone and Fort Washington entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement dated as of September 5, 2006, (the "Sub-Advisory Agreement") with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund (the "Fund"), a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust; and
WHEREAS, Touchstone and Fort Washington wish to enter into this Addendum to the Sub-Advisory Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
1. Fort Washington will waive compensation due to it pursuant to
Section 3 of the Sub-Advisory Agreement such that Fort Washington
will receive a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to 0.40% of the
Fund's average daily net assets until such time as is mutually
agreed upon by Touchstone and Fort Washington.
2. Except for the provisions of this Addendum, the Sub-Advisory Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and be binding upon the parties notwithstanding the execution and delivery of this Addendum.
3. This Addendum shall be binding upon the parties and, to the extent permitted by the Sub-Advisory Agreement, their respective successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Addendum to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. By: /s/ James H. Grifo By: /s/ Maribeth S. Rahe -------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Print Name: Print Name: ------------------------ ----------------------------- Print Title: President Print Title: President & CEO Date: September 5, 2006 Date: September 5, 2006 |
TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT dated as of December 31, 2002 between Touchstone Strategic Trust (the "Trust"), a Massachusetts business trust, and Integrated Fund Services, Inc. ("Integrated"), an Ohio corporation. This Agreement has been amended to (i) reflect the name change of Integrated Fund Services, Inc. to Integrated Investment Services, Inc. ("Integrated"), (ii) change names and addresses contained in Section 36, "Notices" and (iii) amend Schedule B, the compensation schedule to the Agreement.
THIS AMENDED AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of January, 2007 between the Trust and Integrated.
WHEREAS, the Trust is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"); and
WHEREAS, shares of beneficial interest in the Trust are divided into separate series (each, along with any series which may in the future be established, a "Fund," collectively, the "Funds"); and
WHEREAS, the Trust wishes to employ Integrated to serve as its transfer, shareholder servicing and dividend disbursing agent on behalf of the Funds; and
WHEREAS, Integrated wishes to provide such services to the Trust under the conditions set forth below;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Trust and Integrated agree as follows:
1. APPOINTMENT.
The Trust hereby employs Integrated as agent to perform those services described in this Agreement for the Trust. Integrated shall act under such appointment and perform the obligations thereof upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2. DOCUMENTATION.
The Trust will furnish from time to time the following documents:
A. Each resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust authorizing the original issue of the shares of the Funds;
B. Each Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and amendments thereof;
C. A certified copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws of the Trust and each amendment thereto;
D. Certified copies of each resolution of the Board of Trustees authorizing officers to give instructions to Integrated;
E. Copies of all agreements with service providers on behalf of the Funds, including advisory agreements, sub-advisory agreements, underwriting and dealer agreements and custody agreements in effect;
F. Copies of all documents relating to special investment or withdrawal plans which are offered or may be offered in the future by the Trust and for which Integrated is to act as plan agent; and
G. Such other certificates, documents or opinions that Integrated may, in its discretion, deem necessary or appropriate in the proper performance of its duties.
3. INTEGRATED TO RECORD SHARES.
Integrated shall record the issuance of shares of the Funds and maintain pursuant to applicable rules of the SEC a record of the total number of shares of the Funds which are authorized, issued and outstanding, based upon data provided to it by the Trust. Integrated shall also provide the Trust on a regular basis or upon reasonable request the total number of Fund shares which are authorized, issued and outstanding, but shall have no obligation when recording the issuance of Fund shares, except as otherwise set forth herein, to monitor the issuance of such shares or to take cognizance of any laws relating to the issue or sale of such shares, which functions shall be the sole responsibility of the Trust. Integrated shall not handle physical shares.
4. INTEGRATED TO VALIDATE TRANSFERS.
Upon receipt of a proper request for transfer and upon surrender to Integrated of certificates, if any, in proper form for transfer, Integrated shall approve such transfer and shall take all necessary steps to effectuate the transfer as indicated in the transfer request. Upon approval of the transfer, Integrated shall notify the Trust in writing of each such transaction and shall make appropriate entries on the shareholder records maintained by Integrated.
5. RECEIPT OF FUNDS.
Upon receipt of any check or other instrument drawn or endorsed to it as agent for, or identified as being for the account of, the Trust or a Fund, Integrated shall stamp the check or instrument with the date of receipt, determine the amount thereof due each Fund and shall forthwith process the same for collection. Upon receipt of notification of receipt of funds eligible for share purchases in accordance with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information, Integrated shall notify the Trust, at the close of each business day, in writing of the amount of said funds credited to the Trust and deposited in its account with the Custodian.
6. PURCHASE ORDERS.
Upon receipt of an order for the purchase of shares of a Fund, accompanied by sufficient information to enable Integrated to establish a shareholder account, Integrated shall, as of the next determination of net asset value after receipt of such order in accordance with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information, compute the number of shares due to the shareholder, credit the share account of the shareholder, subject to collection of the funds, with the number of shares so purchased, shall notify the Trust in writing or by computer report at the close of each business day of such transactions and shall mail to the shareholder and/or dealer of record a notice of such credit when required by applicable securities laws or regulations.
7. RETURNED CHECKS.
In the event that Integrated is notified by the Trust's Custodian that any check or other order for the payment of money is returned unpaid for any reason, Integrated will:
A. Give prompt notification to the Trust of the non-payment of said check;
B. In the absence of other instructions from the Trust, take such steps as may be necessary to redeem any shares purchased on the basis of such returned check and cause the proceeds of such redemption plus any dividends declared with respect to such shares to be credited to the account of the Trust and to request the Trust's Custodian to forward such returned check to the person who originally submitted the check; and
C. Notify the Trust of such actions and correct the Trust's records maintained by Integrated pursuant to this Agreement.
8. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
The Trust shall furnish Integrated with appropriate evidence of Trustee action authorizing the declaration of dividends and other distributions. Integrated shall establish procedures in accordance with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information and with other authorized actions of the Trust's Board of Trustees under which it will have available from the Custodian or the Trust any required information for each dividend and other distribution. After deducting any amount required to be withheld by any applicable laws, Integrated shall, as agent for each shareholder who so requests, invest the dividends and other distributions in full and fractional shares in accordance with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information. If a shareholder has elected to receive dividends or other distributions in cash, then Integrated shall disburse dividends to shareholders of record in accordance with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information. Integrated shall, on or before the mailing date of such checks, notify the Trust and the Custodian of the estimated amount of cash required to pay such dividend or distribution, and the Trust shall instruct the Custodian to make available sufficient funds therefore in the appropriate account of the Trust. Integrated shall mail to the shareholders periodic statements, as requested by the Trust, showing the number of full and fractional shares and the net asset value per share of shares so credited. When requested by the Trust, Integrated shall prepare and file with the Internal Revenue Service, and when required, shall address and mail to shareholders, such returns and information relating to dividends and distributions paid by the Trust as are required to be so prepared, filed and mailed by applicable laws, rules and regulations.
9. UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDS AND UNCLAIMED REDEMPTION PROCEEDS.
Integrated shall, at least annually, furnish in writing to the Trust the names and addresses, as shown in the shareholder accounts maintained by Integrated, of all shareholders for which there are, as of the end of the calendar year, dividends, distributions or redemption proceeds for which checks or share certificates mailed in payment of distributions have been returned. Integrated shall use its best efforts to contact the shareholders affected and to follow any other written instructions received from the Trust concerning the disposition of any such unclaimed dividends, distributions or redemption proceeds.
10. REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES.
A. Integrated shall process, in accordance with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information, each order for the redemption of shares accepted by Integrated. Upon its approval of such redemption transactions, Integrated, if requested by the Trust, shall mail to the shareholder and/or dealer of record a confirmation showing trade date, number of full and fractional shares redeemed, the price per share and the total redemption proceeds. For each such redemption, Integrated shall either: (a) prepare checks in the appropriate amounts for approval and verification by the Trust and signature by an authorized officer of Integrated and mail the checks to the appropriate person, or (b) in the event redemption proceeds are to be wired through the Federal Reserve Wire System or by bank wire, cause such proceeds to be wired subject to approval and verification of the appropriate amounts by the Trust in federal funds to the bank account designated by the shareholder, or (c) effectuate such other redemption procedures which are authorized by the Trust's Board of Trustees or its then current prospectus and statement of additional information. The requirements as to instruments of transfer and other documentation, the applicable redemption price and the time of payment shall be as provided in the then current prospectus and statement of additional information, subject to such supplemental instructions as may be furnished by the Trust and accepted by Integrated. If Integrated or the Trust determines that a request for redemption does not comply with the requirements for redemptions in accordance with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information, Integrated shall notify the shareholder indicating the reason therefore.
B. If shares of a Fund are eligible for exchange with shares of any other investment company, Integrated, in accordance with the then current prospectus and statement of additional information and exchange rules of the Trust, shall review and approve all exchange requests and shall, on behalf of the Fund's shareholders, process such approved exchange requests.
C. Integrated shall notify the Trust and the Custodian on each business day of the amount of cash required to meet payments made pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph, and, on the basis of such notice, the Trust shall instruct the Custodian to make available from time to time sufficient funds therefore in the appropriate account of the Trust. Procedures for effecting redemption orders accepted from shareholders or dealers of record by telephone or other methods shall be established by mutual agreement between Integrated and the Trust consistent with the Trust's then current prospectus and statement of additional information.
D. The authority of Integrated to perform its responsibilities under Paragraph 3, Paragraph 5, and this Paragraph 10 shall be suspended with respect to any Fund upon receipt of notification by it of the suspension of the determination of such Fund's net asset value.
11. AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLANS.
Integrated will process automatic withdrawal orders pursuant to the provisions of the withdrawal plans duly executed by shareholders and the current prospectus and statement of additional information of the Trust. Payments upon such withdrawal order shall be made by Integrated from the appropriate account maintained by the Trust with the Custodian on approximately the last business day of each month in which a payment has been requested, and Integrated will withdraw from a shareholder's account and present for repurchase or redemption as many shares as shall be sufficient to make such withdrawal payment pursuant to the provisions of the shareholder's withdrawal plan and the current prospectus and statement of additional information of the Trust. From time to time on new automatic withdrawal plans a check for payment date already past may be issued upon request by the shareholder.
12. WIRE-ORDER PURCHASES.
Integrated will send written confirmations to the dealers of record containing all details of the wire-order purchases placed by each such dealer by the close of business on the business day following receipt of such orders by Integrated. Upon receipt of any check drawn or endorsed to the Trust (or Integrated, as agent) or otherwise identified as being payment of an outstanding wire-order, Integrated will stamp said check with the date of its receipt and deposit the amount represented by such check to Integrated's deposit accounts maintained with the Custodian. Integrated will cause the Custodian to transfer federal funds in an amount equal to the net asset value of the shares so purchased to the Trust's account with the Custodian, and will notify the Trust before noon of each business day of the total amount deposited in the Trust's deposit accounts, and in the event that payment for a purchase order is not received by Integrated or the Custodian on the tenth business day following receipt of the order, prepare a National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD") "notice of failure of dealer to make payment."
13. TAXES.
Integrated shall withhold such sums as are required to be withheld under applicable federal and state income tax laws, rules and regulations.
14. OTHER PLANS.
Integrated will process such accumulation plans, automatic withdrawal plans, group programs and other plans or programs for investing in shares of the Trust mutually agreed upon by Integrated and the Trust in accordance with the Trust's current prospectus and statement of additional information and will act as plan agent for shareholders pursuant to the terms of such plans and programs duly executed by such shareholders, if so agreed upon by Integrated and the Trust.
15. RECORDKEEPING AND OTHER INFORMATION.
A. Prior to the commencement of Integrated's responsibilities under this Agreement, if applicable, the Trust shall deliver or cause to be delivered over to Integrated (i) an accurate, certified list of shareholders of each Fund, showing each shareholder's address of record, number of shares owned and whether such shares are represented by outstanding share certificates and (ii) all shareholders records, files, and other materials necessary or appropriate for proper performance of the functions assumed by Integrated under this Agreement including, without limitation, special instructions regarding withholding, dividend options and householding (collectively referred to as the "Materials"). The Trust shall on behalf of each applicable Fund or class indemnify and hold Integrated harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to any error, omission, inaccuracy or other deficiency of the Materials, or out of the failure of the Trust to provide any portion of the Materials or to provide any information in the Trust's possession or control reasonably needed by Integrated to perform the services described in this Agreement.
B. Integrated shall create and maintain all records required by applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to records required by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time, pertaining to the various functions performed by it and not otherwise created and maintained by another party pursuant to contract with the Trust. All such records shall be the property of the Trust at all times and shall be available for inspection and use by the Trust. Where applicable, such records shall be maintained by Integrated for the periods and in the places required by Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act. The retention of such records shall be at the expense of the Trust. Integrated shall make available during regular business hours all records and other data created and maintained pursuant to this Agreement for reasonable audit and inspection by the Trust or its agents, or any regulatory agency having authority over the Trust.
16. SHAREHOLDER RECORDS.
Integrated shall maintain records for each shareholder account showing the following:
A. Names, addresses and tax identifying numbers;
B. Name of the dealer of record, if any;
C. Number of shares held of each Fund;
D. Historical information regarding the account of each shareholder, including dividends and distributions in cash or invested in shares;
E. Information with respect to the source of all dividends and distributions allocated among income, realized short-term gains and realized long-term gains;
F. Any instructions from a shareholder including all forms furnished by the Trust and executed by a shareholder with respect to (i) dividend or distribution elections and (ii) elections with respect to payment options in connection with the redemption of shares;
G. Any correspondence relating to the current maintenance of a shareholder's account;
H. Any stop or restraining order placed against a shareholder's account;
I. Information with respect to withholding in the case of a foreign account or any other account for which withholding is required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and
J. Any information required in order for Integrated to perform the calculations contemplated under this Agreement.
17. SHAREHOLDER SERVICE AND CORRESPONDENCE.
Integrated will provide and maintain adequate personnel, records and equipment to receive and answer all shareholder inquiries relating to account status, share purchases, redemptions and exchanges and other investment plans available to Trust shareholders. Integrated will answer written correspondence from shareholders relating to their share accounts and such other written or oral inquiries as may from time to time be mutually agreed upon, and Integrated will notify the Trust of any correspondence or inquiries which may require an answer from the Trust. Integrated will maintain all NASD correspondence necessary to adhere to all NASD regulations.
18. OTHER SERVICES.
Subject to the direction and control of the Trustees of the Trust, Integrated will perform the services to the Trust detailed in Schedule A.
19. DATA ACCESS AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.
The Trust acknowledges that the data bases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, and documentation manuals furnished to the Trust by Integrated as part of the Trust's ability to access certain Trust-related data ("Customer Data") maintained by Integrated on data bases under the control and ownership of Integrated or other third party ("Data Access Services") constitute copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, "Proprietary Information") of substantial value to Integrated or other third party. In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Customer Data. The Trust agrees to treat all Proprietary Information as proprietary to Integrated and further agrees that it shall not divulge any Proprietary Information to any person or organization except as may be provided hereunder.
20. COOPERATION WITH ACCOUNTANTS.
Integrated shall cooperate with the Trust's independent public accountants and shall take all reasonable action in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to assure that the necessary information is made available to such accountants for the expression of their unqualified opinion where required for any document for the Trust.
21. SPECIAL SERVICES AND EXCEPTION PROCESSING.
A. Integrated may provide additional special reports upon the request of the Trust or the Trust's investment adviser, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
B. Integrated may provide such other services with respect to the Trust as may be reasonably requested by the Trust, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
C. Integrated may provide exception processing upon the request of the Trust or the Trust's investment adviser, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties. Exception processing includes, but is not limited to, processing which:
(a) requires Integrated to use methods and procedures other than those usually employed by Integrated to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(b) involves the provision of information to Integrated after the commencement of the nightly processing cycle of Integrated's transfer agency, administration and/or fund accounting processing system; or
(c) requires more manual intervention by Integrated, either in the entry of data or in the modification or amendment of reports generated by Integrated's transfer agency, administration and/or fund accounting processing system than is usually required.
22. FURTHER ACTIONS.
Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof.
23. SUBCONTRACTING.
Integrated may, at its expense, and, upon prior written approval from the Trust, subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of the services contemplated hereunder; provided, however, that Integrated shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that Integrated shall be responsible for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
24. COMPENSATION.
For performing its services under this Agreement, the Trust shall pay Integrated a monthly fee in accordance with the schedule attached hereto as Schedule B.
25. EXPENSES.
Integrated shall furnish, at its expense and without cost to the Trust the services of its personnel to the extent that such services are required to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. All costs and expenses not expressly assumed by Integrated under this Paragraph shall be paid by the Trust, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of officers and employees of Integrated in attending meetings of the Board of Trustees and shareholders of the Trust, as well as costs and expenses for all regulatory filings, postage, envelopes, checks, drafts, continuous forms, bank charges, reports, communications, proxies, statements and other materials, file interface expenses (e.g., Fanmail, Broker Browser, Expeditor, other distribution partners), label file creation, Blue Sky filing fees, telephone, telegraph and remote transmission lines, EDGARization, printing, confirmations, fulfillment and any other shareholder correspondence, use of outside solicitation, tabulation and mailing firms, necessary outside record storage, media for storage of records (e.g., microfilm, microfiche, computer tapes), pro rata expenses for preparation of Integrated's Transfer Agent SAS 70 reports, costs and fees, including employee time and system expenses, associated with exception processing and resolution of errors not caused by Integrated, and any and all assessments, taxes or levies assessed on Integrated for services provided under this Agreement. Postage for mailings of dividends, proxies, reports and other mailings to all shareholders shall be advanced to Integrated three business days prior to the mailing date of such materials.
26. REFERENCES TO INTEGRATED OR THE TRUST.
A. Neither the Trust nor its agents shall circulate any printed matter which contains any reference to Integrated without the prior written approval of Integrated, excepting solely such printed matter as merely identifies Integrated as Transfer, Shareholder Servicing and Dividend Disbursing Agent. The Trust will submit printed matter requiring approval to Integrated in draft form, allowing sufficient time for review by Integrated and its counsel prior to any deadline for printing.
B. Integrated shall not circulate any printed matter that contains any reference to the Trust without the prior written approval of the Trust, excepting solely such printed matter as merely identifies the Trust as a client of Integrated. Integrated will submit printed matter requiring approval to the Trust in draft form, allowing sufficient time for review by the Trust and its counsel prior to any deadline for printing.
27. EQUIPMENT FAILURES.
In the event of equipment failures beyond Integrated's control, Integrated shall take all steps necessary to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto. Integrated shall endeavor to enter into one or more agreements making provision for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available.
28. INDEMNIFICATION OF INTEGRATED.
A. Integrated may rely on information reasonably believed by it to be accurate and reliable. Except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, neither Integrated nor its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents, control persons or affiliates of any thereof shall be subject to any liability for, or any damages, including consequential damages, expenses or losses incurred by the Trust in connection with, any error of judgment, mistake of law, any act or omission connected with or arising out of any services rendered under or payments made pursuant to this Agreement or any other matter to which this Agreement relates, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of any such persons in the performance of the duties of Integrated under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard by any of such persons of the obligations and duties of Integrated under this Agreement. Integrated may apply to the Trust at any time for instructions and may consult counsel for the Trust, or its own counsel, and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with its duties hereunder, and Integrated shall not be liable or accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction, or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants, or other experts. Integrated shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officers, employees, or agents of the Trust until receipt of written notice thereof have been received by Integrated from the Trust.
B. Any person, even though also a director, officer, employee, shareholder or agent of Integrated, or any of its affiliates, who may be or become an officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Trust, shall be deemed, when rendering services to the Trust or acting on any business of the Trust, to be rendering such services to or acting solely as an officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Trust and not as a director, officer, employee, shareholder or agent of or one under the control or direction of Integrated or any of its affiliates, even though paid by one of these entities.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Trust
shall indemnify and hold harmless Integrated, its directors, officers,
employees, shareholders, agents, control persons and affiliates of any thereof
from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, suits, actions, demands,
expenses and liabilities (whether with or without basis in fact or law),
including legal fees and expenses and investigation expenses, of any and every
nature which Integrated may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against
Integrated by any person by reason of, or as a result of: (i) any action taken
or omitted to be taken by Integrated in good faith in reliance upon any
certificate, instrument, order or share certificate believed by it to be genuine
and to be signed, countersigned or executed by any duly authorized person, upon
the oral instructions or written instructions of an authorized person of the
Trust or upon the opinion of legal counsel for the Trust or its own counsel; or
(ii) any action taken or omitted to be taken by Integrated in connection with
its appointment in good faith in reliance upon any law, act, regulation or
interpretation of the same even though the same may thereafter have been
altered, changed, amended or repealed. However, indemnification under this
subparagraph shall not apply to actions or omissions of Integrated or its
directors, officers, employees, shareholders or agents in cases of its or their
own gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or reckless disregard of
its or their own duties hereunder.
D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall Integrated be liable to the Trust or any third party for any special, consequential, punitive or incidental damages, even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
29. TERMINATION
A. The provisions of this Agreement shall be effective on the date first above written, shall continue in effect for two years ("Initial Term") from that date and shall continue in force for one year thereafter ("Renewal Term"), but only so long as such continuance is approved (1) by Integrated, (2) the Trust, (3) by a vote of a majority of the Trust's Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, and (4) by vote of a majority of the Trust's Board of Trustees or a majority of the Trust's outstanding voting securities.
B. Any party may terminate this Agreement at the end of the Initial Term or at the end of any subsequent Renewal Term by giving the other parties at least one hundred twenty (120) days' prior written notice of such termination specifying the date fixed therefor. In the event this Agreement is terminated by the Trust prior to the end of the Initial Term or any subsequent Renewal Term the Trust shall make a one-time cash payment to Integrated in consideration of services provided under this Agreement, and not as a penalty, equal to the remaining balance of the fees payable to Integrated under this Agreement through the end of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as applicable. The Trust shall likewise reimburse Integrated for any out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements ("out-of-pocket expenses") reasonably incurred by Integrated in connection with the services provided under this Agreement within 30 days of notification to the Trust of such out-of-pocket expenses regardless of whether such out-of-pocket expenses were incurred before or after the termination of this Agreement.
C. If a party materially fails to perform its duties and obligations hereunder (a "Defaulting Party") resulting in a material loss to another party or parties, such other party or parties (the "Non-Defaulting Party") may give written notice thereof to the Defaulting Party, which such notice shall set forth with sufficient detail the nature of the breach. The Defaulting Party shall have ninety (90) days from its receipt of notice to cure the breach. If such material breach shall not have been remedied to commercially reasonable operating standards, the Non-Defaulting Party may terminate this Agreement by giving sixty (60) days written notice of such termination to the Defaulting Party. If Integrated is the Non-Defaulting Party, its termination of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies with respect to services it performed prior to such termination, or the right of Integrated to receive such compensation as may be due as of the date of termination or to be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In all cases, termination by the Non-Defaulting Party shall not constitute a waiver by the Non-Defaulting Party of any other rights it might have under this Agreement or otherwise against a Defaulting Party.
D. In the case of the following transactions, not in the ordinary course of business, namely, the merger of the Trust, or a Fund, into or the consolidation of the Trust, or a Fund, with another investment company, the sale by the Trust, or a Fund, of all, or substantially all, of its assets to another investment company, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, or a Fund, and distribution of its assets, this Agreement will terminate with respect to the applicable Fund or Funds and Integrated shall be released from any and all obligations hereunder upon the payment of the fees, disbursements and expenses due to Integrated through the end of the then current term of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that the damages provision set forth above in paragraph B shall be applicable in those instances in which Integrated is not retained to provide transfer agency services subsequent to the transactions listed above.
E. Integrated will be entitled to collect from the Trust all reasonable expenses incurred in conjunction with termination of this Agreement, including but not limited to out-of-pocket expenses, employee time, system fees and fees charged by third parties with whom Integrated has contracted.
30. SERVICES FOR OTHERS.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent Integrated or any affiliated person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of Integrated from providing services for any other person, firm or corporation (including other investment companies); provided, however, that Integrated expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Trust under this Agreement.
31. COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL RULES AND REGULATIONS.
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that nothing contained herein shall be construed to require Integrated to perform any services for the Trust which services could cause Integrated to be deemed an "investment adviser" of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(20) of the 1940 Act or to supersede or contravene the Trust's prospectus or statement of additional information or any provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and except for the accuracy of information furnished to it by Integrated, the Trust assumes full responsibility for complying with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction, it being acknowledged that the Trust is relying on the best efforts of Integrated.
32. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Trust hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Trust, personally, but bind only the trust property of the Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees of the Trust and signed by an officer of the Trust, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trust.
33. SEVERABILITY.
In the event any provision of this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue to be in force.
34. QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATION.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the SEC issued pursuant to said 1940 Act. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act, reflected in any provision of this Agreement, is revised by rule, regulation or order of the SEC, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.
35. CONFIDENTIALITY
Both parties hereto agree that any non-public information obtained hereunder concerning the other party is confidential and may not be disclosed without the consent of the other party, except as may be required by applicable law or at the request of a governmental agency. The parties further agree that a breach of this provision would irreparably damage the other party and accordingly agree that each of them is entitled, in addition to all other remedies at law or in equity to an injunction or injunctions without bond or other security to prevent breaches of this provision.
36. NOTICES.
All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing (including telex and telegraphic communication) and shall be (as elected by the person giving such notice) hand delivered by messenger or courier service, telecommunicated, or mailed (airmail if international) by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid), return receipt requested, addressed to:
To the Trust: Touchstone Strategic Trust 303 Broadway, Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Attention: William A. Dent To Integrated: Integrated Investment Services, Inc. 303 Broadway, Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Attention: Roy E. Rogers |
or to such other address as any party may designate by notice complying with the terms of this Paragraph. Each such notice shall be deemed delivered (a) on the date delivered if by personal delivery; (b) on the date telecommunicated if by telegraph; (c) on the date of transmission with confirmed answer back if by telex, telefax or other telegraphic method or e-mail; and (d) on the date upon which the return receipt is signed or delivery is refused or the notice is designated by the postal authorities as not deliverable, as the case may be, if mailed.
37. AMENDMENT.
This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed by all parties.
38. BINDING EFFECT.
Each of the undersigned expressly warrants and represents that he has the full power and authority to sign this Agreement on behalf of the party indicated, and that his signature will operate to bind the party indicated to the foregoing terms.
39. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
40. FORCE MAJEURE.
Integrated assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any damage, loss of data, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its control, including and without limitation, acts of God, interruption of power or other utility, transportation, mail, or communication services, acts of civil or military authority, sabotages, war, insurrection, riots, national emergencies, explosion, flood, accident, earthquake or other catastrophe, fire, strike or other labor problems, legal action, present or future law, governmental order, rule or regulation, or shortages of suitable parts, materials, labor or transportation.
41. MISCELLANEOUS.
The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
By: /s/ William A. Dent ------------------------------------ Its: Vice President |
INTEGRATED INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/ Roy E. Rogers ------------------------------------ Its: President |
SCHEDULE A
In consideration of the compensation detailed in this Agreement, Integrated shall perform the following transfer agency and shareholder services:
1. Provide core transfer agency services including, but not limited to, receiving and distributing mail, making bank deposits, RPO processing, record retention, shareholder services, account resolution and quality control.
2. Answer telephone inquiries and accept financial transactions from shareholders.
3. Offer full NSCC functionality.
4. Provide shareholder recordkeeping across multiple share classes and load schedules.
5. Provide inquiry and transaction processing via the internet for shareholders.
6. Pay commissions, if required.
7. Reconcile transfer agent cash and commission accounts, as well as the demand deposit accounts.
8. Provide reports that illustrate sales, redemptions and trends in shareholder activity.
9. Produce tax forms, backup and NRA withholding deposits to the IRS, annual filing of 945 and 1042 returns.
10. Process and service various types of retirement accounts including IRA, Roth, SIMPLE, SEP, Education, 403(b) and 401(k).
11. Conduct annual solicitation of RMD and W4P information as well as maintaining IRA Custodian agreements.
SCHEDULE B
JANUARY 1, 2007
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
COMPENSATION FOR TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICES
Each Fund will pay Integrated, on the first business day following the end of each month, a fee at the annual rate of $25.00 per account for direct accounts (including omnibus accounts), $15.00 per networked account and $5.00 per closed account.
Each Fund will reimburse Integrated for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of its services under this Agreement.
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 17th day of February, 2006, by and between Constellation Funds, a Delaware business trust and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the "Administrator"), an Ohio corporation. This Agreement has been amended to (i) reflect the name change of Constellation Funds, (ii) include additional named parties, (iii) amend the compensation schedule and (iv) change the initial term of the Agreement.
THIS AMENDED AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of January, 2007 by and among Touchstone Funds Group Trust (formerly "Constellation Funds"), Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust (individually a "Trust" and collectively the "Trusts") and the Administrator.
WHEREAS, each Trust is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), consisting of multiple series of shares; and
WHEREAS, each Trust desires the Administrator to provide, and the Administrator is willing to provide, management and administrative services to such series of the Trusts as the Trusts and the Administrator may agree on (the "Funds") and as listed on the schedule attached hereto ("Schedule") and made a part of this Agreement, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Trusts and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. Retention of the Administrator. The Trusts hereby retain the Administrator to act as the administrator of the Funds and to furnish the Funds with the management and administrative services as set forth in Article 2 below. The Administrator hereby accepts such employment to perform the duties set forth below.
The Administrator shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor and, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Trusts in any way and shall not be deemed an agent of the Trusts.
ARTICLE 2. Administrative and Accounting Services. The Administrator shall perform or supervise the performance by others of other administrative services in connection with the operations of the Funds and, on behalf of the Trusts, will investigate, assist in the selection of and conduct relations with custodians, depositories, accountants, legal counsel, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and persons in any other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable for the Funds' operations. The Administrator shall provide the Trustees of the Trusts with such reports regarding investment performance and compliance with investment policies and applicable laws, rules and regulations as they may reasonably request but shall have no responsibility for supervising the performance by any investment adviser or sub-adviser of its responsibilities. The Administrator may appoint a sub-administrator to perform certain of the services to be performed by the Administrator hereunder.
The Administrator shall provide the Trusts with administrative services, regulatory reporting, fund accounting and related portfolio accounting services, all necessary office space, equipment, personnel, compensation and facilities (including facilities for shareholders' and Board of Trustees' meetings) for handling the affairs of the Funds and such other services as the Trustees may, from time to time, reasonably request and the Administrator shall, from time to time, reasonably determine to be necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement. In addition, at the request of the Trusts' Board of Trustees (the "Trustees"), the Administrator shall make reports to the Trustees concerning the performance of its obligations hereunder.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall:
(A) calculate contractual Trust expenses and control all disbursements for the Trusts, and as appropriate compute the Trusts' yields, total return, expense ratios, portfolio turnover rate and, if required, portfolio average dollar-weighed maturity;
(B) assist Trust counsel with the preparation of prospectuses, statements of additional information, registration statements, proxy materials, and exemptive applications;
(C) prepare such reports, applications and documents (including reports regarding the sale and redemption of shares as may be required in order to comply with Federal and state securities law) as may be necessary or desirable to register the Trusts' shares with state securities authorities, monitor sale of Trust shares for compliance with state securities laws, and file with the appropriate state securities authorities the registration statements and reports for the Trusts and the Trusts' shares and all amendments thereto, as may be necessary or convenient to register and keep effective the Trusts and the Trusts' shares with state securities authorities to enable the Trusts to make a continuous offering of their shares;
(D) develop and prepare communications to shareholders, including the annual report to shareholders, coordinate the mailing of prospectuses, notices, proxy statements, proxies and other reports to Trust shareholders, and supervise and facilitate the solicitation of proxies solicited by the Trusts for all shareholder meetings, including tabulation process for shareholder meetings;
(E) coordinate with Trust counsel the preparation and negotiation of, and administer contracts on behalf of the Trusts with, among others, the Trusts' investment adviser, distributor, custodian, and transfer agent;
(F) maintain the Trusts' general ledger and prepare the Trusts' financial statements, including expense accruals and payments, determine the net asset value of the Trusts' assets and of the Trusts' shares, and supervise the Trusts' transfer agent with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders;
(G) calculate performance data of the Trusts and their Funds for dissemination to information services covering the investment company industry;
(H) coordinate and supervise the preparation and filing of the Trusts' tax returns;
(I) examine and review the operations and performance of the various organizations providing services to the Trusts or any Funds of the Trusts, including, without limitation, the Trusts' sub-advisers, distributor, custodian, transfer agent, outside legal counsel and independent public accountants, and at the request of the Trustees, report to the Trustees on the performance of organizations;
(J) assist with the layout and printing of publicly disseminated prospectuses and assist with and coordinate layout and printing of the Trusts' semiannual and annual reports to shareholders;
(K) provide internal legal and administrative services as requested by the Trusts from time to time;
(L) assist with the design, development, and operation of the Trusts, including new Funds and class investment objectives, policies and structure;
(M) provide individuals acceptable to the Trustees for nomination, appointment, or election as officers of the Trusts, who will be responsible for the management of certain of the Trusts' affairs as determined by the Trustees;
(N) advise the Trusts and their Trustees on matters concerning the Trusts and their affairs;
(O) obtain and keep in effect fidelity bonds and directors and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Trusts in accordance with the requirements of Rules 17g-1 and 17d-1(7) under the 1940 Act as such bonds and policies are approved by the Trustees;
(P) monitor and advise the Trusts and their Funds on their registered investment company status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
(Q) perform all administrative services and functions of the Trusts and each Fund to the extent administrative services and functions are not provided to the Trust or such Fund pursuant to the Trusts' or such Fund's investment advisory agreement, distribution agreement, custodian agreement, transfer agent agreement or sub-administration agreement;
(R) furnish advice and recommendations with respect to other aspects of the business and affairs of the Funds as the Trusts and the Administrator shall determine desirable; and
(S) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
the semiannual report for the Trusts on Form N-SAR and all required notices pursuant to Rule 24f-2.
Also, the Administrator will perform other services for the Trusts as agreed from time to time, including, but not limited to performing internal audit examinations; mailing the annual reports of the Funds; preparing an annual list of shareholders; and mailing notices of shareholders' meetings, proxies and proxy statements, for all of which the Trusts will pay the Administrator's out-of-pocket expenses.
ARTICLE 3. Allocation of Charges and Expenses.
(A) The Administrator. The Administrator shall furnish at its own expense the executive, supervisory and clerical personnel necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also provide the items which it is obligated to provide under this Agreement, and shall pay all compensation, if any, of officers of the Trusts as well as all Trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons of the Administrator or any affiliated corporation of the Administrator; provided, however, that unless otherwise specifically provided, the Administrator shall not be obligated to pay the compensation of any employee of the Trusts retained by the Trustees of the Trusts to perform services on behalf of the Trusts.
(B) The Trusts. The Trusts assume and shall pay or cause to be paid all other expenses of the Trusts not otherwise allocated herein, including, without limitation, organizational costs, taxes, expenses for legal and auditing services, the expenses of preparing (including typesetting), printing and mailing reports, prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy solicitation material and notices to existing shareholders, all expenses incurred in connection with issuing and redeeming shares, the costs of pricing services, the costs of custodial services, the cost of initial and ongoing registration of the shares under Federal and state securities laws, fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Administrator or the investment adviser to the Trust or any affiliated corporation of the Administrator or the investment adviser, the costs of Trustees' meetings, insurance, interest, brokerage costs, litigation and other extraordinary or nonrecurring expenses, and all fees and charges of investment advisers to the Trusts.
ARTICLE 4. Compensation of the Administrator.
(A) Administration Fee. For the services to be rendered, the facilities furnished and the expenses assumed by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement, each Trust (or Fund) shall pay to the Administrator compensation at an annual rate specified in the Schedule. Such compensation shall be calculated and accrued daily, and paid to the Administrator monthly. Each Trust shall also reimburse the Administrator for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the travel and lodging expenses incurred by its officers and employees in connection with attendance at meetings of the Trustees.
If this Agreement becomes effective subsequent to the first day of a month or terminates before the last day of a month, the Administrator's compensation for that part of the month in which this Agreement is in effect shall be prorated in a manner consistent with the calculation of the fees as set forth above. Payment of the Administrator's compensation for the preceding month shall be made promptly.
(B) Survival of Compensation Rates. All rights of compensation under this Agreement for services performed as of the termination date shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 5. Limitation of Liability of the Administrator. The duties of the Administrator shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Administrator hereunder. The Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in carrying out its duties hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, except as may otherwise be provided under provisions of applicable law which cannot be waived or modified hereby. (As used in this Article 5, the term "Administrator" shall include directors, officers, employees and other agents of the Administrator as well as that corporation itself.)
So long as the Administrator, or its agents, acts in good faith and with due diligence, each Trust assumes full responsibility and shall indemnify the Administrator and hold it harmless from and against any and all actions, suits and claims, whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable investigation expenses) arising directly or indirectly out of said administration, transfer agency, and dividend disbursing relationships to the Trusts or any other service rendered to the Trusts hereunder. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth herein shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.
The rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses in the event of any pending or threatened litigation with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited. In order that the indemnification provision contained herein shall apply, however, it is understood that if in any case a Trust may be asked to indemnify or hold the Administrator harmless, the Trust shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the Administrator will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the Trust promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification against the Trust, but failure to do so in good faith shall not affect the rights hereunder.
Each Trust shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity provision. If a Trust elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Trust and satisfactory to the Administrator, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that a Trust elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the Administrator shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it. If a Trust does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it will reimburse the Administrator for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Administrator.
The Administrator may apply to a Trust at any time for instructions and may consult counsel for the Trust or its own counsel and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Administrator's duties, and the Administrator shall not be liable or accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts.
Also, the Administrator shall be protected in acting upon any document which it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons. Nor shall the Administrator be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officers, employee or agent of a Trust until receipt of written notice thereof from the Trust.
ARTICLE 6. Activities of the Administrator. The services of the Administrator rendered to each Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive. The Administrator is free to render such services to others and to have other businesses and interests. It is understood that Trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of a Trust are or may be or become interested in the Administrator, as directors, officers, employees and shareholders or otherwise and that directors, officers, employees and shareholders of the Administrator and its counsel are or may be or become similarly interested in a Trust, and that the Administrator may be or become interested in a Trust as a shareholder or otherwise.
ARTICLE 7. Confidentiality. The Administrator agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat confidentially all records and other information relative to each Trust and its prior, present or potential shareholders and relative to the adviser and its prior, present or potential customers, except, after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Administrator may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trusts.
ARTICLE 8. Equipment Failures. In the event of equipment failures beyond the Administrator's control, the Administrator shall, at no additional expense to the Trusts, take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto. The Administrator shall develop and maintain a plan for recovery from equipment failures which may include contractual arrangements with appropriate parties making reasonable provision for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available.
ARTICLE 9. Compliance With Governmental Rules and Regulations. The Administrator undertakes to comply with all applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act and any laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the duties to be performed by the Administrator hereunder.
ARTICLE 10. Duration and Termination of this Agreement. This Agreement
shall become effective on the date set forth in the Schedules and shall remain
in effect for the initial term of the Agreement (the "Initial Term") and each
renewal term thereof (each, a "Renewal Term"), each as set forth in the
Schedules, unless terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Article
10. This Agreement may be terminated only: (a) by the mutual written agreement
of the parties; (b) by either party hereto on 90 days' written notice; or (c) as
to any Fund or any Trust, effective upon the liquidation of such Fund or Trust,
as the case may be. For purposes of this Article 10, the term "liquidation"
shall mean a transaction in which the assets of the Administrator, the Trust or
a Fund are sold or otherwise disposed of and proceeds therefrom are distributed
in cash to the shareholders in complete liquidation of the interests of such
shareholders in the entity.
This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Administrator, without the prior written consent of a Trust, except to an entity that is controlled by, or under common control, with, the Administrator.
ARTICLE 11. Amendments. This Agreement or any part hereof may be changed or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change or waiver is sought.
ARTICLE 12. Certain Records. The Administrator shall maintain customary records in connection with its duties as specified in this Agreement. Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by the Administrator on behalf of a Trust shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of the Administrator, but shall be the property of the Trust and will be made available to or surrendered promptly to the Trust on request.
In case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, the Administrator shall notify the Trust and follow the Trust's instructions as to permitting or refusing such inspection; provided that the Administrator may exhibit such records to any person in any case where it is advised by its counsel that it may be held liable for failure to do so, unless (in cases involving potential exposure only to civil liability) the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Administrator against such liability.
ARTICLE 13. Definitions of Certain Terms. The terms "interested person" and "affiliated person," when used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the SEC.
ARTICLE 14. Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either
party to the other shall be deemed sufficient if sent by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, addressed by the party giving notice to the other party
at the last address furnished by the other party to the party giving notice: if
to the Trusts, at 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, Attention:
President; and if to the Administrator at 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati,
Ohio 45202, Attention: President.
ARTICLE 15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Ohio, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
ARTICLE 16. Multiple Originals. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
ARTICLE 17. Limitation of Liability. The Administrator is hereby expressly put on notice of the limitation of liability as set forth in each Trust's Declaration of Trust and agrees that the obligations pursuant to this Agreement of a particular Fund and of the Trust with respect to that Fund shall be limited solely to the assets of that Fund, and the Administrator shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from any other Fund, the shareholders of any Fund, the Trustees, officers, employees or agents of a Trust, or any of them.
ARTICLE 18. Binding Agreement. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties and the Funds hereunder, shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and the Funds and the respective successors and assigns of each of them.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of January 1, 2007.
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST
TOUCHSTONE VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
SCHEDULE
TO THE ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 2007
BETWEEN
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST
TOUCHSTONE VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
AND
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
Funds: This Agreement shall apply to all Funds of the Trusts, either now or in the future created.
Fees: Pursuant to Article 4, Section A, the Trusts shall pay the Administrator compensation for services rendered to the Funds which are calculated daily and paid monthly at the following annual rates:
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST, TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST, TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST, TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST (EXCLUDING INSTITUTIONAL MONEY MARKET FUND)
0.20% of the average daily net assets of the aggregate of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust and Touchstone Investment Trust (excluding the Institutional Money Market Fund) up to and including $6 billion; 0.16% of the next $4 billion of average daily net assets and 0.12% of all such assets in excess of $10 billion.
INSTITUTIONAL MONEY MARKET FUND
0.20% of the Fund's average daily net assets up to and including $100 million and 0.16% of all such assets in excess of $100 million.
TOUCHSTONE VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
0.20% of the average daily net assets of Touchstone Variable Series Trust up to and including $1 billion; 0.16% of the next billion of average daily net assets and 0.12% of all such assets in excess of $2 billion.
Term: This Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2007, and shall remain in effect for an Initial Term of two (2) years from such date and, thereafter, for successive Renewal Terms of one (1) year each, unless and until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 hereof.
SUB-ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of March, 2006 (the "Effective Date") by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the "Administrator") and Integrated Fund Services, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the "Sub-Administrator").
THIS AGREEMENT has been amended as of January 1, 2007 to (i) reflect that the Administrator will provide administrative services to Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust and the Administrator desires to retain the Sub-Administrator to assist in performing certain administrative services to these Trusts, (ii) amend Schedules A and B (iii) change the Effective Date to January 1, 2007 and (iv) reflect the name changes of Integrated Fund Services, Inc. to Integrated Investment Services, Inc. and Constellation Funds to Touchstone Funds Group Trust.
WHEREAS, the Administrator and Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust, (individually a "Trust" and collectively the "Trusts") have entered into an Administration Agreement, as amended (the "Administration Agreement") pursuant to which the Administrator will provide administrative services to the Trusts; and
WHEREAS, the Administrator desires to retain the Sub-Administrator to assist in performing certain administrative services to each series of the Trust (individually a "Fund" and collectively the "Funds") and the Sub-Administrator is willing to perform such services on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, Administrator and the Sub-Administrator hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. Retention of the Sub-Administrator. Administrator hereby retains the Sub-Administrator to furnish the Funds with administrative services as set forth in Article 2 below. The Sub-Administrator hereby accepts such employment to perform the duties set forth below. The Sub-Administrator shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor.
ARTICLE 2. Sub-Administrative and Accounting Services. The Sub-Administrator shall perform or supervise the performance by others of the administrative services set forth in Schedule B hereto, including activities related to the Funds' fiscal year-end financial statement preparation, and made a part of this Agreement. The Sub-Administrator may sub-contract with third parties to perform certain of the services to be performed by the Sub-Administrator hereunder; provided, however, that the Sub-Administrator shall remain principally responsible to Administrator for the acts and omissions of such other entities. In meeting its duties hereunder, the Sub-Administrator shall have the general authority to do all acts deemed in the Sub-Administrator's good faith belief to be necessary and proper to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3. Compensation of the Sub-Administrator. The Administrator shall pay to the Sub-Administrator compensation at the annual rate specified in Schedule A to this Agreement until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article 5. Such compensation shall be calculated and accrued daily, and paid to the Sub-Administrator monthly. If this Agreement becomes effective subsequent to the first day of a month or terminates before the last day of a month, the Sub-Administrator's compensation for that part of the month in which this Agreement is in effect shall be prorated in a manner consistent with the calculation of the fees as set forth above. Payment of the Sub-Administrator's compensation for the preceding month shall be made within 30 days after receipt of invoice. In addition, the Administrator agrees to reimburse the Sub-Administrator for the Sub-Administrator's reasonable out of pocket expenses in providing services hereunder, so long as Sub-Administrator receives prior consent in writing from the Administrator.
ARTICLE 4. Limitation of Liability of the Sub-Administrator. The duties of the Sub-Administrator shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Sub-Administrator hereunder. The Sub-Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in carrying out its duties hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. (As used in this Article 4, the term "Sub-Administrator" shall include Trustees, officers, employees and other agents of the Sub-Administrator as well as that entity itself.) Under no circumstances shall the Sub-Administrator be liable to Administrator for consequential, indirect or punitive damages.
So long as the Sub-Administrator, or its agents, acts without willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, and without reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Administrator assumes full responsibility and shall indemnify the Sub-Administrator and hold it harmless from and against any and all actions, suits and claims, whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable investigation expenses) arising directly or indirectly out of any act or omission of the Sub-Administrator in carrying out its duties hereunder; provided, however, with respect to a damage award of a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a third party claim that arises directly out of a negligent act or omission by the Sub-Administrator or its agents in breach of this Agreement (which act or omission did not constitute willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or willful disregard of obligations and duties hereunder), the Sub-Administrator shall be responsible for 20% of such damage award up to a maximum amount equal to the aggregate amount of fees paid by the Administrator to the Sub-Administrator in the twelve months immediately preceding the date on which the negligence of the Sub-Administrator occurred. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth herein shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.
The indemnification rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses in the event of any pending or threatened litigation with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited. In order that the indemnification provisions contained herein shall apply, however, it is understood that if in any case the Administrator may be asked to indemnify or hold the Sub-Administrator harmless, the Administrator shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the Sub-Administrator will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the Administrator promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification against the Administrator, but failure to do so shall not affect the rights hereunder. In no event and under no circumstances shall either party to this Agreement be liable to anyone, including, without limitation, the other party, for special damages for any act or failure to act under any provision of this Agreement if advised of the possibility thereof.
The Administrator shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity provision. If Administrator elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by Administrator and satisfactory to the Sub-Administrator, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that Administrator elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the Sub-Administrator shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it. If Administrator does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it will reimburse the Sub-Administrator for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Sub-Administrator.
The Sub-Administrator may apply to Administrator at any time for instructions and may consult counsel for the Administrator or its own counsel and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Sub-Administrator's duties, and the Sub-Administrator shall not be liable or accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts.
Also, the Sub-Administrator shall be protected in acting upon any document which it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons. Nor shall the Sub-Administrator be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officers, employee or agent of the Administrator until receipt of written notice thereof from the Administrator.
Nothing herein shall make the Sub-Administrator liable for the performance or omissions of unaffiliated third parties not under the Sub-Administrator's reasonable control such as, by way of example and not limitation, transfer agents, custodians, investment advisers or sub-advisers, postal or delivery services, telecommunications providers and processing and settlement services.
ARTICLE 5. Duration and Termination of this Agreement. This Agreement
shall be in full force and effect upon the Effective Date. The initial term of
this Agreement will end one (1) year after the Effective Date. ("Initial Term").
Upon conclusion of the Initial Term, this Agreement will automatically remain in
full force and effect for a one (1) year renewable term, and for succeeding one
(1) year renewable terms thereafter, unless the Agreement is terminated as
provided below. The Administrator or the Sub-Administrator may elect to
terminate this Agreement as of the last day of the Initial Term or any renewal
term by notifying the other in writing not less than ninety (90) days prior to
the end of the then current term.
This Agreement may be terminated only: (a) by either party hereto on such date as is specified in written notice given by the terminating party, in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by the other party, provided the terminating party has notified the other party of such material breach at least 45 days prior to the specified date of termination and the breaching party has not remedied such breach by the specified date; or (b) as to any Fund or any Trust, effective upon the liquidation of such Fund or Trust, as the case may be. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "liquidation" shall mean a transaction in which the assets of the Trust or a Fund are sold or otherwise disposed of and proceeds there from are distributed in cash to the shareholders in complete liquidation of the interests of such shareholders in the entity. After termination of this Agreement for so long as the Sub-Administrator in fact continues to perform any one or more services contemplated by this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions regarding limitation of liability and indemnification, shall continue in full force and effect.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon termination of the Administration Agreement; provided, however, that no such termination of this Agreement shall occur if and to the extent the Administrator or any control affiliate thereof is named as, or otherwise becomes, the successor administrator to a Trust. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this paragraph, and the Administrator proposes or causes, directly or indirectly, a Trust to retain a third party other than the Sub-Administrator to serve as successor administrator or sub-administrator to the Trust, the Sub-Administrator will be entitled to a one time cash payment equal to the net present value of the profits the Sub-Administrator would have earned during the remainder of the then-current term of the contract based on the fee rate set forth in Schedule A hereto applied to the average daily net assets of the Trust during the six month period immediately preceding such termination.
ARTICLE 6. Activities of the Sub-Administrator. The services of the Sub-Administrator rendered to the Administrator are not to be deemed to be exclusive. The Sub-Administrator is free to render such services to others and to have other businesses and interests.
ARTICLE 7. Confidentiality. The Sub-Administrator agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat confidentially all records and other information relative to the Administrator and each Trust and its shareholders received by the Sub-Administrator in connection with this Agreement, including any non-public personal information as defined in Regulation S-P, and that it shall not use or disclose any such information except for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Sub-Administrator may disclose such information as required by law or after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Administrator or a Trust, which approval may not be withheld where the Sub-Administrator may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings or penalties for failure to comply.
ARTICLE 8. Certain Records. The Sub-Administrator shall maintain customary records in connection with its duties as specified in this Agreement. Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Administrator on behalf of the Trusts shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of the Sub-Administrator, but shall be the property of the Trusts and will be made available to or surrendered promptly to the Administrator or the Trusts on request.
In case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, the Sub-Administrator shall notify the Administrator and follow the Administrator's instructions as to permitting or refusing such inspection; provided that the Sub-Administrator may exhibit such records to any person in any case where it is advised by its counsel that it may be held liable for failure to do so, unless (in cases involving potential exposure only to civil liability) the Administrator has agreed to indemnify the Sub-Administrator against such liability.
ARTICLE 9. Compliance With Governmental Rules and Regulations. The Sub-Administrator undertakes to comply in all material respects with applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act and any laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the duties to be performed by the Sub-Administrator hereunder.
ARTICLE 10. Representations of the Administrator. The Administrator certifies to the Sub-Administrator that this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Administrator and, when executed and delivered by the Administrator, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Administrator, enforceable against the Administrator in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
ARTICLE 11. Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement, draft or proposal with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement or any part hereof may be changed or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change or waiver is sought.
ARTICLE 12. Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
ARTICLE 13. Waiver. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party entitled to the benefit thereof by written instrument executed by such party. No failure of either party hereto to exercise any power or right granted hereunder, or to insist upon strict compliance with any obligation hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties with regard to the terms of performance hereof, will constitute a waiver of the rights of such party to demand full and exact compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 14. Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be deemed sufficient if sent by registered or certified mail, federal express (or substantially similar delivery service), postage prepaid, addressed by the party giving notice to the other party at the last address furnished by the other party to the party giving notice: if to Administrator, at 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202; and if to the Sub-Administrator at 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
ARTICLE 15. Force Majeure. No breach of any obligation of a party to this Agreement will constitute an event of default or breach to the extent it arises out of a cause, existing or future, that is beyond the control and without negligence of the party otherwise chargeable with breach or default, including without limitation: work action or strike; lockout or other labor dispute; flood; war; riot; theft; earthquake or natural disaster. Either party desiring to rely upon any of the foregoing as an excuse for default or breach will, when the cause arises, give to the other party prompt notice of the facts which constitute such cause; and, when the cause ceases to exist, give prompt notice thereof to the other party.
ARTICLE 16. Equipment Failures. In the event of equipment failures beyond the Sub-Administrator's control, the Sub-Administrator shall, at no additional expense to the Administrator, take reasonable and prompt steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto. The Administrator shall develop and maintain a plan for recovery from equipment failures which may include contractual arrangements with appropriate parties making reasonable provision for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available.
ARTICLE 17. Definitions of Certain Terms. The terms "interested person" and "affiliated person," when used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
ARTICLE 18. Headings. All Article headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not form a part of this Agreement and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, will be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the contract requires.
ARTICLE 19. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Ohio, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
ARTICLE 20. Multiple Originals. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
ARTICLE 21. Binding Agreement. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 22. Severability. If any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or portions shall be considered severable and not be affected, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement did not contain the particular part, term or provision held to be illegal or invalid.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
By: /s/ William A. Dent ---------------------------- Name: William A. Dent Title: Vice President |
INTEGRATED INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/ Roy E. Rogers ---------------------------------- Name: Roy E. Rogers Title: President |
SCHEDULE A
TO THE SUB-ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
DATED JANUARY 1, 2007
BETWEEN
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
AND
INTEGRATED INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
FEES: Pursuant to Article 3, the Administrator shall pay the Sub-Administrator an asset based fee calculated based on the daily net assets of the Trusts. The asset based fee due to the Sub-Administrator will be deducted and paid to the Sub-Administrator from the Administrator's monthly fee. The daily net asset fee is at the following annual rates:
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST, TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST, TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST, TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST (EXCLUDING INSTITUTIONAL MONEY MARKET FUND)
0.08% of the average daily net assets of the aggregate of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust and Touchstone Investment Trust (excluding the Institutional Money Market Fund) up to and including $6 billion; 0.0575% of the next $4 billion of average daily net assets and 0.0350% of all such assets in excess of $10 billion.
INSTITUTIONAL MONEY MARKET FUND. 0.02% of the Fund's average daily net assets for sub-administrative services. For fund accounting services, an annual fee based on average daily net assets as follows:
Asset Size Annual Fee --------------------------- ---------- 0 - $100,000,000 $24,000 $100,000,000 - $200,000,000 $30,000 $200,000,000 - $300,000,000 $36,000 $300,000,000 - $400,000,000 $42,000 Over $400,000,000 $54,000 |
TOUCHSTONE VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
0.08% of the average daily net assets of Touchstone Variable Series Trust up to and including $1 billion; 0.0575% of the next $1 billion of average daily net assets and 0.035% of all such assets in excess of $2 billion.
TERM: This amended Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2007 and shall be subject to the provisions under Article 5.
SCHEDULE B
TO THE SUB-ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
DATED JANUARY 1, 2007
BETWEEN
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
AND
INTEGRATED INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
LIST OF SERVICES
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
1. Prepare and file post-effective amendments to the registration statements and other documents on behalf of the Funds with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other federal and state regulatory authorities as required by law.
2. Coordinate the scheduling of Board of Trustees' meetings, prepare the appropriate reports to the trustees and record and maintain the minutes.
3. Maintain all books and records of each Fund as required by federal and state laws.
4. Coordinate the preparation, filing and distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports as required by law.
5. Coordinate and monitor third-party services.
6. Establish and maintain procedures for compliance with federal and state rules and regulations.
7. Provide reports necessary for the Trusts' investment adviser to monitor compliance with federal and state rules and regulations.
8. Provide officers for the Trusts, if desired.
9. Prepare financial statements and supporting statements, footnotes, per share information and schedule of investments for the inclusion in the semiannual and annual reports.
10. Conduct portfolio compliance training for Fund management and the investment adviser.
ACCOUNTING SERVICES
1. Calculate net asset value and per share net asset value in accordance with the 1940 Act and the Trusts' prospectuses.
2. Record all security transactions including appropriate gains and losses from the sale of portfolio securities.
3. Record interest income and dividend income.
4. Record each Fund's capital share activities based upon purchase and redemption transactions received by the transfer agent.
5. Calculate a daily cash figure for investment purposes.
6. Monitor and seek authorization for payment of expenses of each Fund.
7. Periodically report to each Trust or its authorized agents share purchases and redemptions and trial balances of each Fund.
8. Prepare the necessary supporting computations on a book and tax basis to ensure each Fund complies with the requirements of Section 851 of the Internal Revenue Code.
9. Facilitate and perform tax planning and administration.
10. Monitor all tax compliance calculations to ensure that each Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company pursuant to Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code.
11. Assist independent accountants with the annual audit by preparing necessary annual audit work papers.
12. Generate fund performance calculations (including after-tax returns) and automated report dissemination.
13. Maintain complete, accurate and current all records with respect to the Trusts required to be maintained by the Trusts under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and under the rules and regulations of the 1940 Act, and preserve said records in the manner and for the periods prescribed in the Code and the 1940 Act.
ALLOCATION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made as of this 1st day of April 2007, by and among Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Constellation Institutional Portfolios (collectively, the "Funds"), all open-end investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the requirements of Rule 17g-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("Rule 17g-1"), the Funds are required to maintain a fidelity bond against larceny and embezzlement, covering certain of their officers and employees; and
WHEREAS, Rule 17g-1 provides that where the shares of two or more investment companies are distributed by the same person, such investment companies may enter into a joint fidelity bond with each other (a "Joint Insured Bond"); and
WHEREAS, the Funds have entered into such a Joint Insured Bond with St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company in accordance with Rule 17g-1 (such Joint Insured Bond as it is currently constituted and as it may be amended from time to time being hereinafter referred to as the "Bond"); and
WHEREAS, Rule 17g-1 provides that the amount of insurance coverage under a Joint Insured Bond shall be at least equal to the sum of the total amount of coverage which each party to such bond would have been required under Rule 17g-1 to provide and maintain individually; and
WHEREAS, the Funds desire to provide for: (1) the method by which the amount of coverage provided under the Bond will be determined from time to time and (2) an equitable and proportionate allocation of any proceeds received under the Bond in the event that two or more of the Funds suffer loss and consequently are entitled to recover under the Bond;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein set forth, the Funds agree as follows:
I. Definitions
A. Minimum Coverage Requirement - the minimum amount of insurance coverage required to be maintained on a current basis by each of the Funds, such amount being based upon their respective gross assets and being determined as of the close of the most recent fiscal quarter in accordance with the table set forth in paragraph (d) of Rule 17g-1 as it may from time to time be amended by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
B. Fidelity Coverage - the total amount of coverage provided under the Bond.
C. Actual Loss - the total amount of pecuniary loss suffered by a Fund under circumstances covered by the terms of the Bond without regard to whether the amount of Fidelity Coverage is sufficient to enable such Fund to recover the total amount of such pecuniary loss.
D. Excess Coverage - the amount by which the Fidelity Coverage exceeds the amount of the combined Minimum Coverage Requirements of the Funds suffering Actual Loss.
II. The Amount of the Bond
It shall be the intent of the Funds that the amount of the Fidelity Coverage at all times shall be at least equal to the amount of the combined Minimum Coverage Requirements of the Funds.
III. Allocation of Recovery Under the Bond
In the event Actual Loss is suffered by any two or more of the Funds, any recovery under the Bond will be allocated among such Funds in the following manner:
a. If the Fidelity Coverage exceeds or is equal to the amount of the combined Actual Losses of the Funds suffering Actual Loss, then each such Fund shall be entitled to recover the amount of its Actual Loss.
b. If the amount of Actual Loss of each Fund suffering Actual Loss exceeds its Minimum Coverage Requirement and the amount of the Funds' combined Actual Losses exceeds the Fidelity Coverage, then each Fund shall be entitled to recover (i) its Minimum Coverage Requirement, and (ii) to the extent there exists Excess Coverage, the proportion of the Excess Coverage which its Minimum Coverage Requirement bears to the amount of the combined Minimum Coverage Requirements of the Funds suffering Actual Loss; provided, however, that if the Actual Loss of any of such Funds is less than the sum of (i) and (ii) of this subpart (b), then such difference shall be recoverable by the other Funds in proportion to their relative Minimum Coverage Requirements.
c. If (i) the amount of Actual Loss suffered by any Fund is less
than or equal to its Minimum Coverage Requirement, (ii) the amount of Actual
Loss of the other Funds exceeds its or their Minimum Coverage Requirement(s) and
(iii) the amount of the combined Actual Losses of the Funds exceeds the Fidelity
Coverage, then any Fund which has suffered an amount of Actual Loss less than or
equal to its Minimum Coverage Requirement shall be entitled to recover its
Actual Loss. If only one other Fund has suffered Actual Loss, it shall be
entitled to recover the amount of the Fidelity Coverage remaining. If more than
one other Fund has suffered Actual Loss in excess of the remaining coverage,
they shall allocate such remaining coverage in accordance with Section III(b) of
this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Funds have executed this Agreement on the date above mentioned.
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST By: /s/ William Dent By: /s/ William Dent ----------------------------- ----------------------------- TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST TOUCHSTONE VARIABLE SERIES TRUST By: /s/ William Dent By: /s/ William Dent ----------------------------- ----------------------------- TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST CONSTELLATION INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIOS By: /s/ William Dent By: /s/ William Dent ------------------------------ ----------------------------- |
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT, effective as of May 1, 2000 by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor") and Touchstone Strategic Trust (the "Trust"), on behalf of certain series of the Trust set forth in Schedule A attached hereto (each a "Fund," and collectively, the "Funds").
WHEREAS, the Trust is a Massachusetts business trust organized under a Declaration of Trust ("Declaration of Trust"), and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management company of the series type, and each Fund is a series of the Trust; and
WHEREAS, the Trust and the Advisor have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2000 (the "Advisory Agreement"), pursuant to which the Advisor provides investment advisory and other management services to each series of the Trust for compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of each series; and
WHEREAS, the Trust and the Advisor have determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of shareholders to maintain the expenses of the Funds, and, therefore, have entered into this Expense Limitation Agreement (the "Agreement"), in order to maintain the expense ratios of the Funds at the levels specified in Schedule A attached hereto; and
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree that the Agreement provides as follows:
1. Expense Limitation.
1.1 Applicable Expense Limit. To the extent that the aggregate expenses of every character incurred by a Fund in any fiscal year, including but not limited to advisory fees of the Advisor (but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of such Fund's business, and amounts, if any, payable pursuant to a plan adopted in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, if any) ("Fund Operating Expenses"), exceed the Operating Expense Limit, as defined in Section 1.2 below, such excess amount (the "Excess Amount") shall be the liability of the Advisor.
1.2 Operating Expense Limit. The maximum Operating Expense Limit in any year with respect to a Fund shall be the amount specified in Schedule A based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund.
1.3 Method of Computation. To determine the Advisor's liability with respect to the Excess Amount, each month the Fund Operating Expenses for each Fund shall be annualized as of the last day of the month. If, for any month, a Fund's annualized Fund Operating Expenses exceed the Operating Expense Limit of such Fund, the Advisor shall waive or reduce its advisory fee for such month by an amount, or remit an amount to the appropriate Fund, sufficient to reduce the annualized Fund Operating Expenses to an amount no higher than the Operating Expense Limit; provided, however, that any waiver or reduction of the advisory fee is applied equally across the classes, if any, of the Fund.
1.4 Year-End Adjustment. If necessary, on or before the last day of the first month of each fiscal year, an adjustment payment shall be made by the appropriate party in order that the amount of the advisory fees waived or reduced and other payments remitted by the Advisor to the Fund or Funds with respect to the previous fiscal year shall equal the Excess Amount.
2. Term and Termination of Agreement.
This Agreement shall continue in effect through March 31, 2001, and from year to year thereafter provided each such continuance is specifically approved by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust. This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to the applicable Fund.
3. Miscellaneous.
3.1 Captions. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no other way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
3.2 Interpretation. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Funds to take any action contrary to the Trust's Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, or any applicable statutory or regulatory requirement to which it is subject or by which it is bound, or to relieve or deprive the Trust's Board of Trustees of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust or the Funds.
3.3 Definitions. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to the advisory fee, the computations of net asset values, and the allocation of expenses, having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from the terms and provisions of the Investment Advisory Agreement or the 1940 Act, shall have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Investment Advisory Agreement or the 1940 Act.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly, as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
By: /s/ Tina D. Hosking ------------------------------------ Tina D. Hosking Secretary |
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
By: /s/ Jill T. McGruder ------------------------------------ Jill T. McGruder President |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
This Agreement relates to the following Funds of the Trust:
Maximum Operating Expense Limit ----------------- Aggressive Growth Fund - Class A 1.95% Utility Fund - Class A 1.34% Utility Fund - Class C 2.50% Enhanced 30 Fund - Class A 1.00% Enhanced 30 Fund - Class C 1.75% |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED MAY 1, 2001
This Agreement relates to the following Funds of the Trust:
Maximum Operating Expense Limit ----------------- Aggressive Growth Fund - Class A 1.95% Aggressive Growth Fund - Class B 2.70% Aggressive Growth Fund - Class C 2.70% Utility Fund - Class A 1.34% Utility Fund - Class B 2.46% Utility Fund - Class C 2.50% |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED MAY 1, 2002
This Agreement relates to the following Funds of the Trust:
Maximum Operating Expense Limit ----------------- Equity Fund - Class A 1.30% Equity Fund - Class B 2.43% Equity Fund - Class C 2.51% |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED OCTOBER 6, 2003
This Agreement relates to the following Fund of the Trust and will continue in effect until October 6, 2005:
Maximum Operating Expense Limit ----------------- Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.30% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class B 2.25% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class C 2.25% |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED NOVEMBER 9, 2004
This Agreement relates to the following Fund of the Trust and will continue in effect until October 6, 2005 for Class A,Class B and Class C shares and until November 9, 2005 for Class I shares.
Maximum Operating Expense Limit ----------------- Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.30% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class B 2.25% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class C 2.25% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class I 1.05% |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED APRIL 1, 2005
This Agreement relates to the following Fund of the Trust and will continue in effect until March 31, 2006.
Maximum Operating Expense Limit ----------------- Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.30% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class B 2.25% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class C 2.25% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class I 1.05% |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED APRIL 1, 2006
This Agreement relates to the following Fund of the Trust and will continue in effect until March 31, 2007.
Maximum Operating Expense Limit ----------------- Large Cap Growth Fund - Class A 1.30% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class B 2.25% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class C 2.25% Large Cap Growth Fund - Class I 1.05% |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED JANUARY 1, 2007
This Agreement relates to the following Funds of the Trust and will continue in effect until January 1, 2008.
FUND MAXIMUM OPERATING EXPENSE LIMIT --------------------------------- ------------------------------- LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND 1.25% for Class A shares 2.00% for Class B shares 2.00% for Class C shares 1.00% for Class Y shares MID CAP GROWTH FUND 1.50% for Class A shares 2.25% for Class B shares 2.25% for Class C shares LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND 1.15% for Class A shares 1.90% for Class C shares SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND 1.70% for Class A shares 2.45% for Class B shares 2.45% for Class C shares 1.30% for Class Y shares MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND 1.95% for Class A shares 2.70% for Class C shares 1.70% for Class Y shares LARGE CAP VALUE FUND 1.35% for Class A shares 2.10% for Class C shares GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND 1.55% for Class A shares 2.30% for Class B shares 2.30% for Class C shares DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND 1.40% for Class A shares 1.15% for Class Y shares |
SCHEDULE A
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AMENDED AUGUST 1, 2007
LENGTH/TYPE OF FUND LIMITATION MAXIMUM OPERATING EXPENSE LIMIT --------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------------------- LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND Contractual waiver 1.25% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.00% for Class B shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.00% for Class C shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 1.00% for Class Y shares through 3/31/2008 MID CAP GROWTH FUND Contractual waiver 1.50% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.25% for Class B shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.25% for Class C shares through 3/31/2008 LARGE CAP CORE EQUITY FUND Contractual waiver 1.15% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 1.90% for Class C shares through 3/31/2008 SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND Contractual waiver 1.70% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.45% for Class B shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.45% for Class C shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 1.30% for Class Y shares through 3/31/2008 MICRO CAP GROWTH FUND Contractual waiver 1.95% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.70% for Class C shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 1.70% for Class Y shares through 3/31/2008 LARGE CAP VALUE FUND Contractual waiver 1.35% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.10% for Class C shares through 3/31/2008 GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND Contractual waiver 1.55% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.30% for Class B shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.30% for Class C shares through 3/31/2008 |
DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND Contractual waiver 1.40% for Class A shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 1.15% for Class Y shares through 3/31/2008 Contractual waiver 2.15% for Class C shares through 8/1/2008 |
I-COMPLIANCE SERVICES AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT dated as of October 5, 2004 among Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust and Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, each a Massachusetts business trust and Integrated Fund Services, Inc. ("Integrated"), an Ohio corporation. This Agreement has been amended to (i) reflect the name change of Integrated Fund Services, Inc. to Integrated Investment Services, Inc. ("Integrated"), (ii) change names and addresses contained in Section 18, "Notices," (iii) amend Exhibit D, "Fee Arrangements" and (iv) add Touchstone Funds Group Trust, a Delaware business trust, as a named party to the Agreement.
THIS AMENDED AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of January, 2007 by and among Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust and Touchstone Funds Group Trust (each a "Trust," and collectively, the "Trusts") and Integrated.
WHEREAS, the Trusts are each management investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"); and
WHEREAS, shares of beneficial interest in the Trusts are divided into separate series (each, along with any series which may in the future be established, a "Fund," collectively, the "Funds"); and
WHEREAS, the Trusts wish to employ Integrated to provide certain compliance services on behalf of the Trusts; and
WHEREAS, Integrated wishes to provide such services to the Trusts under the conditions set forth below;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Trusts and Integrated agree as follows:
1. APPOINTMENT
The Trusts hereby employ Integrated to perform those compliance services described in this Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto for the Trusts. Integrated shall act under such appointment and perform the obligations thereof in accordance with the Trusts' current registration statements and as required by applicable federal laws and regulations upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The appointment shall begin at a time mutually agreed upon by the parties.
2. COMPLIANCE SERVICES
Subject to the direction and control of the Trustees of the Trusts, Integrated shall perform the compliance services for the Trusts detailed in Exhibits A-B. Integrated shall perform such other services for the Trusts and the Funds that are mutually agreed upon by the parties from time to time, for which the Trusts will pay Integrated the amounts agreed upon between them.
3. ASSUMPTIONS
The Trusts are ultimately responsible for each Fund's compliance program and its compliance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act. In addition, the management of each Fund and the management of the Funds' service providers are responsible for implementation and execution of their compliance programs.
4. CONFIDENTIALITY
A. Without the prior consent of the other party, no party shall disclose Confidential Information (as defined below) of any other party received in connection with the services provided under this Agreement. The receiving party shall use the same degree of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information of like nature, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, to maintain in confidence the confidential information of the disclosing party. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any information that (i) is, at the time of disclosure, or thereafter becomes, part of the public domain through a source other than the receiving party, (ii) is subsequently learned from a third party that, to the knowledge of the receiving party, is not under an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party, (iii) was known to the receiving party at the time of disclosure, or (iv) is generated independently by the receiving party, or (v) is disclosed pursuant to applicable law, subpoena, applicable professional standards or other process.
B. For the purpose of this Section 4, Confidential Information shall mean Technical Elements (as defined below), or any information identified by either party as "Confidential" and/or "Proprietary" or which, under all of the circumstances, ought reasonably to be treated as confidential and/or proprietary. Integrated retains the right to use its knowledge, experience, and know-how, including processes, ideas, concepts and techniques developed in the course of performing the services.
C. In connection with performing its services under this Agreement, Integrated may use certain data, modules, components, designs, utilities, subsets, objects, program listings, tools, models, methodologies, programs, systems, analysis frameworks, leading practices, data bases, screen formats, report formats, interactive design technologies, documentation manuals and specifications ("Technical Elements"). Certain Technical Elements were owned or developed by Integrated prior to, or independently from, its engagement hereunder and are the sole and exclusive property of Integrated and Integrated retains all rights thereto; and certain other Technical Elements consist of third party works and products which Integrated has acquired the right to use. The Trusts shall have no rights in the Technical Elements. The Trusts each agree to treat all Technical Elements as Confidential Information.
5. SPECIAL SERVICES AND REPORTS
Integrated may provide special services and reports as may be reasonably requested by a Trust, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties.
6. SUBCONTRACTING
Integrated may, at its expense, and, upon prior written approval from a Trust, subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of the services contemplated hereunder; provided, however, that Integrated shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that Integrated shall be responsible for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
7. COMPENSATION
For performing its services under this Agreement, the Trusts shall pay Integrated a fee in accordance with Exhibit D attached hereto.
8. EXPENSES
Integrated shall each furnish, at its expense and without cost to the Trusts, the services of its personnel to the extent that such services are required to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. All costs and expenses not expressly assumed by Integrated under this Paragraph shall be paid by the Trusts. A list of typical expenses is set forth in Exhibit C; this list is not all inclusive.
9. REFERENCES TO INTEGRATED OR THE TRUSTS
A. Neither the Trusts nor their agents shall circulate any printed matter which contains any reference to Integrated or use Integrated's name, or any of its trademarks, service marks or logos, including "i-Compliance", without the prior written approval of Integrated. The Trusts will submit printed matter requiring approval to Integrated in draft form, allowing sufficient time for review by Integrated and its counsel prior to any deadline for printing.
B. Integrated shall not circulate any printed matter that contains any reference to a Trust without the prior written approval of the Trust, excepting solely such printed matter as merely identifies the Trust as a client of Integrated. Integrated will submit printed matter requiring approval to the Trusts in draft form, allowing sufficient time for review by the Trust and its counsel prior to any deadline for printing.
10. INDEMNIFICATION OF INTEGRATED
A. Integrated may rely on information reasonably believed by it to be accurate and reliable. Except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, neither Integrated nor its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents, control persons or affiliates of any thereof shall be subject to any liability for, or any damages, including consequential damages, expenses or losses incurred by a Trust in connection with, any error of judgment, mistake of law, any act or omission connected with or arising out of any services rendered under or payments made pursuant to this Agreement or any other matter to which this Agreement relates, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of any such persons in the performance of the duties of Integrated under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard by any of such persons of the obligations and duties of Integrated under this Agreement. Integrated may apply to the Trusts at any time for instructions and may consult counsel for a Trust, or its own counsel, and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with its duties hereunder, and Integrated shall not be liable or accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction, or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants, or other experts. Integrated shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officers, employees, or agents of the Trusts until receipt of written notice thereof have been received by Integrated from the Trusts.
B. Any person, even though also a director, officer, employee, shareholder or agent of Integrated, or any of its affiliates, who may be or become an officer, trustee, employee or agent of a Trust, shall be deemed, when rendering services to a Trust or acting on any business of a Trust, to be rendering such services to or acting solely as an officer, trustee, employee or agent of a Trust and not as a director, officer, employee, shareholder or agent of or one under the control or direction of Integrated or any of its affiliates, even though paid by one of these entities.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Trust
shall indemnify and hold harmless Integrated, each of its directors, officers,
employees, shareholders, agents, control persons and affiliates of any thereof
from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, suits, actions, demands,
expenses and liabilities (whether with or without basis in fact or law),
including legal fees and expenses and investigation expenses, of any and every
nature which Integrated may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against
Integrated by any person by reason of, or as a result of: (i) any action taken
or omitted to be taken by Integrated in good faith in reliance upon any oral or
written instructions of an authorized person of a Trust or upon the opinion of
legal counsel for a Trust or its own counsel; (ii) any action taken or omitted
to be taken by Integrated in connection with its appointment in good faith in
reliance upon any law, act, regulation or interpretation of the same even though
the same may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed; or
(iii) any action taken or omitted to be taken by Integrated on its own
initiative, in good faith and in accordance with the standard of care set forth
in this Agreement. However, indemnification under this subparagraph shall not
apply to actions or omissions of either Integrated or its directors, officers,
employees, shareholders, agents, control persons or affiliates in cases of its
or their own gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or reckless
disregard of its or their own duties hereunder.
D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall Integrated be liable to a Trust or any third party for any special, consequential, punitive or incidental damages, or any other damages not measured by the prevailing party's actual damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
11. TERMINATION
A. With respect to the Compliance Program Administration Services, the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective on the date first above written, shall continue in effect for a period of one year ("Initial Term") from that date and shall continue in force for successive one year terms thereafter ("Renewal Term"), unless otherwise terminated as provided herein. With respect to the Compliance Program Development and Implementation Services, the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective on the date first above written and shall terminate upon completion of the services, as mutually agreed upon by the parties.
B. Any party may terminate this Agreement at the end of the Initial Term, or at the end of any subsequent Renewal Term, by giving the other parties at least one hundred eighty (180) days' prior written notice of such termination specifying the date fixed therefore. In the event this Agreement is terminated by a Trust prior to the end of the Initial Term or any subsequent Renewal Term, the Trust shall make a one-time cash payment to Integrated in consideration of services provided under this Agreement, and not as a penalty, equal to the remaining balance of the fees payable to Integrated under this Agreement through the end of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as applicable. The Trusts shall likewise reimburse Integrated for any out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements ("out-of-pocket expenses") reasonably incurred by Integrated in connection with the services provided under this Agreement within 30 days of notification to the Trusts of such out-of-pocket expenses regardless of whether such out-of-pocket expenses were incurred before or after the termination of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any such termination, in the event that Integrated in fact continues to perform any one or more of the services contemplated by this Agreement (or any Schedule or Exhibit hereto) with the consent of the Trusts, the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions dealing with compensation and indemnification, shall continue in full force and effect. Fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Integrated but unpaid by the Trusts upon such termination shall be immediately due and payable upon and notwithstanding such termination.
C. If a party materially fails to perform its duties and obligations hereunder (a "Defaulting Party") resulting in a material loss to another party or parties, such other party or parties (the "Non-Defaulting Party") may give written notice thereof to the Defaulting Party, which such notice shall set forth with sufficient detail the nature of the breach. The Defaulting Party shall have ninety (90) days from its receipt of notice to cure the breach. If such material breach shall not have been remedied to commercially reasonable operating standards, the Non-Defaulting Party may terminate this Agreement by giving sixty (60) days' written notice of such termination to the Defaulting Party. If Integrated is the Non-Defaulting Party, its termination of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies with respect to services it performed prior to such termination, or the right of Integrated to receive such compensation as may be due as of the date of termination or to be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In all cases, termination by the Non-Defaulting Party shall not constitute a waiver by the Non-Defaulting Party of any other rights it might have under this Agreement or otherwise against a Defaulting Party.
D. In the case of the following transactions, not in the ordinary course of business, namely, the merger of a Trust, or a Fund, into or the consolidation of a Trust, or a Fund, with another investment company, the sale by a Trust, or a Fund, of all, or substantially all, of its assets to another investment company, or the liquidation or dissolution of a Trust, or a Fund, and distribution of its assets, or any similar transaction or any other form of business transaction involving a Trust or a Fund, this Agreement will terminate with respect to the applicable Trust or Trusts, or Fund or Funds, and Integrated shall be released from any and all obligations hereunder upon the payment of the fees, disbursements and expenses due to Integrated through the end of the then current term of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that the damages provision set forth above in paragraph B shall be applicable in those instances in which Integrated is not retained to provide compliance services subsequent to the transactions listed above.
E. Integrated will be entitled to collect from the Trusts all reasonable expenses incurred in conjunction with termination of this Agreement, including but not limited to out-of-pocket expenses, employee time, system fees and fees charged by third parties with whom Integrated has contracted.
12. SERVICES FOR OTHERS
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent Integrated or any of its affiliates (as defined in the 1940 Act) from providing services for any other person, firm or corporation (including other investment companies); provided, however, that Integrated expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Trusts under this Agreement.
13. COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that nothing contained herein shall be construed to require Integrated to perform any services for the Trusts which services could cause Integrated to be deemed an "investment adviser" of a Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(20) of the 1940 Act or to supersede or contravene a Trust's prospectus or statement of additional information or any provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Trust assumes full responsibility for complying with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction.
14. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
A. It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Trusts hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Trusts, personally, but bind only the trust property of the Trusts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees of the Trusts and signed by an officer of the Trusts, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trusts.
B. Standard of Care; Uncontrollable Events; Limitation of Liability. Integrated shall use reasonable professional diligence to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but shall not be liable to the Trusts for any action taken or omitted by Integrated in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard by Integrated of its obligations and duties. The duties of Integrated shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against Integrated hereunder.
Integrated shall provide the Trusts, at such times as each may reasonably require, copies of reports rendered by independent public accountants on the internal controls and procedures of Integrated relating to the services provided by Integrated under this Agreement.
C. Representations and Warranties of the Trusts. Each Trust represents and warrants to Integrated that:
(i) It is a Trust duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has full capacity and authority to enter into this agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder;
(ii) It has all necessary authorizations, licenses and permits to carry out its business as currently conducted;
(iii) It has been in, and shall continue to be in compliance in all material respects with all laws and regulations applicable to its business and operations;
(iv) This Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trust and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the right and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
15. SEVERABILITY.
In the event any provision of this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue to be in force.
16. QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATION.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") issued pursuant to said 1940 Act. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act, reflected in any provision of this Agreement, is revised by rule, regulation or order of the SEC, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.
17. CONFIDENTIALITY
A. All parties hereto agree that any nonpublic information obtained hereunder concerning another party is confidential and may not be disclosed without the consent of the other party, except as may be required by applicable law or at the request of a governmental agency. The parties further agree that a breach of this provision would irreparably damage the other party and accordingly agree that each of them is entitled, in addition to all other remedies at law or in equity to an injunction or injunctions without bond or other security to prevent breaches of this provision.
B. All parties hereto agree that nonpublic personal shareholder information shall remain the sole property of the Trusts. Such information shall not be disclosed or used for any purpose except in connection with the performance of the duties and responsibilities described herein or as required or permitted by law. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The parties agree to comply with any and all regulations promulgated by the SEC or other applicable laws regarding the confidentiality of shareholder information.
18. NOTICES.
All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing (including telex and telegraphic communication) and shall be (as elected by the person giving such notice) hand delivered by messenger or courier service, telecommunicated, or mailed (airmail if international) by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid), return receipt requested, addressed to:
To the Trusts: Touchstone Investments To Integrated: Integrated Investment Services, Inc.. 303 Broadway, Ste. 1100 303 Broadway, Ste 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Attn: William A. Dent Attn: Roy E. Rogers |
or to such other address as any party may designate by notice complying with the terms of this Paragraph. Each such notice shall be deemed delivered (a) on the date delivered if by personal delivery; (b) on the date telecommunicated if by telegraph; (c) on the date of transmission with confirmed answer back if by telex, telefax or other telegraphic method or e-mail; and (d) on the date upon which the return receipt is signed or delivery is refused or the notice is designated by the postal authorities as not deliverable, as the case may be, if mailed.
19. AMENDMENT.
This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed by all affected parties.
20. BINDING EFFECT.
Each of the undersigned expressly warrants and represents that he or she has the full power and authority to sign this Agreement on behalf of the party indicated, and that his or her signature will operate to bind the party indicated to the foregoing terms.
21. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
22. FORCE MAJEURE.
Integrated does not assume responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any damage, loss of data, interruption, delay or any loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its control, including and without limitation, acts of God, interruption or failure of power or other utility, transportation, mail, or communication services, equipment failure, acts of civil or military authority, sabotages, war, insurrection, riots, national emergencies, explosion, flood, accident, earthquake or other catastrophe, fire, natural disasters, strike or other labor problems, legal action, present or future law, governmental order or decree, rule or regulation, or shortages of suitable parts, materials, labor or transportation.
23. MISCELLANEOUS.
The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST
TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST
By: /s/ William A. Dent ------------------------------------ William A. Dent Vice President |
INTEGRATED INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/ Roy E. Rogers ----------------------------------- Roy E. Rogers President |
EXHIBIT A
COMPLIANCE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT & IMPLEMENTATION
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION & SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES
COMPLIANCE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION SERVICE REVIEW
Program development and implementation services are offered through Integrated Investment Services, Inc. Integrated will undertake a project to develop and assist in implementing a compliance program for Integrated on behalf of the Funds. The project activities will include:
o Produce policy and procedure summaries for board review;
o Work with the Chief Compliance Officer (the "CCO") to establish the recordkeeping policies, procedures and program;
o Assist the CCO in developing the day-to-day monitoring system of the Compliance Program;
o Work with the CCO to establish standards for board reporting by the CCO.
The Compliance Program will include the following:
o Fund policies and procedures.
o Assembled reviews and documentation as requested by the board to enable them to make findings required by Rule 38a-1.
o Establishment of a Compliance Program monitoring system.
o Development of standards for service provider reports to the CCO.
o Implementation of the Compliance Program.
o Development of standard board reporting by the CCO.
EXHIBIT B
COMPLIANCE PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION & SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES
COMPLIANCE PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION SERVICE REVIEW
Integrated Investment Services, Inc. provides program administration services. Integrated will provide administrative support services to the Funds' Compliance Program and Chief Compliance Officer as described below.
o Assist with the annual review of the Funds' Compliance Program;
o Facilitate the annual review of policies and procedures of the Funds' service providers;
o Assist in arranging for or conducting the annual review of program controls and procedures;
o Facilitate the development, monitoring and updating of policies and procedures;
o Provide support with review and evaluation of material compliance issues;
o Assist with the day-to-day monitoring, data collection, recordkeeping and assimilation of management reports provided by the Funds' service providers.
EXHIBIT C
EXAMPLES OF TRUST EXPENSES
Such expenses may include, but are not limited to, the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the services provided under this Agreement of:
1. Officers and employees of Integrated in attending meetings of the Board of Trustees of the Trust or otherwise visiting the offices of the Trusts;
2. All postage, envelopes, checks, drafts, continuous forms, bank charges, reports, communications, statements and other materials;
3. File interface expenses (e.g., FundSmith, SunGard, Expeditor and other distribution partners);
4. Telephone, telegraph and remote transmission lines;
5. Necessary outside record storage, record management and maintenance, record destruction, document shredding, media for storage of records (e.g., microfilm, microfiche, computer tapes);
6. Charges imposed by third-party service or software providers for items such as, but not limited to, regulatory updates; and
7. Any and all assessments, taxes or levies assessed on Integrated for services provided under this Agreement.
EXHIBIT D
FEE ARRANGEMENTS
In addition to the fees listed below, actual expenses will be billed as incurred. Should the scope, type or extent of our Services change significantly, we reserve the right to adjust our fees accordingly.
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST
TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST
Compliance Program Development and Implementation $15,000 one-time fee (fee is waived for Touchstone Funds Group Trust) Fund Compliance Program Administration $25,000 aggregate annual fee |
1701 Market Street Morgan, Lewis Philadelphia, PA 19103-2921 & Bockius LLP 215-963-5000 Counselors at Law Fax: 215-963-5001
August 1, 2007
Touchstone Strategic Trust
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Re: Opinion of Counsel regarding Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 (File No. 002-80859).
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Touchstone Strategic Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), in connection with the above-referenced Registration Statement (as amended, the "Registration Statement") which relates to the Trust's units of beneficial interest, without par value (collectively, the "Shares"). This opinion is being delivered to you in connection with the Trust's filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registration Statement (the "Amendment") to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 485(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act"). With your permission, all assumptions and statements of reliance herein have been made without any independent investigation or verification on our part except to the extent otherwise expressly stated, and we express no opinion with respect to the subject matter or accuracy of such assumptions or items relied upon.
In connection with this opinion, we have reviewed, among other things, executed copies of the following documents:
(a) a certificate of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as to the existence of the Trust, which is duly authorized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts;
(b) the Agreement and Declaration of Trust for the Trust and all amendments and supplements thereto (the "Declaration of Trust");
(c) a certificate executed by Jay S. Fitton, Secretary of the Trust, certifying as to, and attaching copies of, the Trust's Declaration of Trust and By-Laws (the "By-Laws"), and certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust authorizing the issuance of the Shares; and
(d) a printer's proof of the Amendment.
In our capacity as counsel to the Trust, we have examined the originals, or certified, conformed or reproduced copies of all records, agreements, instruments and documents as we have deemed relevant or necessary as the basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed. In all such examinations, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons executing documents, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all original or certified copies, and the conformity to original or certified copies of all copies submitted to us as conformed or reproduced copies. As to various questions of fact relevant to such opinion, we have relied upon, and assume the accuracy of, certificates and oral or written statements of public officials and officers and representatives of the Trust. We have assumed that the Amendment, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, will be in substantially the form of the printer's proof referred to in paragraph (d) above.
Based upon, and subject to, the limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when issued and sold in accordance with the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, and for the consideration described in the Registration Statement, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not concede that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP |
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the references to our firm under the captions "Financial Highlights" in the Prospectuses and "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Financial Statements" in the Statement of Additional Information and to the incorporation by reference of our report dated May 22, 2007 on the financial statements and financial highlights of Touchstone Strategic Trust, in Post-Effective Amendment Number 67 to the Registration Statement (Form N-1A, No. 33-134486), included in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP Cincinnati, Ohio July 27, 2007 |
CODE OF ETHICS
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS
TOUCHSTONE SECURITIES, INC.
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor") has adopted this Code of Ethics effective as of February 1, 2005, amended August 25, 2006, in accordance with the provisions of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Advisers Act") (collectively, the "SEC Rules").
The SEC Rules generally prohibit deceitful, fraudulent or manipulative practices with respect to purchases or sales of securities held or to be acquired by investment companies. While this Code is designed to prevent violations of the SEC Rules, it is possible to comply with the terms of this Code and nevertheless violate the general prohibitions set forth in the SEC Rules.
Notwithstanding the above, the Advisor, in its capacity as Advisor to the Touchstone Funds and the Touchstone Variable Series Trust, serves in a very limited capacity. The Advisor does not hold itself out as providing investment advice or make recommendations, enter orders on behalf of the funds, hold customer funds or securities but rather subcontracts those duties out to select sub-advisors. The Access Persons of the Advisor are not deemed to have access to or advance knowledge of portfolio selections or trading activities of the sub-advisors. None of the day-to-day activities of the sub-advisors are under the same management as the Advisor.
Access Persons of the sub-advisors must comply with their respective sub-advisor's Code of Ethics and must report their trading activities according to the provisions of their sub-advisor's Codes. The sub-advisors will on a quarterly basis, report to the Advisor any violations of their Codes of Ethics by any individuals with responsibilities involving the Touchstone Funds. As advisor to the Touchstone Funds, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor must provide the Board of the Touchstone Funds an annual report describing any issues arising under either the Advisor's or any sub-advisors' Code of Ethics.
The Access Persons of the Advisor are subject to the Advisor's Code and should, therefore, bear these general standards of conduct in mind at all times as well as strict adherence to all applicable federal securities laws.
A. GENERAL STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT
Access Persons (as defined in this Code) have a duty at all times to place the interests of the investment companies ("Funds") for which the Advisor acts as investment advisor ahead of their own interests.
All personal securities transactions of these individuals must be conducted in compliance with this Code and in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of the individual's position of trust and responsibility to the Advisor and the Funds.
All activities of these individuals also must be conducted in accordance with the fundamental standard that they may not take any inappropriate advantage of their positions with the Advisor.
The Board of Directors of the Advisor may from time to time adopt interpretations of this Code, as it deems appropriate.
B. DEFINITIONS
"ACCESS PERSON" is defined as
1. any supervised person of the advisor who has access to non-public information regarding the funds' purchases or sales of securities;
2. any supervised person of the advisor who is involved in making securities recommendations to the funds or who have access to the advisors non-public recommendations; or
3. any supervised person who has access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of affiliated mutual funds.
ACCESS PERSONS include:
o any Director of the Advisor
o any Officer of the Advisor
o any General Partner of the Advisor or
o any Advisory Person (as defined below) of the Advisor
o any Investment Person (as defined below) of the Advisor
o any administrative, technical or temporary employee or supervised person of the Advisor who may have access to information that would cause them to meet the definition of access person given above.
"ADVISORY PERSON" means
o any employee of the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Advisor) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund
o any employee of the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Advisor) whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases or sales of Covered Securities by a Fund or
o any natural person in a control relationship with the Advisor who obtains information regarding recommendations made to a Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund
o TAI DOES NOT HAVE ANY "ADVISORY PERSONS". Should someone become an Advisory Person of TAI, this Code would be amended to include appropriate restrictions on their trading activity.
"AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN" means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (and or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
"BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
"CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER " means the person designated by the Advisor to administer this Code or to review reports required by this Code.
"CONTROL" has the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.
"COVERED SECURITY" means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act (in effect, all securities), except that it does not include:
o direct obligations of the government of the United States;
o bankers' acceptances;
o bank certificates of deposit;
o commercial paper;
o high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
o shares issued by open-end Funds unless the advisor or a control affiliate of the adviser acts as the investment advisor or principal; and
o transactions in units of a unit investment trust as long as the trust is invested exclusively in unaffiliated mutual funds.
"FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS" means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury.
"FUND" means an investment company registered under the 1940 Act for which the Advisor serves as investment advisor.
"INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 of 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
"INVESTMENT PERSON" means
o any employee of the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Advisor) who, in connection with his or her regular functions of duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund or
o any natural person who controls the Advisor and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund
o THE ADVISOR DOES NOT HAVE ANY "INVESTMENT PERSONS". Should someone become an "Investment Person of the Advisor", this Code would be amended to include appropriate restrictions on their trading activity.
"LIMITED OFFERING" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6), (15 U.S.C. 77d(2) or 77d(6)) or pursuant to Rule 504, 505, or 506.
"PURCHASE OR SALE OF COVERED SECURITIES" includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell Covered Securities.
"RELATED SECURITY" means:
o a security issued by the same issuer that issued the Covered Security;
o a security issued by an issuer under common control with the issuer that issued the Covered Security; or
o a security that gives the holder any contractual right with respect to the Covered Security, including options, warrants or other convertible securities.
C. STANDARDS OF CONDUCT FOR ACCESS PERSONS
1. Restrictions on Serving on Boards of Directors
An Access Person may not serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior approval from the Chief Executive Officer of their business unit.
2. Restrictions Involving Gifts
An Access Person may not accept (or give) in any calendar year gifts with a value of more than $100 from any person (or to any person) that does business with the Advisor, directly or on behalf of any Fund.
This prohibition shall not apply to:
o an occasional breakfast, lunch, dinner or reception, ticket to a sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment that is not so frequent, so costly nor so extensive as to raise any question of impropriety;
o a breakfast, lunch, dinner, reception or cocktail party in conjunction with a bona fide business meeting; or
o a gift approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer because the character or value of the gift would not raise any question of impropriety.
D. STANDARDS OF TRADING PRACTICES FOR ACCESS PERSONS
The Access Persons of the Advisor are not deemed to have access to or advance knowledge of portfolio selections or trading activities of the sub-advisors. None of the day-to-day activities of the sub-advisors are under the same management or control as the Advisor. Due to the physical and business separation of the entities, Access Persons of the Advisor are not under any trading restrictions within their personal accounts or any account in which they have beneficial interest with the following exception:
ANY ACCESS PERSON OF THE ADVISOR MUST OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER OR THEIR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INVESTING IN AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OR LIMITED OFFERING.
All Access Persons are subject however, to the reporting requirements of this Code.
An Access Person may not solicit gifts.
E. REPORTING
Note: The reporting requirements described in this section apply to Access Persons, which includes Directors, Officers, General Partners, Advisory Persons and Investment Persons.
1. Duplicate Confirmations and Statements
Each Access Person must arrange for duplicate copies of broker trade confirmations and periodic statements of his or her brokerage accounts to be sent to the Chief Compliance Officer or their designated representative. If this is designated to a representative, that representative will send periodic reports of all violations of the Code of Ethics to the Chief Compliance Officer. When the term "Chief Compliance Officer" is used in this section, it includes any designated representative.
2. Holdings Reports
a. What Information Must Be Included in a Holdings Reports?
Each Access Person must submit written and signed reports containing information about each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership ("Holdings Reports").
Each Holdings Report must include the following information:
o title of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
o number of shares and/or principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
o name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
o date the Holdings Report is submitted by the Access Person.
If an Access Person is not required to report any information on a Holdings Report, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer by the date on which the Holdings Report is due.
b. When Must an Access Person Submit an Initial Holdings Report?
Each Access Person must submit to the Chief Compliance Officer an Initial Holdings Report no later than 10 days after he or she becomes an Access Person. The information included in the Initial Holdings Report must reflect the Access Person's holdings as of the date he or she became an Access Person.
c. When Must an Access Person Submit Annual Holdings Reports?
Each Access Person must submit to the Chief Compliance Officer an Annual Holdings Report no later than January 30 of each year. The information included in the Annual Holdings Report must reflect the Access Person's holdings as of the immediately preceding December 31.
d. Are There Any Exceptions to These Reporting Requirements?
An Access Person does not have to include in his or her Holdings Reports information about the following securities or accounts:
o direct obligations of the government of the United States
o bankers' acceptances
o bank certificates of deposit
o commercial paper
o high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements
o transactions effected for any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control
o shares issued by open-end Funds unless the advisor or a control affiliate of the adviser acts as the investment advisor or principal
o transactions in units of a unit investment trust as long as the trust is invested exclusively in unaffiliated mutual funds
o transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan, including dividend reinvestment plans, unless the transaction overrides the set schedule or allocations of the plan
2. Quarterly Transaction Reports
a. What Information Must Be Included in a Quarterly Transaction Report?
Each Access Person must submit a report ("Quarterly Transaction Report") containing information about:
o every transaction in a Covered Security during the quarter and in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and
o every account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person.
A Quarterly Transaction Report must include the following information:
o date of each transaction in a Covered Security
o title of the Covered Security
o interest rate and maturity date of the Covered Security, if applicable
o number of shares and/or principal amount of the Covered Security
o nature of the transaction
o price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected
o name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected
o name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established any new account
o date the account was established and
o date the Quarterly Transaction Report is submitted by the Access Person
If an Access Person is not required to report any information on a Quarterly Transaction Report, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
b. When Must an Access Person Submit a Quarterly Transaction Report?
A Quarterly Transaction Report must be submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter.
c. Are There Any Exceptions To These Requirements?
o Exceptions for Certain Securities and Accounts
An Access Person does not have to report transactions involving the following securities or accounts:
o direct obligations of the government of the United States
o bankers' acceptances
o bank certificates of deposit
o commercial paper
o high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements
o shares issued by open-end Funds not managed by Advisory Personnel
o securities held in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control and
o transactions effected for any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control
o transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan, including dividend reinvestment plans, unless the transaction overrides the set schedule or allocations of the plan
If an Access Person does not make a Quarterly Transaction Report because of this exception, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
o Exceptions Based On Duplicate Confirmations
In addition, an Access Person does not have to make a Quarterly Transaction Report for a calendar quarter if:
o the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter and
o all of the required information is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements.
If broker trade confirmations do not contain all of the required information, the Access Person must include the missing information in a Quarterly Transaction Report.
If an Access Person does not make a Quarterly Transaction Report because of this exception, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
F. CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER REVIEWS
In reviewing transactions, the Chief Compliance Officer will take into account the various exceptions included in this Code. Before making a determination that an Access Person has violated this Code, the Chief Compliance Officer will give the Access Person an opportunity to supply additional information about the transaction in question.
G. SANCTIONS
The Board of Directors or the Chief Compliance Officer of TAI may impose sanctions on an Access Person for violations of this Code as it deems appropriate. Sanctions could include
1. written warning
2. letter of censure or suspension
3. fine
4. disgorgement of any profits realized by the Access Person as a result of the violation
5. termination of the employment of the Access Person
H. "WHISTLEBLOWER" PROVISION
Persons becoming aware of a violation of the Code, the apparent or suspected violation must be reported promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer. All such reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly and appropriately. Reports may be submitted anonymously should you wish. In addition, should the Chief Compliance Officer be involved in the violation or is unreachable, you may report a violation to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Touchstone Funds, the Chief Compliance Officer of Western & Southern Financial Group or the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor. Any retaliation against an individual who reports a violation is prohibited and constitutes a further violation of the Code.
I. PRIVACY
All reports of securities transactions and any other information reported pursuant to this Code will be treated as confidential. Personal account information will be kept in a secure location and will be shredded when the retention requirement has been met.
J. DISTRIBUTION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS
All Access Persons must receive a copy of the Code of Ethics and must acknowledge receipt of the Code. The distribution of the Code to the Access Person and the acknowledgement from the Access Person to the Chief Compliance Officer that they have received the Code may be delivered by hard copy, fax, or email.
K. TRAINING
All Access persons will receive training on the principles and procedures of the Advisor's Code of Ethics. This will occur within 10 days of when a person is deemed to be an Access person. Additional training will be delivered on any revisions made to the Code.
L. RECORDKEEPING
Rule 204A-1 and related amendments to Rule 204-2 require that records regarding the Code of Ethics are retain for certain periods of time. The following table sets forth the requirements for TAI's Code of Ethics.
Item Retention Period Where Retained ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------ -------------------------------- Code of Ethics 5 years after the date on which they Office of Advisor first 2 years, were last in effect easily accessible for 5 years Records of Violations and Actions 5 years after the person ceases to Office of Advisor first 2 years, taken as result be an access person easily accessible for 5 years Copies of Access persons 5 years after the person ceases to Office of Advisor first 2 years, acknowledgement of receipt of Code be an access person easily accessible for 5 years List of Access Persons List must include all access persons Office of Advisor first 2 years, within the past 5 years easily accessible for 5 years Holdings and transaction reports 5 years after the person ceases to Office of Advisor first 2 years, be an access person easily accessible for 5 years Records of any decisions approving 5 years after the person ceases to Office of Advisor first 2 years, acquisitions of IPO's or limited be an access person easily accessible for 5 years offering |
[LOGO]
FORT WASHINGTON
INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
CODE OF ETHICS
Adopted February 1, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. Introduction............................................................3 II. Personal Securities Transactions........................................4 A. Persons Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies...........................................4 B. Transactions Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies...........................................4 C. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Access Persons.....................6 D. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Advisory Persons...................6 E. Pre-Clearance Provisions Applicable to All Access Persons.........7 F. Prohibited Transactions...........................................7 G. Exemptions........................................................8 H. Reporting Requirements............................................9 1. Initial and Periodic Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons................................9 2. Annual Holdings Reports.....................................10 3. Quarterly Reporting Requirements............................10 4. Transactions and Periodic Statement Reporting Requirements....................................11 5. Exceptions for Certain Securities and Accounts..............11 6. Exceptions Based On Duplicate Confirmations.................12 |
I. Disclosure of Beneficial Interest.................................12
III. Other Potential Conflicts Of Interest...................................12
A. Confidentiality...................................................12
B. Gifts.............................................................13
C. Restrictions on Political Contributions...........................13
D. Service to Unaffiliated Entities..................................13
E. Compliance with Applicable Laws...................................14
IV. Compliance With The Code Of Ethics......................................14
A. Investigating Violations of the Code..............................14
B. Annual Reports....................................................14
C. Remedies..........................................................14
D. Exceptions to the Code............................................15
E. "Whistleblower" Provision.........................................15
V. Record Keeping Requirements.............................................16
VI. Index of Defined Terms..................................................16
CODE OF ETHICS
FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
I. INTRODUCTION
You are receiving this Code of Ethics (the "Code") because you are a director, an officer or employee of Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor"). You have been entrusted with one of, if not the, most important asset the Advisor possesses - our clients' confidence. You have a legal obligation to protect that confidence. That is, you owe a fiduciary duty to those whom the Advisor serves as an adviser or sub-adviser. No document can ensure that you meet this duty. This Code, however, is intended to help guide you in meeting this most important obligation. The Advisor fully expects you to conduct business within both the spirit and letter of this Code.
GENERAL PRINCIPLE
You must act with the highest standard of care, loyalty, integrity, and good faith as you seek to further the best interests of our clients.
You have a duty to place the interests of our clients ahead of your own interests. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, ownership interests, and business relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interest of our clients.
THE CODE'S SCOPE
This Code cannot, and does not, address all instances where you must meet the duty to put our clients' interests first. Rather, this Code primarily focuses on the Advisor's policies concerning common circumstances where your interests may conflict with our clients' interests. In Section II, this Code addresses personal securities transactions. In Section III, this Code addresses confidentiality, gifts, political contributions, service as a director, and compliance with the law. Specifically, the Code addresses the following primary duties:
o All of your personal securities transactions must be conducted in compliance with this Code and in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of your position of trust and responsibility to the Advisor and our clients; and
o All other activities must be conducted in accordance with the fundamental standard that you may not take any inappropriate advantage of your position with the Advisor.
II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
A. Persons Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies.
You are subject to the Personal Securities Transactions policies in this Code if you are an "Access Person." Certain provisions apply only to the subset of Access Persons who are "Advisory Persons." The Personal Securities Transaction section of this Code refers to Access Persons and Advisory Persons. You must determine if you fall within the definition of or both these person. Should you have questions when making this determination, contact the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer is the person appointed by Advisor's Board of Directors to oversee the firm's adherence to the laws that govern the Advisor's activities. Compliance Officer means any person designated by the Chief Compliance Officer to administer this Code. The names and contact information of the Chief Compliance Officer and at least one of her designated Compliance Officer(s) are identified by name and on the last page of this Code.
Access Person means you are:
o a director of the Advisor;
o a officer of the Advisor;
o a general partner of the Advisor; or
o a Advisory Person (as defined below).
Advisory Person means:
o any employee of the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Advisor) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by a Client;
o any employee of the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Advisor) whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases or sales of Securities by a Client; or
o any natural person in a control relationship with the Advisor who obtains information regarding recommendations made to a Client with regard to the purchase or sale of Securities by a Client.
B. Transactions Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies.
The Personal Securities Transactions policies cover "Securities' in which you have a "Beneficial Interest."
"Beneficial Interest" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to profit, share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject Securities. For this purpose "Securities" mean stocks, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited partnership interests, shares or
interests in investment companies, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments of the foregoing, such as options and warrants. Note that while Securities do not include futures or options on futures, the purchase and sale of such instruments are subject to the reporting requirements of this Code's Personal Securities Transactions policy.
An Access Person is deemed to have Beneficial Interest in the following:
o Any Security owned individually by the Access Person;
o Any Security owned jointly by the Access Person with others (for example, joint accounts, spousal accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations); and
o Any Security in which a member of the Access Person's Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if:
o The Security is held in an account over which the Access Person has decisions making authority (for example, the Access Person acts as trustee, executor, or guardian); or
o The Security is held in an account for which the Access Person acts as a broker or investment adviser representative.
In addition, an Access Person is presumed to have a Beneficial Interest in any Security in which a member of the Access Person's Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if the Immediate Family member resides in the same household as the Access Person. This presumption may be rebutted if the Access Person is able to provide the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer with satisfactory assurances that the Access Person has no material Beneficial Interest in the Security and exercises no control over investment decisions made regarding the Security.
"Immediate Family" of an Access Person generally includes the following persons:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- Child Grandparent Son-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stepchild Spouse Daughter-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grandchild Sibling Brother-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parent Mother-in-Law Sister-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stepparent Father-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and other relationships that the Compliance Department determines could lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions or corporate opportunity, or appearances of impropriety that this Code is intended to prevent.
A "Material Beneficial Interest" is any Beneficial Interest that is equal to or in excess of 5% of the total outstanding security in question.
If you have any uncertainty as to whether you, as an Access Person, have a Beneficial Interest in a Security, you should ask the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. Such questions will be
resolved in accordance with, and this definition shall be subject to, the definition of "Beneficial Owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
C. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Access Persons. As an Access person, you must obtain authorization from the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer before acquiring a beneficial interest in private placements and initial public offerings.
Private Placements. Acquisition of a Beneficial Interest in Securities in a private placement by Access Person must be pre-approved. The Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer will give permission only after considering, among other facts, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client and whether the opportunity is being offered to the person by virtue of the person's position as an Access Person.
For purposes of this Code, a private placement is any offering of securities not required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission because the offering is exempt under Section 4(2) or 4(6) of the Securities Act of 1933 or pursuant to Rules 504, 505, or 506 promulgated under that Act. These sales usually require the completion of a questionnaire that makes the sales contingent on the offeree having a minimum net worth or annual income. The securities' resale is often restricted unless the securities are subsequently registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
Initial Public Offering ("IPO"). Any purchase of a Security in an initial public offering (other than a new offering of a registered open end investment company) must be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer.
For purposes of this Code, an IPO means an offering of Securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirement of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
D. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Advisory Persons
General Requirement. Except for the transactions specified in the Exemptions Section in subsection G "Exemptions from Pre-clearance and Treatment as a Generally Prohibited Transaction" below, all Securities transaction, including purchases in an initial public offering and transactions in private placements, in which an Advisory Person has or acquires a Beneficial Interest must be pre-cleared with a Compliance Officer.
Pre-clearance Request Forms. Prior to entering an order for a Securities transaction that requires pre-clearance, the Advisory Person must complete a Pre-clearance Request Form and submit the completed form to the Chief
Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. The Advisory Person must disclose to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer all factors potentially relevant to any potential conflicts of interest that the Advisory Person is aware of, including the existence of any Beneficial Interest related to his or her transaction and the Client's transaction.
E. Pre-Clearance Provisions Applicable to All Access Persons (Including Advisory Persons).
Criteria for Approval of Pre-clearance Authorizations. Generally the Compliance Officer will approve a transaction only if the transaction is unlikely to result in any of the abuses described in Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1 and Investment Advisers Act Rule 204A-1.
Length of Trade Authorization Approval. The authorization provided by the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer is effective until the earlier of (1) its revocation, (2) the close of business on the trading day that the authorization is granted (for example, if authorization is provided on a Monday, it is effective until the close of business on Monday), or (3) the moment the Advisory Person learns that the information in the Pre-clearance Request Form is not accurate. If the Securities transaction is not placed within that period, a new authorization must be obtained before the Securities transaction is placed. No "Good Till Cancelled" orders may be placed due to the potential that they may violate the 3-day blackout period.
No Explanation Required for Refusals. In some cases, the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer may refuse to authorize a Securities transaction for a reason that is confidential. Compliance Officers are not required to give an explanation for refusing to authorize a Securities transaction.
F. Prohibited Transactions.
Always Prohibited Securities Transactions- Applicable to Access Persons and Advisory Persons. The following Securities transactions are prohibited and will not be authorized under any circumstances:
Inside Information. Any transaction in a Security by an individual who possesses material nonpublic information regarding the Security or the issuer of the Security;
Market Manipulation. Transactions intended to raise, lower, or maintain the price of any Security or to create a false appearance of active trading;
Trades in Accordance with the Terms of the Security. Transactions in violation of or intended to circumvent any terms a security intended to protect the holders of that security. Such terms may include prohibitions on frequent and/or late trading.
Others. Any other transaction deemed by the Compliance Officer to involve a conflict of interest, possible diversions of a client's opportunity, or an appearance of impropriety.
Generally Prohibited Transaction - Applicable to Advisory Persons. Except for the transactions specified in the Exemptions Section in subsection F below, the following Securities transactions are prohibited for all Advisory Persons.
Three-Day Blackout. If the Advisor, on behalf of a client, has executed a trade in a Security, an Advisory Person may not purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, the Security or a Equivalent Security within 3 trading days before or after that client's trade if the Advisory Person has any Beneficial Interest in the Equivalent Security or a Security or will acquire any Beneficial Interest in the Security or a related Security by reason of the purchase.
60-Day Blackout Period. Sale of a Security in which an Advisory Person has a Beneficial Interest within 60 days of a purchase of the Security (or an Equivalent Security). Of course, Access Persons must place the interests of the clients first; they may not avoid or delay purchasing or selling a security for a client in order to profit personally. If a circumstance arises where an Advisory Person has a loss or a gain of 25% or greater during the 60-day holding period, then they may sell the Security after obtaining pre-clearance from the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to ensure that the 3-day blackout period will not be violated.
An Equivalent Security means any Security issued by the same entity as the issuer of a Security, including options, rights, stock appreciation rights, warrants, preferred stock, restricted stock, phantom stock, bonds, and other obligations of that company or security otherwise convertible into that security. Options on securities are included even if the Options Clearing Corporation or a similar entity issues them.
PLEASE SEE APPENDIX I FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATION ON THE 60-DAY
BLACKOUT PERIOD.
G. Exemptions from Pre-clearance and Treatment as a Generally Prohibited Transaction. The following Securities transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance requirements and the generally prohibited transaction restrictions set forth above.
De Minimis Transactions.
Equity Securities. Any equity Security transactions, or series or related transactions, effected over a five (5) trading day period, involving 500 or fewer shares in the aggregate of a Security included in the S&P 500.
Fixed Income Securities. Any fixed income Security transaction, or series of related transactions, effected over a period of five (5) trading days, involving $10,000 principal amount or less in the aggregate.
Exempt Mutual Funds. Except for non-exempt mutual funds described in the next paragraph, any purchase or sale of a Security issued by any registered open-end investment company, including exchange-traded funds (ETF's). Examples of ETF's are SPDRS, QQQ's, MDY's, DIA's, WEBS, Diamonds, iShares, etc.
Non-Exempt Mutual Funds. Closed end funds, unit investment trust
interests, and similar securities are not exempt from the
pre-clearance and prohibited transaction provisions of this Code.
ALSO, ANY MUTUAL FUND THAT IS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISOR,
AND ANY FUND WHERE THE ADVISOR OR PRINCIPLE UNDERWRITER IS AN ENTITY
UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE ADVISOR ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE
PRE-CLEARANCE AND PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE.
PLEASE SEE APPENDIX II FOR THE CURRENT LIST OF NON-EXEMPT MUTUAL
FUNDS. NOTE THAT APPENDIX II IS SUBJECT TO AMENDMENT FROM TIME TO
TIME.
No Knowledge. Securities transactions where the Advisory Person has no knowledge of the transaction before it is completed (for example, Securities transactions effected for an Advisory Person by a trustee of a blind trust, or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership, or discretionary trades made in a managed account, in connection with which the Advisory Person is neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed).
Certain Corporate Actions. Any acquisition of Securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of Securities.
Systematic Investment Plans. Any acquisition of a Security pursuant to a systematic investment plan that has previously been approved pursuant to this Code. A systematic investment plan is on pursuant to which a prescribed investment will be made automatically on a regular, pre-determined basis without affirmative action by the Access Person.
Rights. Any acquisition of Securities through the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holder of a class of its Securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the issue.
Miscellaneous. Any transaction in the following: (1) bankers
acceptances, (2) bank certificates of deposit, (3) commercial paper,
(4) repurchase agreements, (5) Securities that are the direct
obligation of the U.S. Government, and (6) other Securities as may
from time to time be designated in writing by the Compliance
Department on the ground that the risk of abuse is minimal or
non-existent.
H. Reporting Requirements
1. Initial and Periodic Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons. Within 10 days of becoming an Access Person (including Advisory Persons) each Access Person must submit written and signed reports containing information about each Security in which the Access Person had any direct
or indirect beneficial ownership ("Holdings Reports"). The information included in the Initial Holdings Report must reflect the Access Person's holdings within 45 days of the date he or she became an Access Person.
Each Holdings Report must include the following information, preferably in the form of copies of the Access Person's brokerage statements:
o title of each Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
o number of shares and/or principal amount of each Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
o name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
o date the Holdings Report is submitted by the Access Person.
If an Access Person is not required to report any information on a Holdings Report, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer by the date on which the Holdings Report is due.
Any temporary workers, consultants, independent contractors or certain employees of affiliates (e.g., LDPs) who will be or are working with the Advisor for longer than 6 months will be required to report under the Code.
2. Annual Holdings Reports
Each Access Person must submit to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer an Annual Holdings Report no later than February 15th of each year. The information included in the Annual Holdings Report must reflect the Access Person's holdings as of the immediately preceding December 31st.
3. Quarterly Reporting Requirements
Within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, each Access Person must submit a Quarterly Transaction Report to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer containing information about:
o every transaction in a Security during the quarter and in which the Access Person had any Beneficial Interest, unless exempted under subsection G.5 below; and
o every account established by or for the benefit of the Access Person that holds Securities in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest, unless exempted under subsection G.5 below .
A Quarterly Transaction Report must include the following information:
o date of each transaction in a Security;
o title of the Security;
o interest rate and maturity date of the Security, if applicable;
o number of shares and/or principal amount of the Security;
o nature of the transaction;
o price of the Security at which the transaction was effected;
o name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;
o name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established any new account;
o date the account was established; and
o date the Quarterly Transaction Report is submitted by the Access Person.
If an Access Person is not required to report any information on a Quarterly Transaction Report, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter.
4. Transactions and Periodic Statement Reporting Requirements.
An Access Person must arrange for the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to receive directly from any broker, dealer or bank that effects and Securities transaction in which the Access Person has or acquires a Beneficial Interest, duplicate copies of each confirmation for each such transaction and periodic statements for each account in which such Access Person has a Beneficial Interest. An Access Person must also arrange for the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to receive directly from any mutual fund company that Advisor provides mutual fund sub-advisory services for, duplicate copies of periodic statements (no less frequently than quarterly) for each account in which such Access Person has a Beneficial Interest.
IF AN ACCESS PERSON OPENS AN ACCOUNT AT A BROKER, DEALER, BANK, OR MUTUAL FUND THAT ADVISOR ADVISES OR SUB-ADVISES, THAT HAS NOT PREVIOUSLY BEEN DISCLOSED, THE ACCESS PERSON MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER OR HER DESIGNATED COMPLIANCE OFFICER OF THE EXISTENCE OF THE ACCOUNT AND MAKE ARRANGEMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN.
5. Exceptions for Certain Securities and Accounts
An Access Person does not have to report transactions involving the following securities or accounts:
o direct obligations of the government of the United States;
o bankers' acceptances;
o bank certificates of deposit;
o commercial paper;
o high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements;
o Purchases of Securities under a dividend reinvestment plan;
o shares issued by open-end funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Advisor;
o securities held in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; and
o transactions effected for any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; and
o shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are funds advised, sub-advised, or principally underwritten by the Advisor or an entity under common control with the Advisor.
If an Access Person does not make a Quarterly Transaction Report because of this exception, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
6. Exceptions Based On Duplicate Confirmations
In addition, an Access Person does not have to make a Quarterly Transaction Report for a calendar quarter if:
o the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter and
o all of the required information is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements.
If broker trade confirmations do not contain all of the required information, the Access Person must include the missing information in a Quarterly Transaction Report.
If an Access Person does not make a Quarterly Transaction Report because of this exception, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
I. Disclosure of Beneficial Interest by Advisory Persons. Advisory Persons are prohibited from recommending, implementing or considering any securities transactions for a client without having disclosed any material Beneficial Interest in the issuer or its affiliates to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer deems the disclosed interest to present a material conflict, the Advisory Person may not participate in any decision-making process regarding the securities of that issuer.
III. OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
A. Confidentiality. You are prohibited from revealing specific information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios, except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of the information or as necessary to service client accounts. It is paramount that independence in the investment decision-making process be maintained.
As a matter of firm policy, the Advisor restricts the dissemination of client information and will not publish, provide or distribute non-public client information to nonaffiliated third parties, except as required or permitted by law. Nonpublic client information includes, but is not limited to, individual account holdings, transactions, balances, name, address, social security number, or other financial information.
B. Gifts.
Accepting Gifts. On occasion, you may be offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors, or other persons that do business with the Advisor, directly or on behalf of a Client. Acceptance of extraordinary or extravagant gifts is not permissible. Any such gifts must be declined or returned in order to protect the reputation and integrity of the Advisor. Gifts of a nominal value (i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 per year), and customary business meals, entertainment (e.g., sporting events, theater tickets, etc.), and promotional items (e.g., pens, mugs, t-shirts, etc.) may be accepted so long as it is not so frequent, so costly, nor so extensive as to raise any question of impropriety.
Solicitation of Gifts. You may not solicit gifts or gratuities.
Giving Gifts. Excepting customary business meals, entertainment, and promotional items, you may not personally give gifts with an aggregate value in excess of $100 per year to persons associated with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges, other member organizations, commodity firms, or clients of the firm.
C. Restrictions on Political Contributions. The Advisor is acutely aware of the actual and/or appearance of conflicts of interest when government officials or political candidates request political contributions from investment managers.
Neither Advisor nor any employees of the Advisor will engage, either directly or indirectly in any "Pay-to Play" activities. Pay-to-Play means the conduct of making political campaign contributions to, and soliciting political campaign contributions for, public officials in return for being considered eligible by public agencies to perform professional services. It is a violation of this Code to request or suggest to any person to make a political or charitable contribution or payment, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts with government entities, or which could appear to directly benefit the Advisor, nor may the Advisor reimburse an individual for his/her personal contribution or payment. This is an absolute ban-NO EXCEPTIONS.
D. Service to Unaffiliated Entities. You may serve in a an advisory or fiduciary capacity (e.g., member of a board of directors) of an entity that is not part of the Western & Southern Financial Group only after obtaining prior authorization from the Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor.
E. Compliance with Applicable Laws and the Advisor's Policies. You shall comply with the laws applicable to Advisor's conduct of its business. Specifically, you shall not, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a client, or in connection with your personal trading conduct any of the following acts:
o To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud;
o To make any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement not misleading;
o To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit;
o To engage in any manipulative practice; or
o To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation.
You also shall comply with all of the Advisor's policies and procedures, including those related to the use of non-public information, the voting of proxies, and the execution of trades on behalf of a client.
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS
A. Investigating Violations of the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of the Code and shall report any violations to Senior Management and any Board of Directors who are not subjects of the investigation.
B. Annual Reports. The Chief Compliance Officer will review the Code at least once a year, in light of legal and business developments and experience in implementing the Code, and will report to the Board of Directors:
o Summarizing existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past year;
o Identifying any violation requiring significant remedial action during the past year; and
o Identifying any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based on its experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.
o Certify that the Advisor has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent all employees from violating the Code.
C. Remedies.
Sanctions. If the Chief Compliance Officer and the appropriate officers of the Advisor determines that an you have committed a violation of the Code, they may impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including a letter of caution or warning, suspension of personal trading
rights, suspension of employment (with or without compensation), fine, and termination of the employment of the violator for cause. After discussions with the appropriate officers of the Advisor, the Compliance Department may also require any person who found to have violated this Code to reverse the transaction in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss associated or derived as a result. The amount of profit shall be calculated by the Compliance Department and/or the appropriate officers of the Advisor and shall be forwarded to a charitable organization selected by the appropriate officers of the Advisor. Finally, violations and suspected violations of criminal laws will be reported to the appropriate authorities as required by applicable laws and regulations. No member of the Compliance Department may review his or her own transactions.
Generally, the Advisor's guidelines for violations occurring over a calendar year will be:
1st Violation: Written warning and counseling
2nd Violation: $50 fine to be donated to a charity determined by Management
3rd Violation: 60-day restriction of all personal trading privileges
4th Violation: Potential termination of employment with the Advisor
The above sanctions are merely guidelines, and the Advisor maintains the right to impose any sanctions in any out of order should it deems responsive to the violation.
Review. Whenever the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer determines that a breach of this Code has occurred that merits remedial action, it will report to the relevant Board of Directors, information relating to the investigation of the violations, including any sanctions imposed.
D. Exceptions to the Code
Although exceptions to the Code will rarely, if ever, be granted, the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to the requirements of the Code on a case by case basis if the she finds that the proposed conduct involves no material opportunity for abuse. All such exceptions must be in writing and must be reported to the Board of Directors at their next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.
E. "Whistleblower" Provision
If you become aware of a violation of the Code, the apparent or suspected violation must be reported promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designee. All such reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly and appropriately. Reports may be submitted anonymously should you wish. In addition, should the Chief Compliance Officer or her designee be involved in the violation or is unreachable, you may report a violation to the Chief Compliance Officer or another Compliance Officer of the Western & Southern Financial Group. Any retaliation against an individual who reports a violation is prohibited and constitutes a further violation of the Code.
V. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
Advisor shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:
o A copy of this Code, or any other Code of Ethics, that was in effect within the previous 5 years.
o A record of any violation of this Code and any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of 5 years following the end of the reporting year in which the violation occurred.
o A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, that were used to approve an employee's trade that was deemed an exception to the provisions of this Code.
o A copy of each report submitted under this Code for a period of 5 years.
o A list of all persons who are, or within the past 5 years were, subject to the reporting requirements of the Code.
VI. INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Access Person...........................................................4 Advisory Person.........................................................4 Beneficial Interest.....................................................4 Chief Compliance Officer................................................5 Compliance Officer......................................................6 Equivalent Security.....................................................8 Immediate Family........................................................5 Initial Public Offering ("IPO").........................................6 Material Beneficial Interest............................................5 Pay-to-Play.............................................................12 Private Placement.......................................................6 Securities..............................................................4 Chief Compliance Officer: Michele Hawkins michele.hawkins@fortwashington (513) 361-7652 Designated Compliance Officer: Jennifer Casson jennifer.casson@fortwashington.com (513) 361-7928 |
Note that persons in addition to those listed above may also be designated to perform the functions of a Compliance Officer.
The Advisor has adopted this Code of Ethics, in accordance with the provisions of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") as well as Investment Advisers Act ("Advisers Act") Rule 204A-1.
Effective date: February 1, 2005
APPENDIX I (THIS APPENDIX IS A PART OF AND NOT IN ADDITION TO THE CODE)
GUIDANCE ON THE 60-DAY HOLDING PERIOD
Any profits realized by Access Persons on transactions in the same or equivalent securities within 60 days will be required to be disgorged to a charity chosen by the Advisor's senior management. This applies to the purchase and sale of a security within a 60-day period in any beneficially owned account.
The following are various questions and answers to help you understand this provision. If you have any further questions regarding this provision, you should contact the Compliance Officer.
Q: How is the 60-day period measured?
A: Days are measured in calendar days. If the purchase is considered to be made on day 0, day 61 is the first day a sale of those securities may be made without regard to the disgorgement of profits rule.
Q: How are profits measured when there is a series of purchases and sales within the 60 calendar day period?
A: A series of purchases and sales will be measured on a first-in, first-out basis until all purchases and sale transactions within a 60-day period are matched. The sum of the profits realized on these paired purchases and sales will be subject to disgorgement. No reduction will be made for losses.
Q: Is the short sale of a security considered a sale?
A: Yes, a short sale is considered a sale for all purposes (reporting, pre-clearance, and the 60-day holding period). Please note that naked short sales are prohibited under the Code.
Derivative Transactions
For the purposes of reporting, pre-clearance and the 60-day holding period, a transaction in any put or call option (except an option on an Exempt Security) or any future on a security (except a future on an Exempt Security), will be treated as a derivative transaction. For the purposes of this Code, derivative transactions will be divided into two categories: "call equivalent positions" and "put equivalent positions". A "call equivalent position" is treated and a purchase of the underlying security. Conversely, a "put equivalent position" is treated as a sale of the underlying security. Please note that writing or acquiring naked options are prohibited under the Code.
APPENDIX II (THIS APPENDIX IS A PART OF AND NOT IN ADDITION TO THE CODE)
NON-EXEMPT MUTUAL FUNDS
Touchstone Core Bond Fund
Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund
Touchstone High Yield Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Micro Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Ohio Insured Tax-Free Fund
Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Value Plus Fund
This Appendix II is subject to change. Please contact the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to ensure you have the current version.
TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
CODE OF ETHICS
Adopted February 1, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. Introduction............................................................3 II. Personal Securities Transactions..................................4 A. Persons Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies...........................................4 B. Transactions Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies...........................................4 C. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Access Persons.....................6 D. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Advisory Persons...................6 E. Pre-Clearance Provisions Applicable to All Access Persons.........7 F. Prohibited Transactions...........................................7 G. Exemptions........................................................8 H. Reporting Requirements............................................9 1. Initial and Periodic Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons................................9 2. Annual Holdings Reports.....................................10 3. Quarterly Reporting Requirements............................10 4. Transactions and Periodic Statement Reporting Requirements..............................................11 5. Exceptions for Certain Securities and Accounts..............11 6. Exemptions Based On Duplicate Confirmations.................12 |
I.
III. Other Potential Conflicts Of Interest...................................12
A. Confidentiality...................................................12
B. Gifts ............................................................13
C. Restrictions on Political Contributions...........................12
D. Service to Unaffiliated Entities..................................13
E. Compliance with Applicable Laws...................................13
IV. Compliance With The Code Of Ethics......................................14
A. Investigating Violations of the Code..............................14
B. Annual Reports....................................................14
C. Remedies..........................................................14
D. Exceptions to the Code............................................14
E. "Whistleblower" Provision.........................................15
V. Record Keeping Requirements.............................................16
VI. Index of Defined Terms..................................................16
CODE OF ETHICS
TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
I. INTRODUCTION
You are receiving this Code of Ethics (the "Code") because you are a director, an officer or employee of Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor"). You have been entrusted with one of, if not the, most important asset the Advisor possesses our clients' confidence. You have a legal obligation to protect that confidence. That is, you owe a fiduciary duty to those whom the Advisor serves as an adviser or sub-adviser. No document can ensure that you meet this duty. This Code, however, is intended to help guide you in meeting this most important obligation. The Advisor fully expects you to conduct business within both the spirit and letter of this Code.
GENERAL PRINCIPLE
You must act with the highest standard of care, loyalty, integrity, and good faith as you seek to further the best interests of our clients.
You have a duty to place the interests of our clients ahead of your own interests. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, ownership interests, and business relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interest of our clients.
THE CODE'S SCOPE
This Code cannot, and does not, address all instances where you must meet the duty to put our clients' interests first. Rather, this Code primarily focuses on the Advisor's policies concerning common circumstances where your interests may conflict with our clients' interests. In Section II, this Code addresses personal securities transactions. In Section III, this Code addresses confidentiality, gifts, political contributions, service as a director, and compliance with the law. Specifically, the Code addresses the following primary duties:
o All of your personal securities transactions must be conducted in compliance with this Code and in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of your position of trust and responsibility to the Advisor and our clients; and
o All other activities must be conducted in accordance with the fundamental standard that you may not take any inappropriate advantage of your position with the Advisor.
II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
A. Persons Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies.
You are subject to the Personal Securities Transactions policies in this Code if you are an "Access Person." Certain provisions apply only to the subset of Access Persons who are "Advisory Persons." The Personal Securities Transaction section of this Code refers to Access Persons and Advisory Persons. You must determine if you fall within the definition of or both these person. Should you have questions when making this determination, contact the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer is the person appointed by Advisor's Board of Directors to oversee the firm's adherence to the laws that govern the Advisor's activities. Compliance Officer means any person designated by the Chief Compliance Officer to administer this Code. The names and contact information of the Chief Compliance Officer and at least one of her designated Compliance Officer(s) are identified by name and on the last page of this Code.
Access Person means you are:
o a director of the Advisor;
o a officer of the Advisor;
o a general partner of the Advisor; or
o a Advisory Person (as defined below).
Advisory Person means:
o any employee of the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Advisor) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by a Client;
o any employee of the Advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Advisor) whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases or sales of Securities by a Client; or
o any natural person in a control relationship with the Advisor who obtains information regarding recommendations made to a Client with regard to the purchase or sale of Securities by a Client.
B. Transactions Covered by the Personal Securities Transactions Policies.
The Personal Securities Transactions policies cover "Securities' in which you have a "Beneficial Interest."
"Beneficial Interest" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to profit, share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject Securities. For this purpose "Securities" mean stocks, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited partnership interests, shares or
interests in investment companies, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments of the foregoing, such as options and warrants. Note that while Securities do not include futures or options on futures, the purchase and sale of such instruments ARE subject to the reporting requirements of this Code's Personal Securities Transactions policy.
An Access Person is deemed to have Beneficial Interest in the following:
o Any Security owned individually by the Access Person;
o Any Security owned jointly by the Access Person with others (for example, joint accounts, spousal accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations); and
o Any Security in which a member of the Access Person's Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if:
o The Security is held in an account over which the Access Person has decisions making authority (for example, the Access Person acts as trustee, executor, or guardian); or
o The Security is held in an account for which the Access Person acts as a broker or investment adviser representative.
In addition, an Access Person is presumed to have a Beneficial Interest in any Security in which a member of the Access Person's Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if the Immediate Family member resides in the same household as the Access Person. This presumption may be rebutted if the Access Person is able to provide the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer with satisfactory assurances that the Access Person has no material Beneficial Interest in the Security and exercises no control over investment decisions made regarding the Security.
"Immediate Family" of an Access Person generally includes the following persons:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- Child Grandparent Son-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stepchild Spouse Daughter-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grandchild Sibling Brother-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parent Mother-in-Law Sister-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stepparent Father-in-Law -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and other relationships that the Compliance Department determines could lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions or corporate opportunity, or appearances of impropriety that this Code is intended to prevent.
A "Material Beneficial Interest" is any Beneficial Interest that is equal to or in excess of 5% of the total outstanding security in question.
If you have any uncertainty as to whether you, as an Access Person, have a Beneficial Interest in a Security, you should ask the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. Such questions will be
resolved in accordance with, and this definition shall be subject to, the definition of "Beneficial Owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
C. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Access Persons. As an Access person, you must obtain authorization from the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer before acquiring a beneficial interest in private placements and initial public offerings.
Private Placements. Acquisition of a Beneficial Interest in Securities in a private placement by Access Person must be pre-approved. The Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer will give permission only after considering, among other facts, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client and whether the opportunity is being offered to the person by virtue of the person's position as an Access Person.
For purposes of this Code, a private placement is any offering of securities not required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission because the offering is exempt under Section 4(2) or 4(6) of the Securities Act of 1933 or pursuant to Rules 504, 505, or 506 promulgated under that Act. These sales usually require the completion of a questionnaire that makes the sales contingent on the offeree having a minimum net worth or annual income. The securities' resale is often restricted unless the securities are subsequently registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
Initial Public Offering ("IPO"). Any purchase of a Security in an initial public offering (other than a new offering of a registered open end investment company) must be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer.
For purposes of this Code, an IPO means an offering of Securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirement of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
D. Pre-Clearance Requirements for Advisory Persons
General Requirement. Except for the transactions specified in the Exemptions Section in subsection G "Exemptions from Pre-clearance and
Treatment as a Generally Prohibited Transaction" below, all Securities transaction, including purchases in an initial public offering and transactions in private placements, in which an Advisory Person has or acquires a Beneficial Interest must be pre-cleared with a Compliance Officer.
Pre-clearance Request Forms. Prior to entering an order for a Securities transaction that requires pre-clearance, the Advisory Person must complete a Pre-clearance Request Form and submit the completed form to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. The Advisory Person must disclose to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer all factors potentially relevant to any potential conflicts of interest that the Advisory Person is aware of, including the existence of any Beneficial Interest related to his or her transaction and the Client's transaction.
E. Pre-Clearance Provisions Applicable to All Access Persons (Including Advisory Persons).
Criteria for Approval of Pre-clearance Authorizations. Generally the Compliance Officer will approve a transaction only if the transaction is unlikely to result in any of the abuses described in Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1 and Investment Advisers Act Rule 204A-1.
Length of Trade Authorization Approval. The authorization provided by the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer is effective until the earlier of (1) its revocation, (2) the close of business on the trading day that the authorization is granted (for example, if authorization is provided on a Monday, it is effective until the close of business on Monday), or (3) the moment the Advisory Person learns that the information in the Pre-clearance Request Form is not accurate. If the Securities transaction is not placed within that period, a new authorization must be obtained before the Securities transaction is placed. No "Good Till Cancelled" orders may be placed due to the potential that they may violate the 3-day blackout period.
No Explanation Required for Refusals. In some cases, the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer may refuse to authorize a Securities transaction for a reason that is confidential. Compliance Officers are not required to give an explanation for refusing to authorize a Securities transaction.
F. Prohibited Transactions.
Always Prohibited Securities Transactions- Applicable to Access Persons and Advisory Persons. The following Securities transactions are prohibited and will not be authorized under any circumstances:
Inside Information. Any transaction in a Security by an individual who possesses material nonpublic information regarding the Security or the issuer of the Security;
Market Manipulation. Transactions intended to raise, lower, or maintain the price of any Security or to create a false appearance of active trading;
Trades in Accordance with the Terms of the Security. Transactions in violation of or intended to circumvent any terms a security intended to protect the holders of that security. Such terms may include prohibitions on frequent and/or late trading.
Others. Any other transaction deemed by the Compliance Officer to involve a conflict of interest, possible diversions of a client's opportunity, or an appearance of impropriety.
Generally Prohibited Transaction - Applicable to Advisory Persons. Except for the transactions specified in the Exemptions Section in subsection F below, the following Securities transactions are prohibited for all Advisory Persons.
Three-Day Blackout. If the Advisor, on behalf of a client, has executed a trade in a Security, an Advisory Person may not purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, the Security or a Equivalent Security within 3 trading days before or after that client's trade if the Advisory Person has any Beneficial Interest in the Equivalent Security or a Security or will acquire any Beneficial Interest in the Security or a related Security by reason of the purchase.
60-Day Blackout Period. Sale of a Security in which an Advisory Person has a Beneficial Interest within 60 days of a purchase of the Security (or an Equivalent Security). Of course, Access Persons must place the interests of the clients first; they may not avoid or delay purchasing or selling a security for a client in order to profit personally. If a circumstance arises where an Advisory Person has a loss or a gain of 25% or greater during the 60-day holding period, then they may sell the Security after obtaining pre-clearance from the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to ensure that the 3-day blackout period will not be violated.
An Equivalent Security means any Security issued by the same entity as the issuer of a Security, including options, rights, stock appreciation rights, warrants, preferred stock, restricted stock, phantom stock, bonds, and other obligations of that company or security otherwise convertible into that security. Options on securities are included even if the Options Clearing Corporation or a similar entity issues them.
PLEASE SEE APPENDIX I FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATION ON THE 60-DAY
BLACKOUT PERIOD.
G. Exemptions from Pre-clearance and Treatment as a Generally Prohibited Transaction. The following Securities transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance requirements and the generally prohibited transaction restrictions set forth above.
De Minimis Transactions.
Equity Securities. Any equity Security transactions, or series or related transactions, effected over a five (5) trading day period, involving 500 or fewer shares in the aggregate of a Security included in the S&P 500.
Fixed Income Securities. Any fixed income Security transaction, or series of related transactions, effected over a period of five (5) trading days, involving $10,000 principal amount or less in the aggregate.
Exempt Mutual Funds. Except for non-exempt mutual funds described in the next paragraph, any purchase or sale of a Security issued by any registered open-end investment company, including exchange-traded funds (ETF's). Examples of ETF's are SPDRS, QQQ's, MDY's, DIA's, WEBS, Diamonds, iShares, etc.
Non-Exempt Mutual Funds. Closed end funds, unit investment trust
interests, and similar securities are not exempt from the
pre-clearance and prohibited transaction provisions of this Code.
ALSO, ANY MUTUAL FUND THAT IS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISOR,
AND ANY FUND WHERE THE ADVISOR OR PRINCIPLE UNDERWRITER IS AN ENTITY
UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE ADVISOR ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE
PRE-CLEARANCE AND PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE.
PLEASE SEE APPENDIX II FOR THE CURRENT LIST OF NON-EXEMPT MUTUAL
FUNDS. NOTE THAT APPENDIX II IS SUBJECT TO AMENDMENT FROM TIME TO
TIME.
No Knowledge. Securities transactions where the Advisory Person has no knowledge of the transaction before it is completed (for example, Securities transactions effected for an Advisory Person by a trustee of a blind trust, or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership, or discretionary trades made in a managed account, in connection with which the Advisory Person is neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed).
Certain Corporate Actions. Any acquisition of Securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of Securities.
Systematic Investment Plans. Any acquisition of a Security pursuant to a systematic investment plan that has previously been approved pursuant to this Code. A systematic investment plan is on pursuant to which a prescribed investment will be made automatically on a regular, pre-determined basis without affirmative action by the Access Person.
Rights. Any acquisition of Securities through the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holder of a class of its Securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the issue.
Miscellaneous. Any transaction in the following: (1) bankers
acceptances, (2) bank certificates of deposit, (3) commercial paper,
(4) repurchase agreements, (5) Securities that are the direct
obligation of the U.S. Government, and (6) other Securities as may
from time to time be designated in writing by the Compliance
Department on the ground that the risk of abuse is minimal or
non-existent.
H. Reporting Requirements
1. Initial and Periodic Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons. Within 10 days of becoming an Access Person (including Advisory Persons) each Access Person must submit written and signed reports containing information about each Security in which the Access Person had any direct
or indirect beneficial ownership ("Holdings Reports"). The information included in the Initial Holdings Report must reflect the Access Person's holdings within 45 days of the date he or she became an Access Person.
Each Holdings Report must include the following information, preferably in the form of copies of the Access Person's brokerage statements:
o title of each Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
o number of shares and/or principal amount of each Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
o name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
o date the Holdings Report is submitted by the Access Person.
If an Access Person is not required to report any information on a Holdings Report, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer by the date on which the Holdings Report is due.
Any temporary workers, consultants, independent contractors or certain employees of affiliates (e.g., LDPs) who will be or are working with the Advisor for longer than 6 months will be required to report under the Code.
2. Annual Holdings Reports
Each Access Person must submit to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer an Annual Holdings Report no later than February 15th of each year. The information included in the Annual Holdings Report must reflect the Access Person's holdings as of the immediately preceding December 31st.
3. Quarterly Reporting Requirements
Within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, each Access Person must submit a Quarterly Transaction Report to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer containing information about:
o every transaction in a Security during the quarter and in which the Access Person had any Beneficial Interest, unless exempted under subsection H.5 below; and
o every account established by or for the benefit of the Access Person that holds Securities in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest, unless exempted under subsection H.5 below .
A Quarterly Transaction Report must include the following information:
o date of each transaction in a Security;
o title of the Security;
o interest rate and maturity date of the Security, if applicable;
o number of shares and/or principal amount of the Security;
o nature of the transaction;
o price of the Security at which the transaction was effected;
o name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;
o name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established any new account;
o date the account was established; and
o date the Quarterly Transaction Report is submitted by the Access Person.
If an Access Person is not required to report any information on a Quarterly Transaction Report, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter.
4. Transactions and Periodic Statement Reporting Requirements. An Access Person must arrange for the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to receive directly from any broker, dealer or bank that effects and Securities transaction in which the Access Person has or acquires a Beneficial Interest, duplicate copies of each confirmation for each such transaction and periodic statements for each account in which such Access Person has a Beneficial Interest. An Access Person must also arrange for the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to receive directly from any mutual fund company that Advisor provides mutual fund sub-advisory services for, duplicate copies of periodic statements (no less frequently than quarterly) for each account in which such Access Person has a Beneficial Interest.
IF AN ACCESS PERSON OPENS AN ACCOUNT AT A BROKER, DEALER, BANK, OR MUTUAL FUND THAT ADVISOR ADVISES OR SUB-ADVISES, THAT HAS NOT PREVIOUSLY BEEN DISCLOSED, THE ACCESS PERSON MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER OR HER DESIGNATED COMPLIANCE OFFICER OF THE EXISTENCE OF THE ACCOUNT AND MAKE ARRANGEMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN.
5. Exceptions for Certain Securities and Accounts
An Access Person does not have to report transactions involving the following securities or accounts:
o direct obligations of the government of the United States;
o bankers' acceptances;
o bank certificates of deposit;
o commercial paper;
o high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements;
o Purchases of Securities under a dividend reinvestment plan;
o shares issued by open-end funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Advisor;
o securities held in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; and
o transactions effected for any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; and
o shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are funds advised, sub-advised, or principally underwritten by the Advisor or an entity under common control with the Advisor.
If an Access Person does not make a Quarterly Transaction Report because of this exception, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
6. Exceptions Based On Duplicate Confirmations
In addition, an Access Person does not have to make a Quarterly Transaction Report for a calendar quarter if:
o the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter and
o all of the required information is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements.
If broker trade confirmations do not contain all of the required information, the Access Person must include the missing information in a Quarterly Transaction Report.
If an Access Person does not make a Quarterly Transaction Report because of this exception, the Access Person must submit a written and signed statement to that effect to the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
I. Disclosure of Beneficial Interest by Advisory Persons. Advisory Persons are prohibited from recommending, implementing or considering any securities transactions for a client without having disclosed any material Beneficial Interest in the issuer or its affiliates to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer deems the disclosed interest to present a material conflict, the Advisory Person may not participate in any decision-making process regarding the securities of that issuer.
III. OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
A. Confidentiality. You are prohibited from revealing specific information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios, except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of the information or as necessary to service client accounts. It is paramount that independence in the investment decision-making process be maintained.
As a matter of firm policy, the Advisor restricts the dissemination of client information and will not publish, provide or distribute non-public client information to nonaffiliated third parties, except as required or permitted by law. Nonpublic client information includes, but is not limited to, individual account holdings, transactions, balances, name, address, social security number, or other financial information.
B. Gifts.
Accepting Gifts. On occasion, you may be offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors, or other persons that do business with the Advisor, directly or on behalf of a Client. Acceptance of extraordinary or extravagant gifts is not permissible. Any such gifts must be declined or returned in order to protect the reputation and integrity of the Advisor. Gifts of a nominal value (i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 per year), and customary business meals, entertainment (e.g., sporting events, theater tickets, etc.), and promotional items (e.g., pens, mugs, t-shirts, etc.) may be accepted so long as it is not so frequent, so costly, nor so extensive as to raise any question of impropriety.
Solicitation of Gifts. You may not solicit gifts or gratuities.
Giving Gifts. Excepting customary business meals, entertainment, and promotional items, you may not personally give gifts with an aggregate value in excess of $100 per year to persons associated with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges, other member organizations, commodity firms, or clients of the firm.
C. Restrictions on Political Contributions. The Advisor is acutely aware of the actual and/or appearance of conflicts of interest when government officials or political candidates request political contributions from investment managers.
Neither Advisor nor any employees of the Advisor will engage, either directly or indirectly in any "Pay-to Play" activities. Pay-to-Play means the conduct of making political campaign contributions to, and soliciting political campaign contributions for, public officials in return for being considered eligible by public agencies to perform professional services. It is a violation of this Code to request or suggest to any person to make a political or charitable contribution or payment, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts with government entities, or which could appear to directly benefit the Advisor, nor may the Advisor reimburse an individual for his/her personal contribution or payment. This is an absolute ban-NO EXCEPTIONS.
D. Service to Unaffiliated Entities. You may serve in a an advisory or fiduciary capacity (e.g., member of a board of directors) of an entity that is not part of the Western & Southern Financial Group only after obtaining prior authorization from the Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor .
E. Compliance with Applicable Laws and the Advisor's Policies. You shall comply with the laws applicable to Advisor's conduct of its business. Specifically, you shall not, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a client, or in connection with your personal trading conduct any of the following acts:
o To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud;
o To make any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement not misleading;
o To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit;
o To engage in any manipulative practice; or
o To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation.
You also shall comply with all of the Advisor's policies and procedures, including those related to the use of non-public information, the voting of proxies, and the execution of trades on behalf of a client.
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS
A. Investigating Violations of the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of the Code and shall report any violations to Senior Management and any Board of Directors who are not subjects of the investigation.
B. Annual Reports. The Chief Compliance Officer will review the Code at least once a year, in light of legal and business developments and experience in implementing the Code, and will report to the Board of Directors:
o Summarizing existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past year;
o Identifying any violation requiring significant remedial action during the past year; and
o Identifying any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based on its experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.
o Certify that the Advisor has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent all employees from violating the Code.
C. Remedies.
Sanctions. If the Chief Compliance Officer and the appropriate officers of the Advisor determines that an you have committed a violation of the Code, they may impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including a letter of caution or warning, suspension of personal trading rights, suspension of employment (with or without compensation), fine, and termination of the employment of the violator for cause. After discussions with the appropriate officers of the Advisor, the Compliance Department may also require any person who found to have violated this Code to reverse the transaction in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss associated or derived as a result. The amount of profit shall be calculated by the Compliance Department and/or the appropriate officers of the Advisor and shall be forwarded to a charitable organization selected by the appropriate officers of the Advisor. Finally, violations and suspected violations of criminal laws will be reported to the appropriate authorities as required by applicable laws and regulations. No member of the Compliance Department may review his or her own transactions.
Generally, the Advisor's guidelines for violations occurring over a calendar year will be:
1st Violation: Written warning and counseling
2nd Violation: $50 fine to be donated to a charity determined by Management
3rd Violation: 60-day restriction of all personal trading privileges
4th Violation: Potential termination of employment with the Advisor
The above sanctions are merely guidelines, and the Advisor maintains the right to impose any sanctions in any out of order should it deems responsive to the violation.
Review. Whenever the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer determines that a breach of this Code has occurred that merits remedial action, it will report to the relevant Board of Directors, information relating to the investigation of the violations, including any sanctions imposed.
D. Exceptions to the Code
Although exceptions to the Code will rarely, if ever, be granted, the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to the requirements of the Code on a case by case basis if the she finds that the proposed conduct involves no material opportunity for abuse. All such exceptions must be in writing and must be reported to the Board of Directors at their next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.
E. "Whistleblower" Provision
If you become aware of a violation of the Code, the apparent or suspected violation must be reported promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designee. All such reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly and appropriately. Reports may be submitted anonymously should you wish. In addition, should the Chief Compliance Officer or her designee be involved in the violation or is unreachable, you may report a violation to the Chief Compliance Officer or another Compliance Officer of the Western & Southern Financial Group. Any retaliation against an individual who reports a violation is prohibited and constitutes a further violation of the Code.
V. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
Advisor shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:
o A copy of this Code, or any other Code of Ethics, that was in effect within the previous 5 years.
o A record of any violation of this Code and any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of 5 years following the end of the reporting year in which the violation occurred.
o A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, that were used to approve an employee's trade that was deemed an exception to the provisions of this Code.
o A copy of each report submitted under this Code for a period of 5 years.
o A list of all persons who are, or within the past 5 years were, subject to the reporting requirements of the Code.
VI. INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Access Person...........................................................4 Advisory Person.........................................................4 Beneficial Interest.....................................................4 Chief Compliance Officer................................................5 Compliance Officer......................................................6 Equivalent Security.....................................................8 Immediate Family........................................................5 Initial Public Offering ("IPO").........................................6 Material Beneficial Interest............................................5 Pay-to-Play.............................................................12 Private Placement.......................................................6 Securities..............................................................4 Chief Compliance Officer: Michele Hawkins michele.hawkins@fortwashington (513) 361-7652 Designated Compliance Officer: Jennie Doss jdoss@toddinvestment.com (502)585-3121 |
Note that persons in addition to those listed above may also be designated to perform the functions of a Compliance Officer.
The Advisor has adopted this Code of Ethics, in accordance with the provisions of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") as well as Investment Advisers Act ("Advisers Act") Rule 204A-1.
Effective date: February 1, 2005
APPENDIX I (THIS APPENDIX PART OF AND NOT IN ADDITION TO THE CODE)
GUIDANCE ON THE 60-DAY HOLDING PERIOD
Any profits realized by Access Persons on transactions in the same or equivalent securities within 60 days will be required to be disgorged to a charity chosen by the Advisor's senior management. This applies to the purchase and sale of a security within a 60-day period in any beneficially owned account.
The following are various questions and answers to help you understand this provision. If you have any further questions regarding this provision, you should contact the Compliance Officer.
Q: How is the 60-day period measured?
A: Days are measured in calendar days. If the purchase is considered to be made on day 0, day 61 is the first day a sale of those securities may be made without regard to the disgorgement of profits rule.
Q: How are profits measured when there is a series of purchases and sales within the 60 calendar day period?
A: A series of purchases and sales will be measured on a first-in, first-out basis until all purchases and sale transactions within a 60-day period are matched. The sum of the profits realized on these paired purchases and sales will be subject to disgorgement. No reduction will be made for losses.
Q: Is the short sale of a security considered a sale?
A: Yes, a short sale is considered a sale for all purposes (reporting, pre-clearance, and the 60-day holding period). Please note that naked short sales are prohibited under the Code.
Derivative Transactions
For the purposes of reporting, pre-clearance and the 60-day holding period, a transaction in any put or call option (except an option on an Exempt Security) or any future on a security (except a future on an Exempt Security), will be treated as a derivative transaction. For the purposes of this Code, derivative transactions will be divided into two categories: "call equivalent positions" and "put equivalent positions". A "call equivalent position" is treated and a purchase of the underlying security. Conversely, a "put equivalent position" is treated as a sale of the underlying security. Please note that writing or acquiring naked options are prohibited under the Code.
APPENDIX I (THIS APPENDIX PART OF AND NOT IN ADDITION TO THE CODE)
NON-EXEMPT MUTUAL FUNDS
Touchstone Core Bond Fund
Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund
Touchstone High Yield Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Micro Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Ohio Insured Tax-Free Fund
Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund
Touchstone Value Plus Fund
This Appendix II is subject to change. Please contact the Chief Compliance Officer or her designated Compliance Officer to ensure you have the current version.
SUPPLEMENT TO CODE OF ETHICS
TODD INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.
OVERVIEW
Effective February 1, 2005 Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. amended its Code of Ethics. The following procedures shall be used as a supplement to the "Code" for the purposes of monitoring and providing additional oversight related to, pre-clearance procedures, transactions in securities purchased, sold, recommended or down-rated within Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. Equity Model ("Equity Model") and restrictions on political contributions. Directors of Todd Investment Advisors, that provide dual reporting under the parent company ("Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.") will submit a quarterly certification via the compliance officer of Fort Washington, that they have met all of the requirements within Todd's Code of Ethics.
PRE-CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS
Prior to executing personal transactions, each employee must receive clearance from the trading department.
Personal securities transactions of each trader must be cleared with another member of the trading department. Persons engaging in securities transactions shall keep a personal record of the person pre-clearing each transaction, the date of such pre-clearance, the time and nature of such transaction.
MODEL PORTFOLIO TRANSACTION RULES ("5-DAY RULE")
1. PURCHASES
Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing securities added to the Equity Model for 5 business days following the addition.
2. SELLS
Access Persons are prohibited from selling securities within the Equity Model that have been down-rated to the point where it is intended to be sold within client's accounts for 5 business days following the down-rating. (Exceptions may be allowed on a case-by-case basis in the event that client and fund sales have been completed prior to the expiration of the five-day period.
SPECIAL RULES FOR PERSONS IN SENSITIVE POSITIONS
In addition to the procedures outlined above, certain additional restrictions are applicable to all employees who are in a position to recommend and/or approve the purchase of a security by a client.
Each person identified must disclose his or her ownership in a security or related option that he or she recommends or approves for purchase or sell by a client to the President of Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. The President may require additional information as to any such ownership or position and may, in consultation with members of the Investment Committee, require sale of the stock or closure of the option position by such person to avoid the appearance of any impropriety or conflict. The Company shall maintain a written record of such disclosures and any actions taken in response to them.
RECORDKEEPING
The trading department will maintain a list of securities that have been added or down-rated within the Equity Model within the specified 5 business day period. The equity portfolio managers are responsible for prompt revision of the list to reflect changes as they occur.
As required by the Code of Ethics, all transactions must receive pre-clearance, including those involving securities within the Equity Model.
RESTRICTIONS ON POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
Todd Investment Advisors condemns "pay-to-play" practices and therefore, neither Todd Investment Advisors nor any of its employees or immediate family members are to make political contributions to candidates for political office who could influence the selection of investment advisors by public funds. In August of 1999, The SEC proposed a rule that would prohibit an advisor from providing services to a government client for two years after contributions are made to State and Local officials (and candidates for their positions) who are able to influence the selection of an advisor. We concur with the de minimis exception which states that the two-year timeout does not apply to contributions of $250 or less made to a candidate for whom the person making the contribution can vote. Employees of Todd Investment Advisors, Inc. are also prohibited from soliciting campaign contributions for those elected officials able to influence the selection of an advisor.
All employees of Todd are required to keep records of their political contributions and to submit this information monthly to Jennie Doss, Compliance Officer.
TCW
CODE OF ETHICS
FEBRUARY 1, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. Introduction Page C1
II. Personal Investment Transactions Policy Page C3
III. Policy Statement on Insider Trading Page C13
IV. Gifts, Payments, and Preferential Treatment Page C25
V. Outside Activities Page C28
VI. Political Activities and Contributions Page C31
VII. Other Employee Conduct Page C36
VIII. Confidentiality Page C38
IX. Exemptive Relief Page C38
X. Sanctions Page C38
XI. Reporting Suspicious Activity Page C38
XII. Annual Compliance Certification Page C39
Employee Certification Page C40
COMPLIANCE TCW EMPLOYEE POLICY FEBRUARY 2005 [GRAPHIC] -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
I. INTRODUCTION
The TCW Group, Inc. is the parent of several companies which act as investment adviser or manager of investment companies, corporate pension funds, other institutions and individuals. As used in this Code of Ethics, "TCW" refers to The TCW Group, Inc., all of its subsidiaries and affiliated partnerships that are investment advisers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and Trust Company of the West.
This Code of Ethics is based on the principle that the officers, directors and employees of TCW owe a fiduciary duty to, among others, TCW's clients. In light of this fiduciary duty, you should conduct yourself in all circumstances in accordance with the following general principles:
o You must at all times place the interests of TCW's clients before your own interests.
o You must conduct all of your personal investment transactions consistent with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of your position of trust and responsibility.
o You should adhere to the fundamental standard that investment advisory personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions to their personal benefit.
o You should adhere to the principle that information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients is confidential.
o You should comply with those applicable federal securities laws and TCW policies as issued from time to time applicable to your group.
o Communications with clients or prospective clients should be candid and fulsome. They should not only be true and complete, but they should not have the effect to mislead or misrepresent. This applies to all marketing and promotional materials.
o Independence in investment-decision making should be paramount.
o Decisions affecting clients are to be made with the goal of providing equitable and fair treatment as among them.
Although it is sometimes difficult to determine what behavior is necessary or appropriate to adhere to these general principles, this Code contains several guidelines for proper conduct. TCW values its reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is the firm's most valuable asset. To that end, actions of employees should be consistent and in furtherance of this reputation. In the end, the effectiveness of TCW's policies regarding ethics depends on the judgment and integrity of its employees rather than on any set of written rules. Accordingly, you must be sensitive to the general principles involved and to the purposes of the Code in addition to the specific guidelines and examples set forth below. If you are uncertain as to whether a real or apparent conflict exists in any particular situation between your interests and those of TCW's clients, you should consult the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer immediately.
Each Access Person has received this Code of Ethics and any amendments thereto, receipt of which shall be acknowledged in writing by the Access Person, as defined below. Written acknowledgements shall be maintained by the Compliance Department in accordance with applicable recordkeeping requirements. The form of acknowledgement shall be determined by the Compliance Department in consultation with the Legal Department.
II. PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS POLICY
Laws and ethical standards impose on TCW and its employees duties to avoid conflicts of interest between their personal investment transactions and transactions TCW makes on behalf of its clients. In view of the sensitivity of this issue, it is important to avoid even the appearance of impropriety. The following personal investment transaction policies are designed to reduce the possibilities for such conflicts and or inappropriate appearances, while at the same time preserving reasonable flexibility and privacy in personal securities transactions.
No Access Person or TCW director may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, for his or her own account, or any account in which he or she may have a beneficial interest:
o Any security (or related option or warrant) that to his or her knowledge TCW is buying or selling for its clients, until such buying or selling is completed or canceled.
o Any security (or related option or warrant) that to his or her knowledge is under active consideration for purchase or sale by TCW for its clients.
The term "BENEFICIAL INTEREST" is defined by rules of the SEC. Generally, under the SEC rules, a person is regarded as having a beneficial interest in securities held in the name of:
o A husband or wife or domestic partner;
o A minor child;
o A relative or significant other sharing the same house;
o Anyone else if the Access Person:
(i) obtains benefits substantially equivalent to ownership of the securities;
(ii) can obtain ownership of the securities immediately or at some future time; or
(iii) can vote or dispose of the securities.
An example where an Access Person would have a "beneficial interest" includes trades in a relative's brokerage account if the Access Person is authorized to do trades for that brokerage account, regardless of whether the Access Person actually does trades.
If you act as a fiduciary with respect to funds and accounts managed outside of TCW (for example, if you act as the executor of an estate for which you make investment decisions), you will have a beneficial interest in the assets of that fund or account. Accordingly, any securities transactions you make on behalf of that fund or account will be subject to the general trading restrictions set forth above. You should review the restrictions on your ability to act as a fiduciary outside of TCW set forth under "Outside Activities -- Outside Fiduciary Appointments."
PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES
Each Access Person must obtain preclearance for any personal investment transaction in a security if such Access Person has, or as a result of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security. Preclearance is not necessary for exempt securities or Outside Fiduciary Accounts. "EXEMPT securities" are securities (or securities obtained in transactions) described in the subsection titled "Securities or Transactions Exempt From Personal Investment Transactions Policy." "OUTSIDE FIDUCIARY ACCOUNTS" are certain fiduciary accounts outside of TCW for which you have received TCW's approval to act as fiduciary and which TCW has determined qualify to be treated as Outside Fiduciary Accounts under this Personal Investment Transactions Policy. Separate certification procedures will apply for securities transactions executed on behalf of Outside Fiduciary Accounts in lieu of preclearance.
You must obtain preclearance for all non-exempt securities transactions by completing and signing the Request for Personal Investment Transactions Approval Form provided for that purpose by TCW and by obtaining the signature of the TCW Personal Securities Administrator. You will be required to make certain certifications each time you trade a security, including that you have no knowledge that would violate the general trading principles set forth above. The Request for Personal Investment Transactions Approval Form for domestic and foreign preclearance is available on myTCW, TCW's intranet site, in the Compliance Department section under Department Resources.
You must complete an approved securities transaction by the end of the business day following the day that you obtain preclearance. If the transaction is not completed within these time requirements, you must obtain a new preclearance, including one for any uncompleted portion of the transaction. Post-approval is not permitted under this Code of Ethics. If TCW determines that you completed a trade before approval or after the clearance expires, you will be considered to be in violation of the Code.
Note that preclearance will ordinarily be given on the day you request it if it is received before the daily processing cutoffs at 6:30 am or 10:30 am (Los Angeles time); however if you are in an Asian office, preclearance for these requests will ordinarily be given on the next business day.
You must also obtain pre-clearance from the Approving Officers to open a personal TCW separately managed account. "APPROVING OFFICERS" are (i) one of Alvin Albe or Marc Stern and (ii) one of Michael Cahill or Hilary Lord.
TRADING RESTRICTIONS
In addition to the more general restrictions discussed above, TCW has adopted other restrictions on personal investment transactions.
Remember these are limits on what you can do directly or indirectly, for your own account or for any account in which you my have a "beneficial interest." Except as otherwise noted below, the trading restrictions do not apply to Outside Fiduciary Accounts.
NO ACCESS PERSON MAY:
o Enter into an uncovered short sale.
o Write an uncovered option.
o Acquire any non-exempt security in an initial public offering (IPO). (Remember - under NASD rules, you may also be prohibited from participating in any initial equity public offering). "INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
o Purchase securities offered in a hedge fund, other private placement or other limited offering (other than those sponsored by TCW) except with the prior approval of the Approving Officers. Requests for transfers of interests in TCW-sponsored private placements other than estate planning or court mandated are required to be pre-approved by the Approving Officers. Contact the Personal Securities Administrator who will coordinate the request for approval. In considering approval, the Approving Officers will take into consideration whether the investment opportunity you have been offered should be reserved for TCW's clients and whether the opportunity is being offered to you by virtue of your position with TCW. If you or your department wants to purchase on behalf of a TCW client the security of an issuer or its affiliate where you have a beneficial interest (including through an Outside Fiduciary Account) in the securities of that issuer through a private placement, you must first disclose your interest to an Approving Officer. In such event, the Approving Officers will independently review the proposed investment decision. Written records of any such circumstance should be sent to the Personal Securities Administrator. "LIMITED OFFERING OR PRIVATE PLACEMENT" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, 505 or 506 or under the Securities Act of 1933. Note that a CBO or CDO is considered a limited offering or private placement.
o Purchase or sell any security that is subject to a firm-wide restriction or a department restriction by his or her department.
o Purchase or otherwise acquire any third party mutual fund advised or subadvised by TCW (See myTCW, Department Resources, Legal Department, Prohibited Third Party Mutual Funds).
o Have more than four "roundtrip" trades in the TCW Galileo Funds ("GALILEO FUND(S)"), other than the Galileo Money Market Fund, in a calendar year. A "ROUNDTRIP TRADE" is any purchase followed by a redemption in any single Galileo Fund. This in effect means that LIFO (last in, first out) applies for matching purposes. Also, the dollar amount of the purchase and the redemption need not match or even correlate to one another for there to be a roundtrip trade. Pre-instructed transactions that occur automatically following the instruction ("AUTO-TRADES"), such as dividend or distribution reinvestments, paycheck contributions, and periodic or automatic withdrawal programs are not counted as a purchase or sale for the purpose of determining whether a round trip transaction has occurred.
COMPLIANCE TCW EMPLOYEE POLICY FEBRUARY 2005 [GRAPHIC] -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- o Redeem shares of a Galileo Fund within 15 days of the purchase of a share in that Galileo Fund (other than the Galileo Money Market Fund or an Auto-Trade). o Make more than one reallocation in the TCW Profit Sharing and Savings Plan (the "TCW 401(K) PLAN") per calendar quarter. o Make more than one reallocation in the TCW 401(k) Plan within a 15 day period [60 days for Investment Personnel - see below]. |
Note that the redemption fees imposed by any Galileo Fund will be applicable to transactions in the TCW 401(k) Plan.
ADDITIONALLY - NO INVESTMENT PERSONNEL (SEE DEFINITION NEXT PAGE) WHO EITHER MANAGE OR OTHERWISE PROVIDE ADVICE OR EXECUTION SERVICES FOR A REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANY (INCLUDING THE GALILEO FUNDS) MAY:
o Profit from the purchase or sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days. This applies to any security, whether or not it is held in any client portfolio at TCW. You should also note that this prohibition would effectively limit the utility of options trading and short sales of securities and could make legitimate hedging activities less available. Any profits realized on such short term trades will be subject to disgorgement.
o Redeem shares of a Galileo Fund within 60 days of the purchase of a share in that Galileo Fund (other than the Galileo Money Market Fund or an Auto-Trade).
o Make more than one reallocation in the TCW 401(k) Plan within a 60 day period.
"INVESTMENT PERSONNEL" include any portfolio manager or securities analyst or securities trader who provide information or advice to a portfolio manager or who helps execute a portfolio manager's decisions. Because of TCW's portfolio management support structure, securities analysts and securities traders should assume that they are subject to the trading restrictions unless they have received specific confirmation to the contrary from the Chief Compliance Officer. Note that a person's status or duties may change which could result in him or her subsequently being subject to this trading restriction. If you have any questions resulting from such a change, you should consult with the Chief Compliance Officer.
ADDITIONALLY - NO PORTFOLIO MANAGER MAY:
o Purchase or sell any security for his or her own account or any Outside Fiduciary Account for a period of ten days before that security is bought or sold on behalf of any TCW client for which the portfolio manager serves as portfolio manager. Violation of this prohibition will require reversal of the transaction and any resulting profits will be subject to disgorgement.
o Purchase any security for his or her own account or any Outside Fiduciary Account for a period of ten days after that security is sold or sell any security for his or her own account or any Outside Fiduciary Account for a period of ten days after that security is bought on behalf of any TCW client for which the portfolio manager serves as portfolio manager. In addition, any portfolio manager who manages a registered investment company may not purchase or sell any security for his or her own account or any Outside Fiduciary Account for the period of ten days after that security is bought or sold on behalf of registered investment company for which the portfolio manager serves as investment manager. Violation of these prohibitions will require reversal of the transaction and any resulting profits will be subject to disgorgement.
Any profits required to be disgorged will be given to a charity under TCW's direction.
SECURITIES OR TRANSACTIONS EXEMPT FROM PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS POLICY
The following securities or transactions are exempt from some aspects of the personal investment transactions policy:
(a) U.S. Government Securities.
(b) Bank Certificates of Deposit.
(c) Bankers' Acceptances.
(d) Commercial Paper or other high quality short-term debt instruments (investment grade, maturity not greater than thirteen months) including repurchase agreements.
(e) Shares in money market mutual funds.
(f) Shares of (i) open-end investment companies (mutual funds) other than mutual funds advised by TCW or its affiliates, (ii) exchange traded funds ("ETFS") and (iii) securities issued by Societe Generale(2) S.A (list of mutual funds subadvised by TCW on myTCW, Department Resources, Legal Department).
(g) Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds, none of which are advised by TCW or its affiliates (list of mutual funds subadvised by TCW on myTCW, Department Resources, Legal Department).
(h) Securities purchased on behalf of an Access Person for an account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
(i) Securities purchased through an automatic investment program. "AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PROGRAM" means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
(j) Security purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
(k) Stock index futures and nonfinancial commodities (e.g., pork belly contracts).
(l) Securities acquired in connection with the exercise of an option.
However, if cash is received in connection with the exercise of the
option, the transaction must be pre-cleared. The purchase or writing
(sale) of an option is not an exempt transaction.
The following reference table summarizes the pre-clearance and reporting requirements for exempt securities or transactions.
[SEE REFERENCE TABLE ON NEXT PAGE]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Reporting on Reporting on Initial Type of Exempt Securities or Transactions Pre-clearance Quarterly Reports or Annual Report ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ U.S. Government Securities. No No No ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bank Certificates of Deposit. No No No ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bankers' Acceptances. No No No ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Commercial Paper or other high quality short-term debt No No No instruments (investment grade, maturity not greater than thirteen months) including repurchase agreements. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Shares in (i) open-end investment companies (mutual funds), No Only shares of the Only shares of the (ii) shares of ETFs; (iii) securities issued by Societe Galileo Funds Galileo Funds Generale S.A. or (iv) shares issued by unit investment trusts (exclusive of (exclusive of Galileo that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not Galileo Money Money Market Fund) advised by TCW or its affiliates. Market Fund) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Securities purchased on behalf of an Access Person for an No No No account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Securities purchased through an automatic investment program. No No No ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Security purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued No Yes Yes by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stock index futures and nonfinancial commodities. No No No ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Interests in TCW-sponsored limited partnerships or other No, unless a Yes Yes TCW-sponsored private placements. transfer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Securities acquired in connection with the exercise No, unless cash Yes, security Yes of an option. received in received must be connection with reported. exercise of the option. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
Personal investment transactions in exempt securities are still subject to TCW's policy on inside information.
ACCOUNTS IN WHICH GALILEO FUNDS ARE TO BE HELD
All purchases and redemptions by Access Persons of any Galileo Fund are to be done exclusively through a "TCW ACCOUNT." A "TCW Account" means (a) an account maintained at TCW through the Private Client Services Department ("PCS"), or (b) an account maintained directly with the Galileo Funds' transfer agent (PFPC, Inc.) and (c) in the case of an Individual Retirement Account ("IRA"), through an IRA established through PCS where Mellon Bank, N.A., is the custodian. Transactions in the Galileo Money Market Funds and redemptions (but not purchases) of shares of the Galileo Funds out of existing third party accounts currently held are excepted from this requirement, but ONLY IF the accounts are direct accounts and not omnibus accounts. A direct account is that which specifically identifies the beneficial owner with the Galileo Funds' transfer agent.
REPORTING OF TRANSACTIONS
Quarterly Reports. All Access Persons must file with the Personal Securities Administrator quarterly reports of personal investment transactions (including transactions in the Galileo Funds) by the 10th day of January, April, July and October or, if that day is not a business day, then the first business day thereafter. See the above chart for a list of the personal securities transactions a Access Person must report. Every Access Person must file a quarterly report when due even if such person made no purchases or sales of securities during the period covered by the report. You are charged with the responsibility for making the quarterly reports. Any effort by TCW to facilitate the reporting process does not change or alter that responsibility.
The report must be on the form provided by TCW. Since the form may change over time, you should see the form posted on myTCW in the Compliance Department section under Department Resources.
Broker Statements and Trade Confirmations. All Access Persons are required to direct brokers of accounts (including bank accounts that trade securities) in which they have a beneficial interest to supply to TCW, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of trade confirmations and copies of periodic broker account statements. This requirement does not apply to Outside Fiduciary Accounts, to accounts that hold only third party mutual funds or to TCW Accounts that exclusively hold shares of the Galileo Funds. To maximize the protection of your privacy, you should direct your brokers to send this information to:
Trust Company of the West
P.O. Box 71940
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Initial Holdings Reports. All Access Persons are required to file with the Personal Securities Administrator an Initial Holdings Report listing all securities in which the person has a beneficial interest within 10 days of becoming an Access Person. All information in Initial Holdings Reports must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person became an Access Person. See the chart on page C10 for the list of securities which do not have to be reported.
Annual Holdings Reports. All Access Persons are required to file with the Personal Securities Administrator an Annual Holdings Report which provides a listing of all securities in which the person a beneficial interest as of December 31 of the preceding year. All information in Annual Holdings Reports must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report was submitted. See the chart on page C10 for the list of securities which do not have to be reported.
See the reference table below for a summary of different reporting forms required to be filed.
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE TABLE
If you have any questions about the Personal Investment Transactions Policy, call the TCW Personal Securities Administrator, Hilary Lord or Michael Cahill.
III. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING
The professionals and staff of TCW occasionally come into possession of material, non-public information (often called "INSIDE INFORMATION "). Various federal and state laws, regulations and court decisions, as well as general ethical and moral standards, impose certain duties with respect to the use of this inside information. The violation of these duties could subject both TCW and the individuals involved to severe civil and criminal penalties and the resulting damage to reputation. SEC Rules adopted in 2000 provide that any purchase or sale of a security while "having awareness" of inside information is illegal without regard to whether the information was a motivating factor in making a trade. TCW views seriously any violation of this policy statement. Violations constitute grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal.
Within an organization or affiliated group of organizations, courts may attribute one employee's knowledge of inside information to another employee or group that later trades in the affected security, even if there had been no actual communication of this knowledge. Thus, by buying or selling a particular security in the normal course of business, TCW personnel other than those with actual knowledge of inside information could inadvertently subject TCW to liability. Alternatively, someone obtaining inside information in a legitimate set of circumstances may inadvertently restrict the legitimate trading activities of other persons within the company.
The risks in this area can be significantly reduced through the conscientious use of a combination of trading restrictions and information barriers designed to confine material non-public information to a given individual, group or department (so-called "CHINESE WALLS "). One purpose of this Policy Statement is to establish a workable procedure for applying these techniques in ways that offer significant protection to TCW and its personnel, while providing flexibility to carry on TCW's investment management activities on behalf of our clients.
See the attached Reference Table if you have any questions on this Policy or who to consult in certain situations. Please note that references in this Policy to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer include persons who they have authorized in their respective departments to handle matters under this Policy.
TCW POLICY ON INSIDER TRADING
Trading Prohibition - No officer, director or employee of TCW may buy or sell a security, including bonds, convertible securities, options, or warrants in a company, either for themselves or on behalf of others, while in possession of material, non-public information about the company. This means that you may not buy or sell securities for yourself or anyone, including your spouse, a relative, friend, or client and you may not recommend that anyone else buy or sell a security of a company on the basis of inside information regarding that company.
Communication Prohibition - No officer, director or employee of TCW may communicate material, non-public information to others who have no official need to know. This is known as "tipping," which is also a violation of the insider trading laws, even if the "tipper" did not personally benefit. Therefore, you should not discuss such information acquired on the job with your spouse or with friends, relatives, clients, or anyone else outside of TCW except on a need-to-know basis relative to your duties at TCW. If you convey material non-public information to another person, even inadvertently, it is possible that the other person, if he or she trades on such information would violate insider trading laws. This is known as "tippee liability." You should remember that you may obtain material, non-public information about entities sponsored by TCW, like its mutual funds, and it is illegal to communicate such information in violation of TCW's policies.
WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?
Information is "MATERIAL" when a reasonable investor would consider it important in making an investment decision. Generally, this is information whose disclosure could reasonably be expected to have an effect on the price of a company's securities. The general test is whether a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether or not to buy or sell a security in the company. The information could be positive or negative.
Whether something is material must be evaluated relative to the company in whose securities a trade is being considered -- a multi-million dollar contract may be immaterial to Boeing but material to a smaller capitalization company. Some examples of material information are: dividend changes; earnings results; changes in previously released earnings estimates; significant merger, joint venture or acquisition proposals or agreements; stock buy back proposals; tender offers; rights offerings; new product releases or schedule changes; significant accounting write-offs or charges; credit rating changes; changes in capital structure (e.g. stock splits); accounting changes; major technological discoveries or breakthroughs; major capital investment plans; major contract awards or cancellations; governmental investigations; major litigation or disposition of litigation; liquidity problems; and extraordinary management developments or changes.
Material information may also relate to the market for a company's securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, pre-publication information regarding reports to be issued in the financial press may also be deemed material. For example, the Supreme Court upheld the criminal convictions of insider traders who capitalized on pre-publication information about the Wall Street Journal's "Heard on the Street" column.
Since there is no clear or "bright line" definition of what is material,
assessments sometimes require a fact specific inquiry. For this reason, if you
have questions about whether information is material, please direct them to the
[Director of Research or your Department Head and, if further inquiry is desired
or required, the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer.
WHAT IS NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION?
Information is "PUBLIC" when it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. Tangible evidence of dissemination is the best indication that the information is public. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through a public filing with the SEC or some other governmental agency, the Dow Jones "tape", release by Standard & Poors or Reuters or publication in the Wall Street Journal or some other publication of general circulation. Information remains non-public until a reasonable time elapses after it is disseminated. While there is no specific rule, generally trading 24 hours after the public dissemination of information would not be prohibited (though the wait period may be shorter where a press release is involved).
WHAT ARE SOME EXAMPLES OF HOW TCW PERSONAL COULD OBTAIN INSIDE INFORMATION AND WHAT YOU SHOULD DO IN THESE CASES ?
In the context of TCW's business, the following are some examples of how a person could come into possession of insider information:
(a) Board of Directors Seats or Observation Rights
TCW officers, directors and employees are sometimes asked to sit or act as an observer on the Board of Directors of public companies - sometimes in connection with their duties at TCW and sometimes not. These public companies will generally have restrictions on their Board members' or observers' trading in the companies' securities except during specified "window periods" following the public dissemination of financial information. As noted elsewhere in the Code of Ethics, service as a director of a non-TCW company requires approval and, if approval is given, it will be subject to the implementation of procedures to safeguard against potential conflicts of interest or insider trading, such as Chinese Wall procedures or placing the securities on a restricted list. Anyone who desires to serve on a Board of Directors or as a Board Observer should contact the Personal Securities Administrator who will obtain any necessary approvals and notify the Legal Department so that the appropriate Chinese Wall and/or restricted securities listing can be made.
Cases of fund managers sitting on Boards of public companies have been highlighted in the press and have underlined that the effect of inadequate safeguards could be to inadvertently render securities "illiquid" in the hands of TCW. In order to mitigate against this risk, anyone sitting on a board of public company should consider the Chinese Wall Procedures below as applicable to them and should abide by them. If the Board seat is held in connection with TCW clients and there is some legitimate need to communicate the information, it may be done within the confines and procedures set forth in the Chinese Wall memorandum and procedures. The Compliance Officer, General Counsel or attorney for the applicable strategy should be contacted if there are any questions.
Portfolio Managers sitting on Boards of public companies in connection with an equity position that they manage should be mindful of SEC filing obligations under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as the possibility of being required to give back profits (or so called "short swing profits") on purchases and sales of shares held in client accounts within a 6-month period. Similar concerns arise in the context of companies where there is an intent to control or there is an arrangement with others to attempt to influence or control a public company. The product attorney should be consulted in these situations and outside counsel should be involved as necessary.
(b) Deal-Specific Information
Under certain circumstances, an employee may receive insider information for a legitimate purpose in the context of a transaction in which a TCW entity or account is a potential participant or in the context of forming a confidential relationship. This "deal-specific information" may be used by the department to which it was given for the purpose for which it was given. Generally, if a confidentiality agreement is to be signed, it should be assumed that insider information is included. However, even in the absence of a confidentiality agreement, insider information may be received where there is an oral agreement or an expectation that you will maintain the information as confidential. In addition, if the persons providing or receiving the information have a pattern or practice of sharing confidences so that the recipient knows or reasonably should know that the provider expects the information to be kept confidential such pattern or practice is sufficient to form a confidential relationship. The SEC rules further provide that there is a presumed duty of trust and confidence when a person receives material non-public information from his or her spouse, parent, child or sibling.
Material non public or deal-specific information may be given in connection with TCW's making a direct investment in a company in the form of equity or debt; it may also involve a purchase by TCW of a debt or equity security in a secondary transaction or in the form of a participation. This type of situation typically arises in mezzanine financings, loan participations, bank debt financings, venture capital financing, purchases of distressed securities, oil and gas investments and purchases of substantial blocks of stock from insiders. You should remember that even though the investment for which the deal-specific information is being received may not be a publicly traded security, the company may have other classes of publicly traded securities that are publicly traded and the receipt of the information by TCW can affect the ability of other parts of the organization to trade in those securities. For the foregoing reasons, if you are to receive any deal-specific information or material, non-public information on a company with any class of publicly traded securities (whether domestic or foreign), please contact the TCW product attorney for your area, who will then implement the appropriate Chinese Wall and trading procedures.
(c) Creditors' Committees
On occasion an investment may go into default and TCW is a significant participant. In that case, TCW may be asked to participate on a Creditors' Committee. Creditors' Committees are often involved in intensive negotiations involving restructuring, work-outs, recapitalizations and other significant events that would affect the company and are given access to insider information. TCW's sitting on such a committee could substantially affect its ability to trade in securities in the company and, therefore, before sitting on any official Creditors' Committee, you must first get the approval of the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer and then the appropriate Chinese Wall and trading procedures will be implemented. If you sit on an informal Creditors' Committee, these restrictions may not apply, but you should consult with the attorney for the product area for confirmation.
(d) Information about TCW Products
Persons involved with the management of limited partnerships, trusts and mutual funds (closed-end and open-end) which themselves issue securities could come into possession of material information about those funds that is not generally known to their investors or the public and that could be considered inside information. For example, plans with respect to dividends could be considered insider information and buying or selling securities in a TCW product with knowledge that there will be an imminent change in dividends would be a violation of the policy. Another example would be if there were to be a large scale buying or selling program or a sudden shift in allocation that was not generally known, this could be considered inside information. Disclosing holdings of the Galileo mutual funds or CVT on a selective basis could be viewed as an improper disclosure of non-public information and should not be done. In the event of inadvertent or non-intentional disclosure of material non-public information, the person making the disclosure should immediately contact the product attorney or General Counsel. This is because TCW will be required to make prompt disclosure as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event after the later of 24 hours after the disclosure or the commencement of the next day's trading on the New York Stock Exchange).
TCW currently discloses holdings of the Galileo funds and CVT on a monthly basis beginning on the 15th day following the end of that month (or, if not a business day, the next business day thereafter. Disclosure of these funds' holdings at other times require special confidentiality procedures and must be pre-cleared with the product attorney. Persons involved with management of these funds and, in particular, portfolio managers and investment personnel, but also support and administrative personnel, should be sensitive to the fact that they have access to such information. Department Heads for each product area, the head of mutual funds for TCW and the in-house attorney for the product area are responsible for notifying the Personal Securities Administrator of this type of inside information so she can impose appropriate restrictions, and advise her when the information becomes public or stale, so that the restriction can be removed.
(e) Contacts with Public Companies
For TCW, contacts with public companies represent an important part of our research efforts. TCW makes investment decisions on the basis of the firm's conclusions formed through such contacts and analysis of publicly available information. Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, a TCW employee becomes aware of material, non public information. This could happen, for example, if a company's Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an analyst or an investor relations representative makes a selective disclosure of adverse news to a handful of investors. In such situations, TCW must make a judgment as to its further conduct. If an issue arises in this area, a research analyst's notes could become subject to scrutiny and they have become increasingly the target of plaintiffs' attorneys in securities class actions.
This area is one of particular concern to the investment business and, unfortunately, it is one with a great deal of legal uncertainty. In a notable 1983 case, the U.S. Supreme Court recognized explicitly the important role of analysts to ferret out and analyze information as necessary for the preservation of a healthy market. It also recognized that questioning of corporate officers and insiders is an important part of this information gathering process. The Court thus framed narrowly the situations in which analysts receiving insider information would be required to "disclose or abstain" from trading (generally where the corporate insider was disclosing for an improper purpose, such as personal benefit, and the analyst knows it). However, the Securities and Exchange Commission has declared publicly its disfavor with the case and since then has brought enforcement proceedings indicating that they will take strict action against what they see as "selective disclosures" by corporate insiders to securities analysts, even where the corporate insider was getting no personal benefit and was trying to correct market misinformation. Thus, the status of company-to-analyst contacts has been characterized as "a fencing match on a tightrope" and a noted securities professor has said that the tightrope is now electrified.
Because of this uncertainty, caution is the recommended course of action. If an analyst receives what he or she believes is insider information and if you feel you received it in violation of a corporate insider's fiduciary duty or for his personal benefit, you should make reasonable efforts to achieve public dissemination of the information and restrict trading until then. The Director of Research or your Department Head should be contacted if you have questions or doubts and they will contact the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer if required.
WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF RECEIVING INSIDE INFORMATION?
The person actually receiving the inside information is subject to the trading and communication prohibitions discussed above. However, since TCW is a company, questions arise as to how widely that information is to be attributed throughout the company. Naturally, the wider the attribution, the greater the restriction will be on other persons and departments within the company. Therefore, anyone receiving insider information should be aware that the consequences can extend well beyond themselves or even their departments.
In the event of receipt of insider information by an employee, the company will generally (1) establish a Chinese Wall around the individual or a select group or department; and/or (2) place a "firm wide restriction" on securities in the affected company which would bar any purchases or sales of the securities by any department or person within TCW, whether for a client or personal account (absent specific approval from the legal department). In connection with the Chinese Wall protocol, those persons falling within the Chinese Wall would be subject to the trading prohibition and, except for need-to-know communications to others within the Chinese Wall, the communication prohibition discussed above. The breadth of the Chinese Wall and the persons included within it would have to be determined on a case-by-case basis. In these circumstances, the Chinese Wall procedures are designed to "isolate" the inside information and access to it by an individual or select group in order to allow the remainder of the company not to be affected by it. In any case where a Chinese Wall is imposed, the Chinese Wall procedures discussed below must be strictly observed.
DOES TCW MONITOR TRADING ACTIVITIES?
The Compliance Department conducts reviews trading in public securities listed on the "RESTRICTED SECURITIES List." The Compliance Department surveys transactions effected by employees and client accounts for the purpose of, among other things, identifying transactions that may violate laws against insider trading and, when necessary, investigating such trades.
PENALTIES AND ENFORCEMENT BY SEC AND PRIVATE LITIGANTS
The Director of Enforcement of the SEC has said that the SEC pursues all cases of insider trading regardless of the size of transaction and regardless of the persons involved. Updated and improved detection, tracking and surveillance technique in the past few years have strengthened enforcement efforts by the SEC as well as the stock exchanges. This surveillance is done routinely in many cases or can be based on informants in specific cases.
Penalties for violations are severe for both the individual and possibly his or her employer. These could include:
o Giving up all profits made (or losses avoided) trebled.
o Fines of up to $1 million
o Jail up to 10 years
o Civil lawsuits by shareholders of the company in question.
The regulators, the market and TCW view violations seriously.
WHAT YOU SHOULD DO IF YOU DO IF YOU HAVE A QUESTION ABOUT INSIDE INFORMATION?
Before executing any trade for yourself or others, including clients of TCW, you must consider whether you have access to material, non-public information. If you believe you have received oral or written material, non-public information, you should discuss the situation immediately with the attorney responsible for the product area, the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer who will determine whether the information is of a nature requiring restrictions on use and dissemination and when any restrictions should be lifted. You should not discuss the information with anyone else within or outside TCW.
TCW'S CHINESE WALL PROCEDURES
"Before I built a wall I'd ask to know what was I walling in or walling out." Robert Frost, Mending Wall (1914)
The Securities and Exchange Commission has long recognized that procedures designed to isolate material non-public information to specific individuals or groups can be a legitimate means of curtailing attribution of knowledge of this inside information to an entire company. These types of procedures are typical in multi-service broker-dealer investment banking firms and are known as Chinese Wall procedures. In those situations where TCW believes insider information can be isolated, the following Chinese Wall procedures would apply. These Chinese Wall procedures are designed to "quarantine" or "isolate" the individuals or select group of persons within the Chinese Wall.
Identification of the Walled-In Individual or Group
The persons subject to the Chinese Wall procedures will be identified by name or group designation. If the Chinese Wall procedures are applicable simply because of someone serving on a Board of Directors of a public company in a personal capacity, it is likely that the Chinese Wall will apply exclusively to that individual, although in certain circumstances it may be appropriate to expand the wall. Where the information is received as a result of being on a Creditors' Committee, serving on a Board in a capacity related to TCW's investment activities or receipt of deal-specific information, the walled in group will generally refer to the product management group associated with the deal and, in some cases, related groups or groups that are highly interactive with that group. Determination of the breadth of the Chinese Wall is fact-specific and must be made by the attorney for the product area, the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer. Therefore, as noted above, it is important to advise them if you come into possession of material, non-public information.
Isolation of Information
Fundamental to the concept of a Chinese Wall is that the inside information be effectively quarantined to the walled-in group. The two basic procedures that must be followed to accomplish this are as follows:
(a) Restrictions on Communications
Communications regarding the inside information or the subject company should only be held with persons within the walled-in group on a need-to-know basis or with the General Counsel, attorney for the product area or Chief Compliance Officer. Communications should be discreet and should not be held in the halls, in the lunchroom or on cellular phones. In some cases it may be appropriate to use code names for the subject company as a precautionary measure. If persons outside the group are aware of your access to information and ask you about the target company, they should be told simply that you are not at liberty to discuss it. On occasion, it may be desirable to discuss the matter with someone at TCW outside the group. No such communications should be held without first receiving the prior clearance of the General Counsel, attorney for the product area or the Chief Compliance Officer. In such case, the person outside the group and possibly his or her entire department, will thereupon be designated as "inside the wall" and will be subject to all the Chinese Wall restrictions in this memo.
(b) Restrictions on Access to Information
The files, computers and offices where confidential information is physically stored should generally be made inaccessible to persons not within the walled-in group. In certain circumstances, there is adequate and physical segregation of the group whereby access would be very limited. However, in other cases where there is less physical segregation between the group and others, additional precautionary measures should be taken to make sure that any confidential non-public information is kept in files securely and not generally accessible.
Trading Activities by Persons Within the Wall
Persons within the Chinese Wall are prohibited from buying or selling securities in the subject company, whether on behalf of TCW, clients or in personal transactions. This restriction would not apply in the following two cases: (1) Where the affected persons have received deal-specific information, the persons are permitted to use the information to consummate the deal for which it was given; and (2) In connection with a liquidation of a client account in full, the security in the affected account may be liquidated if the client has specifically instructed TCW to liquidate the account in its entirety and if no confidential information has been shared with the client. In this circumstance, TCW would attribute the purchase or sale as having been effected at the direction of the client rather than pursuant to TCW's discretionary authority and TCW would be acting merely in an executory capacity - again, assuming no confidential information has been shared with the client. The liquidating portfolio manager should confirm to the Compliance Department in connection with such a liquidation that no confidential information has been shared with the client.
Note that if the transaction permitted under paragraph (1) is a secondary trade (versus a direct company issuance), counsel should be consulted to determine disclosure obligations to the counterparty of the insider information in our possession.
Termination of Chinese Wall Procedures
When the information has been publicly disseminated and a reasonable time has elapsed, or if the information has become stale, the Chinese Wall procedures with respect to the information can generally be eliminated. This is particularly true where the information was received in an isolated circumstance such as an inadvertent disclosure to an analyst or receipt of deal-specific information. However, persons who by reason of an ongoing relationship or position with the company are more exposed to the receipt of such information on a frequent basis (for example, being a member of the Board of Directors or on a Creditors' Committee) would ordinarily be subject to the Chinese Wall procedures on a continuing basis and may be permitted to trade only during certain "window periods" when the company permits such "access" persons to trade.
IT WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH GROUP HEAD TO ENSURE THAT MEMBERS OF HIS OR HER GROUP ARE ABIDING BY THESE CHINESE WALL PROCEDURES IN EVERY INSTANCE.
COMPLIANCE TCW EMPLOYEE POLICY FEBRUARY 2005 [GRAPHIC] -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reference Table |
Topic You should contact: If you have a question about whether information is First: The Director of Research or your Department Head. If further "material" or "non-public" inquiry is needed or desired, the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer If you wish to take a Board of Directors seat The Personal Securities Administrator (Pre-approval is required) If you have a question about obtaining deal-specific TCW attorney responsible for product area or General Counsel or Chief information Compliance Officer. (preclearance is required) If you have a question about sitting on a Creditors General Counsel, TCW attorney responsible for the product area or Chief Committee (Pre-approval is required) Compliance Officer If you have a question about whether you have Department Head for product area or for mutual funds or such group's received inside information on TCW commingled attorney (who will notify Personal Securities Administrator) funds (e.g. partnerships, trusts, mutual funds) If you have questions about whether you have First: The Director of Research or your Department Head. If further received material non-public information about inquiry is needed or desired, General Counsel or Chief Compliance public a company Officer If you have questions about the Insider Trading General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer Policy in general If you need to have a Chinese Wall set up TCW Attorney responsible for product area, or General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer If you have questions about who is "within" or TCW Attorney responsible for product area, or General Counsel "outside" a Chinese Wall If you have questions about the securities listed Personal Securities Administrator on the Restricted Securities List If you have questions about terminating a Chinese TCW Attorney responsible for product area, or General Counsel or Chief Wall Compliance Officer If you want permission to buy or sell a security Personal Securities Administrator who will contact the attorney who is listed on the Restricted Securities List responsible for Section 13/16 issues, the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer If you have questions about Section 13/16 issues TCW Attorney responsible for Section 13/16, or General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer |
CERTAIN OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES IN CONNECTION WITH ENFORCEMENT OF INSIDER INFORMATION AND INSIDER TRADING POLICIES
The following are certain operational procedures that will be followed to ensure communication of insider trading policies to TCW's employees and enforcement thereof by the Company.
Maintenance of Restricted List
TCW will maintain a list of the securities for which TCW is generally limited firm-wide from engaging in transactions - the Restricted List. This list is maintained by the Personal Securities Administrator, who distributes it to the following personnel in all TCW offices: all traders, portfolio managers, analysts, investment control, securities clearance, as well as certain other individuals. This list is issued whenever there is an addition, deletion or modification, as well as periodically if there have been no changes. In some cases, the list may note a partial restriction, e.g. restricted as to purchase, restricted as to sale, or restricted as to a particular group or person. The Personal Securities Administrator maintains an annotated copy of the list which explains why each item is on it, and has a section giving the history of every item that has been deleted. This Annotated List is distributed to the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer, as well as any additional persons, which either of them may approve.
The Restricted List is updated whenever there is a change, which the Personal Securities Administrator has confirmed should be added with the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer, or the in-house attorney who handles the Section 13/16 issues.
The General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or attorney who handles Section 13/16 issues must approve any exemption, which is then documented by the Personal Securities Administrator. The Restricted List includes securities for foreign and domestic public reporting companies where TCW personnel serve as Directors, Board Observers, officers or a member of official Creditors' Committee, where TCW personnel have material, non-public information or have an agreement or arrangement to maintain information as confidential. Once a Company is placed on the Restricted List, any purchase or sale as specified on the list (whether a personal trade or on behalf of a client account) must be cleared with the Personal Securities Administrator (or other member of the Compliance Department) who will consult as appropriate with an attorney in the Legal Department, the General Counsel, or the Chief Compliance Officer. In certain circumstances where a group continuously receives material non-public information as part of its strategy, a global Chinese Wall will be imposed on the Department in lieu of placing all of the issuers for which it has information on the Restricted List.
Consent to Service on Board of Directors and Creditors' Committees
In order to monitor situations where material, non-public information may become available by reason of a board position, employees are required to obtain consent for accepting positions on non-TCW boards of directors. Similarly, consent is required for employees to sit on Creditors' Committees. See "Policy Statement and Procedures on Insider Information and Insider Trading."
IV. GIFTS, PAYMENTS AND PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT
GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT RECEIVED BY EMPLOYEES
Gifts or entertainment that are excessive or extravagant provide the actual or apparent potential for conflict of interest affecting an employee's duties and independence of judgment to TCW's clients or TCW. Therefore, it is TCW's policy that gifts or entertainment of this nature are prohibited, whether to the employee or his or her family, domestic partners, relatives, friends or designees.
GIFTS. "GIFT" means anything of value received without paying its reasonable fair value. For example, gifts include favors, money, credit, special discounts on goods or services, free services, loans of goods or money, tickets to sports or entertainment events, trips and hotel expenses. If something falls within the definition of "Entertainment" as described below, it does not fall within the category of gifts.
Employees should never solicit gifts from suppliers, clients, brokers, or any other entity with which the firm does business.
As a general rule, you should not accept gifts that are of excessive value. While there is no absolute definition of "excessive", you should exercise good judgment to assure that no gift that is or could be reasonably viewed as excessive in value is accepted. Generally, gifts with a cost of less than of $100 would not be viewed as excessive and those over $100 would be, although the context might permit the receipt of such a gift over $100 if approval is given (in the manner described below). The receipt of cash gifts by employees is absolutely prohibited.
ENTERTAINMENT. "ENTERTAINMENT" generally means the attendance by you and/or your guests at a meal, sporting event, theater production or comparable event where the expenses are paid by the business relation who invited you. It might also include payment of travel or accommodation expenses at a conference or an out-of-town event. In all cases, the host for the event must be personally present at the event; otherwise, it would then be viewed as a gift.
As a general rule, you should not accept an invitation that involves entertainment expenses unless they are not excessive and are usual and customary. No set of absolute rules exists and judgment must be exercised. The context, circumstances and frequency must be considered. For example, where the event is more business related in subject (e.g. a business conference), greater latitude may be acceptable, whereas in a purely amusement context (e.g. an out-of-town sporting event) more restriction may be required. If you believe entertainment might be excessive or if the entertainment falls into one of the categories identified below, you should seek approval.
APPROVALS. In some cases approval is advisable, and in others it is mandatory. If approval is called for, you should seek it from both (a) the Head of your Department or your supervisor (if you are the Department Head) and (b) any one of the Chief Compliance Officer, the Chief Risk Officer or the General Counsel. Any persons approving gifts or entertainment should keep a written record of approvals, on a calendar year basis.
COMPLIANCE TCW EMPLOYEE POLICY FEBRUARY 2005 [GRAPHIC] -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Approval MUST be obtained if: o The gift or entertainment involves the payment of out-of-town travel or accommodation expenses. |
o This does not apply to payment of accommodations by a sponsor of an industry, company or business conference held within the U.S. involving multiple attendees from outside TCW where your expenses are being paid by the sponsor on the same basis as those of other attendees; however, if the sponsor is paying travel expenses, approval is required. Also, if the accommodations or travel are paid in connection with a trip abroad, approval should be sought.
o A gift is reasonably believed to have a cost in excess of $100 but you feel it is appropriate. Unless the gift appears excessive to a reasonable person, this does not apply to:
o A business gift being made from a business or corporate gift list to you on the same basis as other recipients of the sponsor. For example Christmas gifts.
o Gifts from a donor to celebrate a transaction or event and that are given to a wide group of recipients. For example, closing dinner gifts
o You reasonably believe that the entertainment might be excessive but you feel it is appropriate.
o A gift is received from one business relation more than twice in a calendar year.
o You are entertained on a personal basis by a hosting business relation more than twice in a calendar year. A "personal basis" is one involving a relatively small group of people as opposed to a function or event attended by several unrelated attendees (e.g. a fundraising dinner or a party).
You are advised to seek approval if:
o You are not sure if the entertainment is excessive but feel it is
appropriate.
o You cannot judge whether a gift would have a cost over $100.
If a gift is over $100 and is not approved as being otherwise appropriate, you should (a) reject or return the gift or (b) if returning the gift could damage friendly relations between a third party and TCW, give it to the Chief Compliance Officer who will donate it to charity.
GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT GIVEN BY EMPLOYEES
It is acceptable for you to give gifts or favors to the extent they are appropriate and suitable under the circumstances, meet the standards of ethical business conduct, are not excessive in value and involve no element of concealment. The $100 test for excessiveness applies to the giving of gifts, as well as the receiving of gifts (as noted above). Entertainment that is reasonable and appropriate for the circumstances is an accepted practice to the extent that it is both necessary and incidental to the performance of TCW's business.
You should note that for public pension plans and in some cases other clients, entertainment or gifts may have to be disclosed by TCW in response to client questionnaires and may reflect unfavorably on TCW in obtaining business. In some cases they may even lead to disqualification. Therefore, discretion and restraint is advised. In addition, you must be in a position to report any such gifts or entertainment if the question arises.
OTHER CODES OF ETHICS
You should be aware that sometimes a client imposes more stringent codes of ethics than those set forth above. If you are subject to a client's code of ethics, you should abide by it.
V. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES
OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT
Each employee is expected to devote his or her full time and ability to TCW's interests during regular working hours and such additional time as may be properly required. TCW discourages employees from holding outside employment, including consulting. If you are considering taking outside employment, you must submit a written request to your Department Head. The request must include the name of the business, type of business, type of work to be performed, and the days and hours that the work will be performed. If your Department Head approves your request, it will be submitted to Alvin Albe for final approval.
An employee may not engage in outside employment that: (a) interferes, competes, or conflicts with the interest of TCW; (b) encroaches on normal working time or otherwise impairs performance; (c) implies TCW's sponsorship or support of an outside organization; or (d) reflects directly or indirectly adversely on TCW. Corporate policy prohibits outside employment in the securities brokerage industry. Employees must abstain from negotiating, approving or voting on any transaction between TCW and any outside organization with which they are affiliated, whether as a representative of TCW or the outside organization except in the ordinary course of their providing services for TCW and on a fully disclosed basis.
If you have an approved second job, you are not eligible to receive compensation during an absence from work which is the result of an injury on the second job and outside employment will not be considered an excuse for poor job performance, absenteeism, tardiness or refusal to work overtime. Should any of these situations occur, approval may be withdrawn.
Any other outside activity or venture that is not covered by the foregoing, but that may raise questions, should be cleared with Alvin Albe.
SERVICE AS DIRECTOR
No officer, portfolio manager, investment analyst or securities trader may serve as a director or in a similar capacity of any non-TCW company or institution, whether or not it is part of your role at TCW, without prior approval of the Approving Officers. You do not need approval to serve on the board of a private family corporation for your family or any charitable, professional, civic or nonprofit entities that are not clients of TCW and have no business relations with TCW. If you receive approval, it will be subject to the implementation of procedures to safeguard against potential conflicts of interest, such as Chinese Wall procedures or placing securities of the company on a restricted list. TCW may withdraw approval if senior management concludes that withdrawal is in TCW's interest. Also, if you serve in a director capacity which does not require approval but circumstances later change which would require such approval (e.g. the company enters into business relations with TCW or becomes a client), you must then get approval. See the attached sample of a Report on Outside Directorships which you should use to seek any approval (Exhibit C-F).
FIDUCIARY APPOINTMENTS
No employee may accept appointments as executor, trustee, guardian, conservator, general partner or other fiduciary, or any appointment as a consultant in connection with fiduciary or active money management matters, without the prior approval of the Approving Officers. This policy does not apply to appointments involving personal estates or service on the board of a charitable, civic, or nonprofit company where the Access Person does not act as an investment adviser for the entity's assets. If TCW grants you approval to act as a fiduciary for an account outside TCW, it may determine that the account qualifies as an Outside Fiduciary Account. Securities traded by you as a fiduciary will be subject to the TCW Personal Investment Transactions Policy.
COMPENSATION, CONSULTING FEES AND HONORARIUMS
If you have received proper approval to serve in an outside organization or to engage in other outside employment, you may retain all compensation paid for such service unless otherwise provided by the terms of the approval. You should report the amount of this compensation to Alvin Albe. You may not retain compensation received for services on boards of directors or as officers of corporations where you serve in the course of your employment activities with TCW. You may also retain honorariums received by you for publications, public speaking appearances, instruction courses at educational institutions, and similar activities. You should direct any questions concerning the permissible retention of compensation to Alvin Albe.
PARTICIPATION IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS
TCW encourages its employees to support community activities and political processes. Normally, voluntary efforts take place outside of regular business hours. If voluntary efforts require corporate time, you should obtain prior approval from Alvin Albe. If you wish to accept an appointive office, or run for elective office, you must first obtain approval from Alvin Albe. You must campaign for an office on your own time and may not use TCW property or services for such purposes without proper reimbursement to TCW.
In all cases, employees participating in political activities do so as individuals and not as representatives of TCW. To prevent any interpretation of sponsorship or endorsement by TCW, you should not use either the TCW name or its address in material you mail or funds you collect, nor, except as necessary biographical information, should TCW be identified in any advertisements or literature.
SERVING AS TREASURER OF CLUBS, CHURCHES, LODGES
An employee may act as treasurer of clubs, churches, lodges, or similar organizations. However, you should keep funds belonging to such organizations in separate accounts and not commingle them in any way with your personal funds or TCW's funds.
COMPLIANCE TCW EMPLOYEE POLICY FEBRUARY 2005 [GRAPHIC] -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- VI. POLITICAL ACTIVITIES AND CONTRIBUTIONS INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS & ACTIVITIES |
In the US, both federal and state laws impose limitations, and in some cases restrictions, on certain kinds of political contributions and activities. These laws apply not only to US citizens, but also to foreign nationals and both US and foreign corporations, and other institutions. Accordingly, TCW has adopted policies and procedures concerning political contributions and activities regarding federal, state and local candidates, officials and political parties.
THIS POLICY REGARDING ACTIVITIES AND POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS APPLIES TO TCW AND ALL EMPLOYEES. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE RULES COULD RESULT IN CIVIL OR CRIMINAL PENALTIES FOR TCW AND THE INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED.
These policies are intended solely to comply with these laws and regulations and to avoid any appearance of impropriety. These policies are not intended otherwise to interfere with an individual's right to participate in the political process.
OVERVIEW OF POLICY ON POLITICAL ACTIVITIES AND CONTRIBUTIONS
The following summarizes the key elements of the Policy on Political Activities and Contributions. You are responsible for being familiar and complying with the complete policy that follows this summary.
If you have any questions about political contributions or activities, contact Michael Cahill.
o Neither TCW nor anyone working on behalf of TCW may solicit or make a political contribution for the purpose of assisting the firm in obtaining or retaining business.
o Use of TCW facilities for political purposes is only authorized for activities allowed by law and consistent with this policy. For more information, see the section below entitled: "Rules for Political Activities on Firm Premises and for Using Firm Resources."
o Contributions by TCW itself: Federal law prohibits political contributions by TCW (or in TCW's name) in support of candidates for federal office. While some states do allow such contributions, there are legal restrictions on corporate donations to state and local candidates, so any firm contributions must be approved by Michael Cahill.
o Contributions by TCW employees: Employees of TCW are free to give to candidates for federal, state and local office as a matter of personal choice. However, you must pre-clear with Michael Cahill any contributions to state and local political officials or candidates if, to your knowledge, they serve, or are seeking a position, on the governing board of any TCW client or potential TCW client.
o Political contributions to U.S. candidates by persons who are not US citizens or permanent resident aliens ("foreign nationals") or by foreign businesses are prohibited by law.
o Each individual is responsible for remaining within federal, state, and local contribution limits on political contributions and adhering to applicable contribution reporting requirements.
o Use of TCW's address on political contributions should be avoided unless required by law.
POLICY ON POLITICAL ACTIVITIES AND CONTRIBUTIONS
General Rules
(a) Political Contributions to obtain or retain business
All persons are PROHIBITED from making or soliciting political contributions where the purpose is to assist TCW in obtaining or retaining business.
(b) Solicitations of TCW Employees on Behalf of Federal, State, or Local Candidates or Committees
No employee shall apply pressure, direct or implied, on any other employee that infringes upon an individual's right to decide whether, to whom, in what capacity, or in what amount or extent, to engage in political activities.
(c) Contributions and Solicitations
(i) Solicitations/invitations of firm personnel
All employees must comply with the following procedure when soliciting political contributions to candidates, party committees or political committees. Solicitations or invitations to fundraisers must:
o Originate from the individual's home address.
o Make clear that the solicitation is not sponsored by TCW.
o Make clear that the contribution is voluntary on the part of the person being solicited.
(ii) General Prohibitions
All employees are prohibited from:
o Making political solicitations under the auspices of the firm, unless authorized by Michael Cahill. Use of firm letterhead is prohibited.
o Causing TCW to incur additional expenses by using its resources for political solicitations, such as postage.
o Reimbursing others for political contributions.
o Doing indirectly or through another person anything prohibited by these policies and procedures.
(iii) Political Contributions and Activities by Foreign Nationals
Foreign nationals and non-permanent resident aliens are prohibited by law from:
o Making contributions, donations, expenditures, or disbursements (either directly or indirectly) in connection with any federal, state or local elections.
o Contributing or donating to federal, state or local political party committees.
o Making disbursements for federal, state or local electioneering communications.
Rules for Individuals
(a) Responsibility for Personal Contribution Limits
Federal law and the laws of many states and localities establish contribution limits for individuals and political committees. It is your responsibility to know and remain within those limits. Keep in mind that in some jurisdictions contribution limits apply to the aggregate of all your contributions within the jurisdiction.
(b) State and Local Elections
All personnel must pre-clear any proposed contributions to state and local political officials if, to your knowledge, those individuals now serve or are seeking a position on the governing board of a TCW client.
Rules for Political Activities on TCW Premises and for Using TCW Resources
(a) Federal, State, and Local Elections
All employees are prohibited from:
o Causing TCW to incur additional expenses by using firm resources for political activities. This would include expenditures such as the use of photocopier paper for political flyers, or TCW-provided refreshments at a political event. (There are some exceptions to this ban. See below under "On Premises Activities Relating to Federal Elections. ")
AND
o Directing subordinates to participate in federal, state, and/or local fundraising or other political activities, except where those subordinates have voluntarily agreed to participate in such activities.
(b) On Premises Activities Relating to Federal Elections
Federal law and firm policy allow individuals to engage in limited personal, volunteer political activities on company premises on behalf of a federal candidate. Such activities are permitted IF AND ONLY IF:
o The political activities are isolated and incidental (they may not exceed one hour per week or four hours per month).
o The activities do not prevent the individual from completing normal work and do not interfere with TCW's normal activity.
o The activities do not raise the overhead of TCW (e.g., using firm facilities that result in long distance phone charges, facsimile charges, postage or delivery charges, etc.).
AND
o The activities do not involve services performed by other employees (secretaries, assistants, or other subordinates) unless the other employees are VOLUNTARILY engaging in the political activities in question.
(c) Volunteers Who are of Subordinate Rank
Any employee considering the use of the services of a subordinate employee (whether or not in the same reporting line) for political activities must inform the subordinate that his or her participation is STRICTLY VOLUNTARY, and that he or she may decline to participate without risk of retaliation or any adverse job action.
(d) On Premises Activities Relating to State and Local Elections
The laws and limitations on corporate political contributions and activities vary significantly from state to state. In general, the guidelines and policies set forth above, for activities related to federal elections should be followed. If you have questions, you may contact Michael Cahill for more information.
Rules for TCW
(a) Federal Elections
TCW is prohibited from:
o Making or facilitating contributions to federal candidates from corporate treasury funds.
o Making or facilitating contributions or donations to federal political party committees and making donations to state and local political party committees if the committees use the funds for federal election activity.
o Using corporate facilities, resources, or employees for federal political activities other than for making corporate communications to its officers, directors, stockholders, and their families.
o Making partisan communications to its "rank and file" employees or to the public at large.
(b) Contributions to State and Local Candidates and Committees
The laws and limitations on corporate political contributions and activities vary significantly from state to state. All TCW employees must obtain pre-clearance from Michael Cahill PRIOR to:
o Using TCW's funds for any political contributions to state or local candidates.
o Making any political contribution in TCW's name.
VII. OTHER EMPLOYEE CONDUCT
PERSONAL FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
It is important that employees properly manage their personal finances, particularly in matters of credit. Imprudent personal financial management may affect job performance and lead to more serious consequences for employees in positions of trust. In particular, you are not permitted to borrow from clients, or from providers of goods or services with whom TCW deals, except those who engage in lending in the usual course of their business and then only on terms offered to others in similar circumstances, without special treatment. This prohibition does not preclude borrowing from individuals related to you by blood or marriage.
TAKING ADVANTAGE OF A BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY THAT RIGHTFULLY BELONGS TO TCW
Employees must not take for their own advantage an opportunity that rightfully belongs to TCW. Whenever TCW has been actively soliciting a business opportunity, or the opportunity has been offered to it, or TCW's funds, facilities or personnel have been used in pursuing the opportunity, that opportunity rightfully belongs to TCW and not to employees who may be in a position to divert the opportunity for their own benefits.
Examples of improperly taking advantage of a corporate opportunity include:
o Selling information to which an employee has access because of his/her position.
o Acquiring any real or personal property interest or right when TCW is known to be interested in the property in question.
o Receiving a commission or fee on a transaction which would otherwise accrue to TCW.
o Diverting business or personnel from TCW.
DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION
If you have any interest in a transaction (whether the transaction is on behalf of a client or on behalf of the firm), that interest must be disclosed to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. Disclosure will allow assessment of potential conflicts of interest and how they should be addressed. You do not need to report any interest that is otherwise reported in accordance with the Personal Investment Transactions Policy. For example, conducting business with a vendor or service provider that is related to your or our family should be disclosed.
CORPORATE PROPERTY OR SERVICES
Employees are not permitted to act as principal for either themselves or their immediate families in the supply of goods, properties, or services to TCW, unless approved by Alvin Albe. Purchase or acceptance of corporate property or use of the services of other employees for personal purposes are also prohibited. This would include the use of inside counsel for personal legal advice absent approval from the General Counsel or use of outside counsel for personal legal advice at TCW's expense.
USE OF TCW STATIONERY
It is inappropriate for employees to use official corporate stationery for either personal correspondence or other non-job-related purposes.
GIVING ADVICE TO CLIENTS
TCW cannot practice law or provide legal advice. You should avoid statements that might be interpreted as legal advice. You should refer questions in this area to Michael Cahill. You should also avoid giving clients advice on tax matters, the preparation of tax returns, or investment decisions, except as may be appropriate in the performance of an official fiduciary or advisory responsibility, or as otherwise required in the ordinary course of your duties.
VIII. CONFIDENTIALITY
All information relating to past, current and prospective clients is highly confidential and is not to be discussed with anyone outside the organization under any circumstance. One of the most sensitive and difficult areas in TCW's daily business activities involves information regarding investment plans or programs and possible or actual securities transactions by TCW.
Consequently, all employees will be required to sign and adhere to a Confidentiality Agreement.
IX. EXEMPTIVE RELIEF
The Approving Officers, consisting of (i) one of Alvin Albe or Marc Stern and
(ii) one of Michael Cahill or Hilary Lord, will review and consider any proper
request of an Access Person for relief or exemption from any remedy,
restriction, limitation or procedure contained in this Code of Ethics which is
claimed to cause a hardship for such an Access Person or which may involve an
unforeseen or involuntary situation where no abuse is involved. Exemptions of
any nature may be given on a specific basis or a class basis, as the Approving
Officers determine. The Approving Officers may also grant exemption from an
Access Person status to any person or class of persons it determines do not
warrant such status. Under appropriate circumstances, the Approving Officers may
authorize a personal transaction involving a security subject to actual or
prospective purchase or sale for TCW clients, where the personal transaction
would be very unlikely to affect a highly institutional market, where the TCW
officer or employee is not in possession of Inside Information, or for other
reasons sufficient to satisfy the Approving Officers that the transaction does
not represent a conflict of interest, involve the misuse of inside information
or convey the appearance of impropriety. The Approving Officers shall meet on an
ad hoc basis, as deemed necessary upon written request by an Access Person,
stating the basis for his or her request for relief. The Approving Officers'
decision is solely within their complete discretion.
X. SANCTIONS
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, TCW may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, a reprimand (orally or in writing), a reversal of any improper transaction and disgorgement of the profits from the transaction, demotion, and suspension or termination of employment.
XI. REPORTING SUSPICIOUS ACTIVITY
If a TCW employee suspects that violations of this Code might be occurring at TCW, the activity should be reported immediately to the employee's supervisor. Supervisors who are notified of any such activity must immediately report it to the Chief Compliance Officer. Any employee who does not feel comfortable reporting this activity to the relevant supervisor may instead contact the Chief Compliance Officer.
XII. ANNUAL COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION
TCW will require all Access Persons and TCW directors to certify annually that
(i) they have read and understand the terms of this Code of Ethics and recognize
the responsibilities and obligations incurred by their being subject to this
Code, and (ii) they are in compliance with the requirements of this Code,
including but not limited to the personal investment transactions policies
contained in this Code.
CODE OF ETHICS
EMPLOYEE CERTIFICATION
I have read and understand the terms of the Code of Ethics of The TCW Group, Inc. dated February 2005, as amended. I recognize the responsibilities and obligations incurred by me as a result of my being subject to this Code of Ethics. I hereby agree to abide by the Code of Ethics and certify that I am in compliance with the Code of Ethics.